Skip to main content

Full text of "A new, practical and easy method of learning the Swedish language : including rules for pronunciation exercises, reading lessons, lists of useful words, dialogues, etc."

See other formats 


•^r 


^ 


^ 


h. 


^• 


« 


^ 


r 


.r^  ^ 


'^ 


^^, 


%, 


% 


<?r 


'V 


% 


^ 


^ 


^ 


V 


,^ 


^ 


/' 


d> 


# 


*^ 


^< 


<^ 


# 


w 


%. 


^ 


\ 


% 


'^ 


* 


j^*       «^^ 


TOi  Lrr — 


/ 


r 


K? 


i 


I    I 


i 


I 


<?f 


\. 


W 


^     iMEW    METHOD    OF    LEARNING 
THE    SWEDISH    LANGUAGE  • 


WORKS  EDITED   BY   C.   LENSTROM. 

s.    d. 
A    New,    Practical    and    Easy   Method    of    Learning    the 
Swedish   Language.       Including  Rules  for  Pronunciation, 
Exercises,    Reading   Lessons   with    Interlinear   Translatiocs, 
Lists   of  Useful   Words,    Dialogues,    Reading   Extracts,   etc. 
150  pages.  Crown  8vo.      Cloth        .  .         .  .         .         .30 

The  simplest  Grammar  published  in  England  for  self-instruction. 

Swedish  and   English   Idiomatic    Phrases  and    Dialogues. 

Lists  of  Useful  Words,  Familiar  and  Practical  Conversations, 
Idiomatic  Expressions,  a  Table  of  Swedish  Monies  with 
English  Equivalents,  etc.      150  pages.  Small  8vo.     Cloth        .     2     o 


Echo  of  Spoken  Swedish.     Conversations  on  Topics  of  Interest, 

introducing  numerous  Phrases  and  Idiomatic  Expressions  in 

constant  Use.     Systematically  arranged  in  short  Chapters  for 

Reading  purposes,  Viva-voce  Exercise,  and  Practice  in  Fluent 

Speaking.      Edited  by  Dr.   Alfred   Svensson.     92  pages, 

Crown  8vo.     Cloth         .......     itet    2     o 

The  object  of  this  book  Is  to  familiarise  the  learner  with  the  spoken  or 
colloquial  language  by  means  of  conversations  such  as  they  really  occur. 
The  author  has  contrived  not  only  to  give  the  genuine  idiom,  but  also  to 
present  in  an  attractive  form  a  number  of  lively  sketches,  quite  up  to  date, 
of  his  country  and  people,  imparting  to  the  student  much  valuable  and 
interesting  information  likely  to  be  of  use  for  commercial  purposes  or 
when  travelling  abroad. 


A    NEW 
PRACTICAL  AND  EASY  METHOD 

OF    LEARNING    THE 

SWEDISH    LANGUAGE 

INCLUDING   RULES  FOR  PRONUNCIATION 

EXERCISES,  READING  LESSONS,   LISTS   OF   USEFUL 

WORDS,  DIALOGUES,  ETC.  ETC. 


BY 
C.    LENSTROM 

EDITOR   OF    'SWEDISH    AND   ENGLISH    IDIOMATIC   PHRASES    AND   DIALOGUES* 


NEW  EDITION 


LONDON 

HACHETTE    AND    COMPANY 

i8  King  William  Strelt,  Charing  Cross 

1908 


pi)  s-iil 
LH      ■ 


PREFACE 

The  study  of  foreign  languages  having  become  general, 
the  methods  of  teaching  them  have  altered  and  improved, 
so  as  to  unite  the  changes  which  philology  has  suggested 
with  those  whicli  the  comparison  of  languages  has 
taught. 

The  present  Series  of  Cheap  and  Popular  Grammars 
for  the  Study  of  European  Languages  has  been  published 
with  this  aim  in  view.  These  Grammars  combine  Theorv 
with  Practice,  and  their  method  and  arrangement  have 
been  based  upon  the  recommendations  of  eminent 
authorities  as  to  the  clearest  and  most  rational  method 
of  teaching  languages. 

Seidenstiicker  was  the  first  who  introduced  this  new 
method  for  the  Latin,  Greek,  and  French  languages,  and 
to  him  belongs  the  merit  of  having  devised  a  rational 
system  of  tuition. 

There  was,  however,  one  essential  point  omitted  even 
in  these  books,  namely  that  the  granmiatical  form  should 
precede  the  Exercises,  so  that  the  learner  should  at  once 
be  made  acquainted  witli  the  grammatical  structure  of 
the  foreign  language,  without  which  he  could  never*^ 
attain  a  thorough  knowledge  of  it.  This  defect  has 
been  remedied  in  the  present  series,  and   the  following 


'VI  .  ■  PREFACE 

grammars   have  a^l   been  compiled   in   accordance  with 
this  new  arrangement ; — 

For  the  Italian  Language^          ,  .  by  Marchetti. 

,,  Spanish  Language,        .  .  „  Salvo. 

.,  Portuguese  Language,    .  .  „  Cabano.           ^ 

„  Danish  &  Norwegian  Language^  *,  Lund. 

,,  Swedish  TAtnguagey         ,  ,  ,,  LenstrOm. 

.,  Dutch  Language,  .         .  .  „  Ahn. 

„  Russian  Language          .  .  .,  Alexandrow. 

.,  Modern  Greek  I^anguage,  .  ,,  Ylachos. 

„  Icelandic  Language,       .'  '  .  ,,  Eask. 

All  the  definitions  and  rules  contained  in  these 
grammars  are  clearly  and  simply  explained.  The  text 
matter  is  progressively  arranged  in  a  way  calculated  to 
interest  and  encourage  the  student.  Many  obsolete  and 
complicated  rules  so  often  found  in  other  works  of  this 
class,  and  which  tend  only  to  bewilder  and  weary  the 
beoinner,  have  been  removed  altogether.  Others,  which 
it  has  been  found  necessary  to  retain,  have  been 
thoroughly  revised  and  fully  elucidated,  so  as  to  present 
them  in  a  more  attractive  manner.  Many  of  these 
manuals  have  already  gone  through  several  editions,  the 
new  issues  being  carefully  revised  from  time  to  time  and 
hrovght  up  to  date. 

The  prevalent  idea  in  all  these  volumes  is  that  of 
teacliing  the  languages  easily  and  pleasantly,  of  removing 
all  unnecessary  difficulties,  and,  at  the  same  time,  of 
imparting  a  sound  grammatical  and  conversational  know- 
ledge of  foreign  tongues. 


1  N  D  i:  X. 


FIRST   COURSE. 

Page 

The  Pronunciation     .....  ...,,,.       1 

1.  The  Alphabet  1 

2.  The  Accent .1 

3.  The  Vowels    ...  2 

4.  Diphthongs 4 

5.  The  Consonants , 4 


Part  I. 

The  Article 8 

The  definite  Article ,     ,     .                        ...  8 

Declension  of  tiie  definite  Article 9 

The  Gender  of  Substantives 10 

Formation  of  the  Feminine      ....          ,     .               13 

Diminutives 14 

Declension  of  Substantives 15 

Observations  on  the  Declensions .     . '  20 

The  Adjective , 22 

Comparison  of  Adjectives 25 

Irregular  Comparisons ...  25 

Personal  Pronouns 27 

Possessive  Pronouns 28 

Demonstrative  Pronouns ,     .          30 

Relative  Pronouns 33 

Interrogative  Pronouns 34 

Indefinite  Pronouns 35 

Numeral  Adjectives ; 36 

1.  Cardinal  lumbers 36 

2.  Ordinal  Numbers 38 

3.  Collective,  Proportional  and  Fractional  Numbers     .     .  38 
Reading  Lessons  with  intei linear  Translation     .     ,     .     ,     ....  41 

Collection  of  Words ....  51 

Easy  Dialogues 59 


vni 


SFXOND  COURSE. 

Part  II.  p 

Pag« 

Verbs.     .    , 70 

The  Auxiliary  Verbs ,     .  70 

Tlie  Regular  Verbs 79 

The  Reflective  Verbs 89 

The  Intransitive  Verbs 90 

Impersonal  Verbs 90 

List  of  the  Irregular  Verbs 91 

Adverbs 98 

1.  Adverbs  of  Place 98 

2.  Adverbs  of  Time 100 

3.  Adverbs  of  Number  an     Comparison 101 

4.  Adverbs  of  Manner  and  Kind 102 

5.  Indefinite  Adverbs 103 

Prepositions 104 

1.  Simple  Prepositions 104 

2.  Compound  PreposiLions 105 

Idiomatic  use  of  the  Prepositions 106 

Conjunctions Ill 

Interjections 112 


Part  III. 

Reading  Lessons 113 

I.  Prose 113 

n.  Poetry 129 


FIRST  COURSE. 


The  Pronunciation. 


1.  The  Alphahof. 

The  Swedish  Alpliabet  consists  of  the  28  following  letters, 
which  are  generally  printed  in  the  Roman   characters: 


pronounced 

pronounced 

ft, 

6, 

ah 
hay 

9^ 

pay 

koo 

c. 

say 

r, 

ar 

rf, 

day 

s, 

ess 

a 

eir 

lay 

like  u  ill  lute 

9^ 

hoe 

nay 
ex 

e 

Ih 

like  y  in  Plymouth 

yee 
ko 

o 

a 

say  tall 

oh,  or  like  a  in  fall 

I 

ell 

flJ, 

like  German  df,  (oi'  ai 

m. 

emm 

in  fair) 

w, 

enn 

<!f, 

like  i  in  (ir  or  the 

0, 

like   00 

in  stool 

German  0. 

2.  The 

Accent. 

The  Swedish  language  has  almost  no  accent.  At  least 
it  cannot  he  actfuired  except  by  the  ear.  In  foreio;n  words  the 
accent  is  in  conl'ormily  with  the  lanquage  rrom  which  the  word 
is  derived,  and  is  very  audihie  and  emphatic. 

Leo'lrom's  Swedish  Grnmmar.  1 


3.  The  Vowels. 


The  vowels  a,  i,  o,  u,  y,  a,  d  always  retain  the  same 
sound  as  in  German,  and  0  in  most  instances.  E  d,  and  o  l)ave 
two  sounds.    All  vowels  are  long  (")  as  well  as  short  (")  as: 

A  like  the  pure  Itahan  a  when   long,   less  open  when  short: 

kail  mat,  cold  food,    lag,  law. 

E  long,  is  pronounced  like  a  in  the  English  word  „lay"  or 
like  the  French  „6t6",  as: 

rend  medSl,  pure  means, 
short,  is  pronounced  like  e  in  the  word  „bed",  as: 

^Id,  fire  —  hem,  home  —  knSkt,  soldier. 
It  sounds  like  a  in  the  English  word  „care"  in  the  prefix 
er,  and  before  W,  as: 


erhdlld,  receive 

verld,      world  [l  mute). 


erfard,  to  experience 
per  la,     pearl 

1  is  pronounced  like  e  in  the  English  word  „me": 
Ni  (nee),  you  —  ttten  flickd,  little  girl. 

0  long,  like  Italian  u  oi*  as  the  English  oo  in  „stool": 

mot  fot^n,  against  the  foot. 
It  sounds  like  a  lengthened  a, 

1.  before  f,  in  the  following  words: 


huf,  court 

lof,  permission 

skrdf,  hull 

sdfvd,  to  sleep 

2.  before  rl,  as: 

sorld,  mdrld,  pdrld. 

3.  in  the  following: 


of van,        above 
skurd,         to  clean 
fOrkufrd,    to  increase. 


vilkor,  condition 

drdning,  order 

drden,  order  of  merit 

moln,  cloud. 


hdnom,  him 

kdniing,  king 

honiing,  honey 

kol,  coal 

rodndd,  blush 

4.  in  many  foreign  words,  as: 
lord,  hord,  krdnisk,  katalog,  despot,  metafor,  etc. 

0  short  is  pronounced  hke  o,  but  it  has  the  o  sound  of  the 
English  word  „  move"  ; 

1.  before   a   double   consonant    in    the   conjugation    of 
Verbs,  which  end  in  the  Infinitive  in  a  long  o,  as 


8 


tro,      to  believe 
bo,       lo  dwell 


trott,        believed 
bodde,      dwell. 

2.  before  m,  in  all  Substantives  and  Adjectives  which 
end  in  the  Noni.  Sing,  in  om,  omne,  omma,  as: 

gom,  gun)  —  torn,  empty  —  dom,  judgiinent 
/76m,  pious  —  blomma,  llower. 

3.  and  in  the  following: 

oxe,         ox  ond,         angry 

hosta       to  cough  onsdag,    Wednesday 

bbnde,     peasant  6rm,        snake. 

0  long  has  the  sound, 

1.  at  the  beginning  of  words  when  forming  a  syllable 
of  its  own,  as: 

o-fdrd  (oo-fclrd),  ruin  —  o-lycka  (00-lyckah),  misfortune. 

2.  at  the  end  of  a  syllable,  as: 

bo  (boo),  to  dwell  —  broder  (brooder),  brother—  mo-der(moo-der), 
mother  —  ko-ka  (koo-kah),  to  cook. 

3.  in  most  of  the  monosyllables,  as : 

bof  (boov),  villain  —  blod  (blood),  blood  —  bord  (boord),  table 
—  stol  (stool),  chair  —  ord  (cord),  word  —  sko  (skoo),  shoe. 

1  long  is  pronounced  like  u  in  the  English  word  „rude",  as: 

mus,  mouse  —  ut,  out; 
short  as  u  in  the  English  word  „sum": 

rum,  roou). 

\  has  exactly  the  sound  of  y  in  the  English  word  „Plymouth",  as: 

7iy  hylla,  new  shelf; 
it  often  sounds  like  i  in  the  word  „rir",  as: 
kyrka,  church  —  fyrtio,  forty. 

A  like  oh,  or  English  a  in  the  word  „fall",  as: 

halet  (hohlet),  the  hole  —  mdttS  (moitay),  might  —  dka  (okuh), 
drive  —  dtta  bdtar,  eight  boats. 

i  like  the  Enghsh  a  in  „fate",  as: 

Idttd  ndt  —  light  nets; 
on  like  German  d,  as: 

bdra,  carry. 

6  like  i  in  the  Enghsh  word  „nr",  or  like  the  German  0,  as: 

rOda  fitter,  red  feet. 


4 


4.  Diphthongs. 


The   Swedish    Language   has    no    diphthongs,    they    only 
occur  in  foreign  words,  and  are  generally  pronounced  singly. 


S.  The  Consonants. 

B  sounds  like  the  English  6,  as: 

iidbb,  beak. 

C  sounds  like  k,   except  before   e,   i,   y  when  it  sounds  like 

s,  as: 

Ceder,  Cypern,  —   Carl,  lyckci,  och  (ock). 

D  sounds  like  d,  as: 

ddt^  death. 

1.  lit  is  pronounced  like  t,  as: 

godt,  good. 

2.  before  j,  it  is  not  at  all  audible,  as: 

cfjerf  (yairo)  valliant  —  djup,  (upe)  deep  —  djur  (ure)  animal. 

F  is  pionounced  like  f  in  the  beginning  of  a  syllable  and 
afler  a  short  vowel  and  at  the  end  of  foreign  words,  or 
when  it  stands  in  foreign  words  instead  of  ph,  as: 

fdrdig,  ready  skijmf,  insult 

trumf,  trump  Adolf,  Adolphus 

filosof,  philosopher  fOrfalla,  to  decay. 

giift,  married 

2.  At  the  end  of  a  syllable,    it  sounds  like  v,  chiefly 
after  a  long  vowel  and  after  /  or  r,  as: 
af,  from  kalfvar,     calves 


haf. 


sea. 


hafvd,     to  have 
kalf,        calf 

3.  F  is  mute  if  joined  to  V  in  the   same  syllable  as: 
hCifva  (havah),  to  have  —  kalfvhi  (kalven),  the  calf, 

but  if  V  belongs  to  another  syllable,  it  sounds  double  as: 
drifved  (driv-ved)^  driftwood. 

4.  The  f  takes  an  additional  v  before  a  vowel,  as: 
href,  letter  —  href  vet,  the  letter. 

G  is  pronounced  like  the  Enghsh  g  in  the  word  „good"; 
1.  before  the  vowels  a,  o,  u,  a,  as: 

giid  gUf  en  god  gdfva,  God  gave  a  good  gift. 


2.  before  a  consonant  in  the  same  syllable,  as: 
graf,  grave  —  dpfiy  virtue  —  g^udje,  joy. 

3.  at  I  he  end  alter  a  vowel,  as: 


dag,      day 
f'  g,      cowardly 


nog,     enough 
lag,     low. 

4.  belore  e  and  i  in  short  final  syllables,  as: 

mogen,  ripe  —  spegel,  looking-glass  —  tdgit,  taken. 

(i  is  pronounced    soft   like   the  English  y  in    yellow,    or   like 
the  German  j, 

1.  before  the  vowels:  y,  cL,  d,  as: 
gynna,  to  favour  —  begara,  to  desire. 

2.  before  e  and  i  if  ihey  do  not  belong  to  short  final 
syllables,  as: 

gtfva,      to  give 


the  fiddle. 


g'nom,    through 

gerna,     willingly  ^fl^a, 

regera,    to  govern 

3.  after  /  and  r  in  the  same  priinitire  syllable,  as: 
lalg,      tallow  horgare,  citizen 

herg,      mountain  farga,      to  dye. 

horg,     castle 

4.  g  is  pronounced  almost  like  k,  if  it  stands  after 
a  short  vowel  before  s  or  t  in  tbe  same  primitive 
syllable,  as: 

pUgt,  duty  —  slctgte,  gender  —  ftjjgt,  flight. 

5.  gj  in  the  same  syllable  sounds  like  j,  as: 

gjdrt  (yort),  made  —  gjula  (y^ita),  to  cast  —  gjord 

(yord),  the  girdle. 

6.  gn  is  pronounced  as  if  a  second  n  stood  before 
it,  as: 

vagn  (vangn),  carriage  —  lugn  (huign),  (juiet. 

H  is  pronounced  in  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  but  it  is  mute 
before  j  and  v,  as: 

hjUm  (yelm),  helmet  —  hjSlte  (yelte),  hero  —  hvila 

(veeloh),  rest. 
J  j  is  pronounced  like  y  in  the    English  word  „yellow";   as: 

jord,  earth  —  jdtte,  giant. 
K  has  two  sounds,  a  hard  and  a  soft  one; 

1.  it  is  hard  snd  sounds  like  the  English  k  before  the 
vowels:  a,  o,  ii,  a,  as: 
kappa,  cloak  —  koka,  to  cook  —  killa,  ball. 


6 

2.  before  a  consonant  in  the  same  syllable,  as: 

klappa,  to  knock  —  vakt,  guard. 

3.  at  the  end,  as: 


tak,     roof 
stek,    steak 


bok,     book 
folk,    people. 


4.  before  e  and  i,  in  short  final  syllables,  as: 
taket,  the  roof  —  rike,  the  empire. 

K  is  soft,  and  sounds  like  ch  in  „chain";  before  the  vowels 
e,  i,  y,  d  and  0,  it  they  belong  to  the  same  primitive 
syllable,  as: 

kedja  (chaidja),  chain  —  kdr  (chair),  dear 
Skj  in  the  same  syllable  is  pronounced  hke  sh,  as: 
skjul  (shawl),  shed  —  skjuta  (shuta),  to  shoot. 

L  sounds  hke  the  English  I,  but  is  mute  before  j  an  in  the 
words : 


Ijud  (ude),       sound 
Ij'uga  (uga),     to  lie. 


verld  (verd),    world 
Ijus  (use),        light 

M  sounds  like  the  English  m. 

N  sounds  like  the  Enghsh  n. 

P  sounds  like  the  English  p,  but  is  mute  in  the  word  psahn 

(salm). 

(i  is  always  followed  by  v  and  sounds  like  a  hard  k,  as: 
qvarn,  mill,  qvist  (qveest),  branch. 

R  sounds  like  the  English  r,  but  more  sharp  and  full  in  sound. 
S  has   always   the   same  sound  as  the  s  in    the  English  word 


^  see  ,   as : 


se,  to  see  —  sitta,  to  sit  —  sol,  sun. 
stj,  sj,  skj,  sound  before  all  vowel  slike  sh,  or  the  German 
sch,  as: 

sju  (shoe),   seven  —  skjdrta  (shortah),    shirt  —  skiftS 
(schifftay),   division  —  skilja   (shilja),   to   separate  — 
stjerna  (shairna),  star. 
Sk  sounds  like  sk  before  a,  o,  u  and  a,  as: 
sk^U  (skall),  shall  —  skd  (skooh),  shoe  —  skulle  (skoolleh),  should. 

but  it  sounds  like  sch  before  e,  i,  y,  d  and  6',  as: 
ske  (shay),  happen  —  skJna  (scheenah),  to  shine  —  sky  (schiih), 
to  avoid  —  skOn  (schOn),  pretty  —  skdra  (schdrah),  to  cut: 
.sA"  js  pronounced  like  sc^  in  the  words: 
marskalk  (marschalk),  marshal  —  menniska  (mennischah),  man  : 
but  like  sk  in  handske  (handske),  glove. 


T  is  pronounced  like  the  English  t; 

tia  and  tie  in  foreign  words  sound  like  Isia,  tsic,  as: 

licentidt,  aclie ; 
Hon   sounds   after   a  hard    vowel    like    ,,tschon''^ ,    after   a 
consonant  like  ,yShon^\  as: 

leklton  (lekschon),  lesson  —  nation  (natschdn),  nation. 
As  a  final  the  t  in  comnnon  conversation  is  not  sound- 
ed as: 

det  (deh),  that,  —  nnycket  (miickeh),  much. 
V  is  always  pronounced  like  the  English  v,  as: 

vdn,  friend  —  svan,  swan. 
X  is  pronounced  like  the  English  x. 

'L  is  pronounced  as  ss.     The  Swedish  z   never  takes  the  soft 
sound  as  in  English,  as: 

azuTy  zebra,  zoologi. 


As  a  general  rule  it  may  be  observed  that  a  vowel  is 
short  when  followed  by  two  or  more  consonants  (except  rd, 
rl  and  rn)  belonging  to  the  same  syllable. 

A  vowel  whether  final  or  not  belonging  to  a  monosyllable 
word  is  long. 

The  final  vowel  in  a  word  consisting  of  two  syllables 
is  always  short. 

The  Swedes  only  use  the  capital  letters  at  the  beginning 
of  a  sentence,  for  j)roper  names,  and  the  pronouns: 

Ni,  you,  and  /,  you. 


PART    h 

1. 

The  Article. 

The  indefinite  article  in  the  Swedish  Language  is 
en,  for  Masc.  and  Fern.,  and 
ett,  for  the  Neuter, 
it  stands  before  the  substantive  and  is  not  declined,  as: 
en  gosse,  a  boy  —  en  flicka,  a  girl  —  elt  barn,  a  child. 


2. 

The  (Iclinite  Article. 

The  definite  Article  is  also  en  (n)  or  et  (t)  and  is  added 
to  the  substantive,  as: 

Drottning,  Queen   —  Drottningen,  the  Queen 
brdd,  bread     —  brodet,  the  bread. 

If  a  word  ends  in  /",  a  v  is  inserted,  as: 

grUf,  grave  —  grdfven,  the  grave. 
Words   ending   in   m   and   n,   double   the  final    letter    if 
preceded  by  a  short  vowel,  as: 

van,      friend    —  vdnnen,       the  friend 
strdm,   stream  —  strommen,   the  stream. 
Words  ending   in  an  and  en,   do  not  take  the  definitive 
article  at  all,  as: 

fruktan,     fear  and  the  fear 
Idngtan,     longing  and  the  longing 
predlkan,   sermon  and  the  sermon 
frOken,       Miss  and  the  Miss. 
Primitive  words  of  two  syllables  ending  in  el,  en,  er,  drop 
the  e  when  the  definitive  article  is  added,  as: 


0 


sedel,      note  —  sedlen,     the  note 

vdder,    wind  —  vddret,    the  wind 

vatten,    water  —  vattnet,   tlie  water. 

f  substantives  end  in  a  vowel,   ihe  rnascuhne  and  femi- 


nine  article  lose  the 

e,  as: 

ande, 

spirit 

—  an  den. 

the  spirit,  soul 

qvimm. 

woman 

—  qvinnan. 

the  woman 

bro, 

bridge 

—  bron. 

the  bridge 

0, 

island 

—  On, 

the  island 

hiislru, 

wile 

—  hnslrun, 

the  wife 

td 

toe 

—  tan, 

tlie  toe. 

The  Neuter  also   loses   the  e,   il"  substantives   end    in    i 
or  e,  but  it  remains  after  other  vowels,  as: 

hjerta,      liearL  —  hjertat,        the  heart 

rike,         em[)ire  —  riket,  the  empire 

tryckeri,  printing  office  —  trycken'et,  the  printing   office 
strd,         straw  —  strdety         the  straw 

/>•()*,  secdcorn  —  frOet,  the  seedcorn. 


3. 

DecltMisioii  of  the  Article. 


S 

ing 

ular. 

Masc.  and  Fem. 

No  titer. 

Norn. 

en     —   w,     th€ 

et 

—  ;,     the 

Gen. 

e)is  —  ws,  of  the 

els 

—  fs,  of  the 

Dat. 

en    —  n,    to   liie 

et 

-  ^    to  the 

Ace. 

en     —  n,    the 

et 

—  ty    the. 

Plural. 


Norn. 

r?e, 

fem. 

rm, 

the 

na 

—  en. 

the 

Gen. 

)ies 

- 

nas. 

of 

the 

nns 

—  ens, 

of 

the 

Dat. 

ne 

- 

na, 

to 

the 

na 

—  en, 

to 

the 

Ace. 

ne 

n«, 

the 

i 

na 

—  en. 

the 

10 

4. 
The  Gender  of  Substanti?es. 

The  Masculine  are: 

1.  The  names  and  professions  of  men,  as: 

Carl,    Charles  —  konung,    king 
fader,  father     —  snickare,  joiner. 

2.  The  names  of  the  seasons,   months,    days,  seas  and  ri- 
vers, as: 

hdst,     autumn   —   Torsdag,   Thursday 
Mars,  March     —  Malar  en,  the  Malar  lake 
Rhen,  Rhine. 
8.  The  substantives  in  are,  as: 

murare,  mason  —  hammare,  hammer. 

The  Feminine  are: 

1.  The  names  and  occupations  of  females,  as: 

Sehna,  Selma     —  brud,  bride 

moder,  mother  —  drottning,    queen 
ko,         cow        —  svdgerska,  sister-in-law 
except : 

fruntimmer,  \  .       .     _ 
qvm/olk,        J 

2.  The  names  of  sciences,  arts  and  trees,  as: 

geometri,  geometry  ~   ek,    oak 
bjork,        birch         —  tall,  pine. 

3.  Substantives  ending  in  a,    else,   het,   nad,  ion,  and  the 
abstract  substantives  in  ing,  as: 

menniska,  man  —  hetraktelse,  meditation 

klokhet,  prudence     —  skapnad,  shape,  figure 

religion,  religion       —  gerning,  deed 

fdrtjUsning,  fascination. 

The  Neuter  are: 

1.  The  names  of  countries,  towns  and  places,  as: 

Sverige,  Sweden  —   Uppland,  Slockholm,  Rosendal. 

2.  All  other  parts  of  speech,   if  used  as  a  substantive,   as: 

ett  ja,  a  yes  —  ett  men,  a  but. 

3.  The  substantives  ending  on  a  short  on  or  i,  as: 

smnltron,  strawberry  —  hallon,  raspberry 
rytteri,       horsemen, 


mare. 


11 


except: 

morgon,  morning  —  afton,  evening, 
are  masculine. 

4.  The  I^articiples  in  nde  if  used  as  substantives,  as; 

resande,  (the)  travel Mng. 
It   is    often  difficult   to    know   whether    a    noun    is 
masc.  or.  fern.  —  but  there  is  no  difliculty  in  practice, 
as    the   Swedish   adjectives    have    the    same    termination 
both  for  the  masculine  and  feminine. 

5.  Some  substantives  have  difTerent  meanings  with  different 
genders,  as: 

bdl-en,        the  bowl        —  bdl-et,       the  funeral  pile 
damm-en,  the  pond        —  damm-et,  the  dust 
grund-en,  the  ground     —  grund-et,  the  shallow 
lock-en,      the  curl  —  lock-et,      the  cover  or  the  lid 

Idr-en,       the  box  —  lar-et,       the  thif^h 

not- en,       the  nut  —  not-et^      the  cattle 

pm-ew,  the  pinch  of  snuff —  pris-et,     the  price. 


5. 

Voca 

bulary. 

gamla, 

old 

har. 

have 

far, 

father 

rdkna, 

to  count 

gOmmer^ 

hides 

oppnar. 

opens 

knif. 

knife 

dOrr^ 

door 

han, 

he 

och, 

and 

hon, 

she 

kommer 

comes  in 

fdrslOsar, 

squanders 

rum, 

room 

hvad, 

what 

min 

(neut.  mitt),  my 

m^ 

I 

brdst, 

breast,  chest 

dr. 

year 

strid, 

fight 

tiUhopa, 

together 

spdd. 

young,  tender 

far  man  veta? 

may  one 

know? 

kyckling, 

chicken 

nyhet, 

news 

siste. 

last 

vatten, 

water 

petming, 

coin 

susar, 

rushes 

ond, 

bad 

fdr  —  skull 

for  —  sake 

samvete, 

conscience 

fick  du, 

did  you 

get 

bandy 

ribbon 

href. 

letter 

dr. 

IB 

12 


slit  en  (n.  f), 

worn 

utsdr. 

sows 

hus^ 

house 

giflfrd, 

poison  seed 

ligger, 

lies 

inympa, 

ingraft 

pa, 

on 

fordom, 

prejudice 

dOdsbddd, 

deathbed 

barn, 

chiid 

egenskap, 

quality 

fOrsta, 

first 

gar, 

goes 

smnltroti, 

strawberry 

hdrifran, 

away  from 

here 

giftermdl, 

marriage 

frestelse, 

temptation 

angdr  mig, 

concerns  me 

stor. 

great 

inte. 

not 

fdngelse^ 

prison 

lutar, 

leans 

mOrk, 

dark 

hufvud^ 

head 

gvinna, 

woman,  fei 

male 

mot, 

against. 

Examples. 

Gamla  far  gOnimer  knifven  i  rockarmen.  —  Han  fOrslOsar 
hvad  jag  under  aret  sparat  tillhopa.  —  Far  man  veta  nyheten? 

—  Valtnet  susar.  —  FOr  himlens  skull  I  —  Fick  du  milt  bref? 
Jag  fick  brefvet.  —  Jag  bar  raknat  minuterna.  —  Hon  oppnar 
dOrren  och  kommer   in  i  rummet.  —   Den    spade  kycklingen. 

—  Den  siste  penningen.  —  Ett  ondt  samvete.  —  Bandet  ar 
slitet.  —  Den  stolta  gvinnan.  —  Mitt  bus.  —  Han  liggcr  pa 
dodsbadden.  —  En  god  egenskap.  —  Herrskapet  gar  harifran. 

—  Frestelsen  ar  stor.  —  Fangelset  ar  morkt.  —  Han  ulsar 
ett  giftfro.  —  Han  inympar  en  fOrdom  i  barnets  hjerta.  -- 
Det  forsla  smultronet.  —  Giftermalet  angar  inte  mig,  —  Hon 
lutar  hufvudet  mot  brostet. 


6. 

Exercises. 

A  tair  man^  A  good^  child.  The  good  friend*.  God 
who**  created®  the  worlds  Life^  is  shorts  The  proud'*' 
youth".    The  gilding 'Ms  bad '^    A  dangerous '"*  i!hlcss'^    The 

1  stor.  2  man.  3  godt.  4  van.  5  som.  <>  skapade.  7  verkl,  f.  8  lif,  n. 
9  kort.  to  sloll.  11  yngling.  12  foigyllning.  13  dSlig.  14  farlig. 
15  sjukdom. 


13 

fat'^calf".  The  great  kindness".  A  great"  mind'".  A  good 
fatljer'-^'.  The  dear  mother ^^  A  good  hrother^^  My^'  good 
father.     My  good  mother.     My  toll  brother. 

16  fet.     17  kalf.     18  godhet  f.     19   slor.     20.  forsland  m.     21  far. 
22  mor.     23  bior.     24  min. 


Practice. 


Jag  har 

Har  Ni? 

Har  herrn 

Ja,  min  herre,  jag  har, 

Icke,  ej. 

Nej 

Jag  har  icke 

Nej,  mill  herre 

Ndgot,  ndgonting 

Intel,  ingenting 

Ear  Ni  ndgonting? 

Jag  har  ingenting 

Jag  cir 

Ar  Ni? 

Ar  Ni  hungrig? 

Jag  dr  hungrig 

Ar  Ni  tOrstig? 

Ar  Ni  trOttI 

Ar  Ni  sOmnig? 


] 


1  liave 

have  you? 

has  the  genth'man 

Yes  Sir  1  have 

not 

no 

I  have  not 

No  Sir 

something,  anytliing 

nothing 

Have  you  anytliing? 

I  have  nothing 

I  am 

Are  you? 

Are  you  Ijungry? 

I  am  hugry 

Are  you  thirsty? 

Are  you  tired? 

Are  you  sleepy? 


7. 

Formation  of  tlie  Feminine. 

Feminine  Substantives  are  formed  by  adding  ska  or  inna 
to  tlie  Mascuhne: 

inna,  is  added  to  monosynal)les  or  those  syllables  ending  in 
a  vowel  which  is  dropped,  as: 

grefve,  count  —   grefvinna,  countess 
lejon,     hon      —  lejoninna,    honess; 
ska,  is  added  to  those  of  two  or  more  syllahles  eriJing    in 
a  consonant. 


14 

The  following  names  of  animals  differ  entirely,  as 

hOns,  fowl  ]  ,  ^.  , 

,  .  I  >      —  hdna,      hen 

hane^  tupp^   cockj 

hdst^  horse    ]       '  . 

,  .      ,  .  ,,.     >  —  sto,         mare 

hmgst,  stalhonj 

hundj  dog  —  hynda,    hitch. 

Many  other  nouns  are  exceptions,  as: 

lionunqA     ,  .  j    ,,    • 

,         ^  >    kmg         —  drottmng^  queen 

poet^  poet        —  poetissa,      poetess 

make^      1  i     u      i        maka,  1         .^ 

...      '       >  husband  —  ,        '  >      wife,  mate 

aktaman,]  hustru^f  ' 

phns,         prince     —  princessa,    princess 

Others  ad :  hona,  as: 

kanin,    rabl)it  (m.)  —  kaninhona,  rabbit  (f.) 

rdf,        fox       (m.)  —  rdfhona,      fox       (f.) 

bjorn,     bear     (m.)  —  hjornhona,    bear     (f.). 


8. 
DiminntiTes. 


Diminutives  are  formed  in  Swedish  by: 

liUe,  lilla,  liten,  litet^  smd  —  dear,  little,  as: 

lilla  far,       dear  father  —  lilla  mor,  dear  mother 

lilla  brorA     ,        h^  tl    -  ^^'^^^  flicka,  little  girl 

bror  lilla,]  flickebarn,  female  child 

liten  man,     little  man  —  liten  qvinna,  httle  woman 

liten  hanne,  little  male  —  liten  hona,  little  female  (of 

(of  animals)  animals) 

liten  stad  or  smdstad,  little  town. 


9. 

Examples. 

Denna  skOna  sangerska^  —  En  arm  herdinna^  — 
Nar^  Elfkungen''  dansar^  med  sin  drottning.  —  Den  slarka 
lejoninnaii.  —  En    listig   riilhona.  —  Ett   eldigt®   sto.  —  En 

1  singer.    2  shepherdess.    3  when.    4  elfkiiig.    5  to  dance.   6  fiery 


15 

vaksam''    hynda.    —   Den    trofasia®    makan.    —    Don    vackra* 
prinsessan.  —   Der  gar'"  en  liten  llicka.  —  Min  lilla  flicka. 

7  watchful.     8  faithful.     9  beautiful,     lU  goes. 


10. 

Exercises. 


A  faithful  female  friend'.  A  kind'  hostess ^  The 
pretty  laundress*.  A  bad  poetess.  A  great ^  bear  (f.).  A 
rich^  heiress.  The  white''  hen^  The  cock-pigeon  and  the 
dove.     Dear  little  papa.     The  little  man  is  very'  conceited '^ 

I  van  or  vanninna.    2  fryntiig.    3  vardinna.     4  tvatteiska.    5  stor. 
6  rik.     7  hvit.     8  hona.     9  mycket.     10  inbilsk. 


11. 

Declension  of  Substantifes. 

The  Swedish  Language  has  five  declensions  for  the  sub- 
stantive, regulated  by  the  termination  of  the  nominative  plural. 

The  Nominative,  Dative  and  Accusative  of  the  substan- 
tives are  all  alike.  The  Genitive  is  formed  by  adding  „.s";  or 
with  the  definitive  article  ens  or  ets. 

Words  ending  in  s  and  x  remain  unchanged  if  they  are 
with  or  without  the  indefinite  article,  as:  en  prins^  a  prince 
and  of  the  prince;  sax,  scissors  and  of  the  scissors;  but  if 
they  are  with  the  definite  article  they  form : 

prinsen,  the  prince  —  saxen^  the  scissors 

The  Plural  of  the  P*  declension  ends  in  or 

-  -     2°'^         -  -      -    ar 

-  .     3rd         _  -      -    er 

-  -     -     4*^         -  is  unchanged 

-  -     -     5*^         -  ends  in    eji. 

With  the  exception  of  substantives  ending  in  a  and  most 
of  those  ending  in  e,  they  are  declined  by  adding  the  follow- 
ing terminations: 


Singular. 
Num.  Dat.  Ace. 
Genitive 

Plural. 
Norn.  Dat.  Ace. 
Genitive 


Jst 

Declension 

a 
as 

or 

ors 


16 

2iid      I      3rd 
Declension  Dec'ension 


ar 

ars 


With  the  definite  Article: 
Singular. 


Nom.  Dat.  Ace. 
Genitive 

Plural. 
Nom.  Dat.  Ace. 
Genitive 


an 
ans 

orna 
ornas 


en 

ens- 


er 
ers 


en,  et 
ens,  ets 


4th 
Dec). 


arne  (a)    erna  (e) 
arnes  (as)  [  ernas  (es) 


n 

tis 


t 

ts 

na 
nas 


5th 
Declension 


n,  et, 

ns,  ets 

ne  (a)  en 
nes(as]em 


12. 

P*  Declension. 

All  feminine  substantives  ending  in  a,  except  maka,  the 
wife  (2^*  D.)  belong  to  this  declension. 

Some   few  monosyllables  ending   in  a  consonant,    whose 
termination  was  formerly  in  a,  as: 

ros,       rose,  rosor 

vag,      wave,         vigor, 
grdns^  boundary  grdnsor. 
With  the  indefinite  Article.  With  the  definite  Article. 

Singular. 


Nom.  en  krona,  a  crown. 
Gen.    en  kronas,  of  a  crown. 


Nom.  kronan,    the  crown. 
Gen.    kronans,  of  the  crown. 


Plural. 


Nom.  kronor,    crowns. 
Gen.   kronors,  of  crowns. 


Nom.  kronorna,  the  crowns. 
Gen.    /fro?ionms,  of  the  crowns 


13. 

2'^'^  Declension. 

To    tliis   declension    belong    many  masculine  substantives 
ending  in  e,  ing,  dom,  omme. 


17 


Most  words  of  this  dechMision  are  masculine. 

Note  1 .     T 1)  e  following  are  feminine: 
brnd,  bride     —  frOhen,  Miss      —  clotter,  daughter 

drottning,    qu(»en    —  jord,       earth     —  sjdl,      soul 
sol,  sun       —  verld,     woild    —  gran,     fir  tree 

tall,  pine      —  ek,  oak       —  aim,      elm  tree. 

2.  Substantives  ending  in  e,  drop  it  hclore  ar,  as: 

gnbbe,  old   man  —   IMur.  gubb-ar. 

3.  Substantives  ending  in    the  toneless  syllables  ar,   el, 
en,  er,  drop  the  vowel  in  the  Plural,  as: 

sommar,  summer,  Plur.  som-rar 

spegel,      looking-glass 

froken,     lady 

syster,       sister 

afton,       evening 

morgon^   morning 

4.  Substantives  ending   in  fvel,  drop  the  v  in  the  Plu- 
ral, as: 

gafvel,  gable  —  Plur.  gaft-ar. 

5.  Substantives   ending   in  f,    which    is   pronounced   v, 
add  a  v  in  the  Plural,  as: 

knif,  knife  —  Plur.  knifv-ar. 

6.  moder,  dotter,  modify  the  vowel  in  6',  as: 

mddr-ar,  dOttr-ar. 


spegl-ar 

frokn-ar 

systr-ar 

aftn-ar 

morgn-ar. 


Whilh  the  indefinite  Article. 


With  the  definite  Article. 


N.  en  Ihid,    a  lime  tree. 
G.  en  linds,  of  a  lime  tree. 


Singular. 


N.  lindar^    lime  trees. 
G.  lindars,  of  lime  trees. 


N.  linden,    the  limes. 
G.  lindens,  of  the  limes. 
Plural. 

N.  lindanie,    the  lime  trees. 
G.  lindajiies,  of  the  lime  trees 


N.  Idrjnnge,    a  pupil. 

G.  Idrjunges,  of  a  pupil. 

N.  Idrjungar,    pupils. 

G.  Idrjungars,  of  pupils. 


Singular. 

N.  Idrjnngen,    the  pupil. 
G.  Idrjungens,  of  the  pupil. 

Plural. 

N.  Idrjungarne,    the  pupils. 
G.  IdrJiDigarnes,  of  the  pupils. 


Lenstrdm's  Swedish  Grammar. 


2 


18 

14. 

3'^  Declension. 

To  this  Declension  belong  masculine,  feminine  and  neuter 
nouns,  ending  in  ad,  else,  skap,  het,  i  (except  bi). 

1.  Those  ending  in  an  accented  vowel,  drop  the  e  of 
the  definite  Article  in  the  Singular  and  Plural,  as: 

sko,  shoe  —  skon,  the  shoe  —  skor,  shoes  —  skona,  the  shoes; 
except  those  in  «,  and  dbc,  fru,  etc. 

2.  Those  ending  in  el  and  er,  drop  the  e  in  the  Sin- 
gular before  the  definite  Article.  Those  in  el  drop  it  also  in 
the  Plural,  as: 

fabel,      fable       —  fablen,       the  fable 
fabler  —  fablerna 

broder,  brother   —  brodren^     the  brother 
brOder,  —  brdderna. 

3.  Many  modify  their  vowels  in  Ihe  Plural,  as: 
tang,  tdnger  —  bonde.  hOnder  —  natt,  ndtter. 

4.  Those  in  t  and  some  in  n  double  the  final  con- 
sonant in  the  Plural,  as: 

get,  getter  —  nOt,  nOlter  —  rot,  rdtter 
van,  vdnner  —    man,  mdnner. 

With  the  indefinite  Article.  With  the  definite  Article. 

Singular. 
N.  en  prest,    a  priest.  N.  presten,    the  priest. 

G.  en  prests  of  a  priest.  G.  prestens,  of  the  priest. 

Plural. 


N.  prester,    priests. 


G.  pr esters,  of  priests.  G.  presternas,  of  the  priests 


N.  presterna,    the  priests. 


Singular. 
N.  en  fiende,    an  enemy.  N.  fienden,    the  enemy. 

G.  en  fiendes,  of  an  enemy.         G.  fiendens,  of  \he  enemy. 

Plural. 


N.  fiender,    enemies. 
G.  fiendtrs,  of  eneuiies. 


N.  fienderna,    the  enemies. 
G.  fiendernas,  of  the  enemies. 


19 


15. 

4*^  Declension. 

To  this  Declension  belong  all  neuters   ending   in  a  con- 
sonant, and  tliose  in  are. 

1.  Those  in  el,   er,    en,  drop  the  e  before    tlie  definito 
Article  in  the  Singular  and  Plural,  as: 

valteii,  water  —  vatlnet,  the  water 
Plur.  vatten  vattnen. 

2.  Those  ending  in  /",   receive  a  v  before  the  Article  as: 
href^  letter  —  brefvet,  the  letter  —  IM.  brejven. 


With  (he  indefinite  Article.  Wilh  the  definite  Article. 

Singula)'. 


N.  ett  barn,    a  child. 

G.  ett  barns,  of  a  child. 

N.  bam,    children. 

G.  bar7is,  of  children. 


N.  barnet,     the  child. 
G.  barnels,    of  the  child. 


Plural. 


N.  barnen,    the  children. 
G.  barnens,  of  the  children. 


16. 

5*^  Declension. 

To  this  declension  belong  the  neuters  ending  in  a  vowel. 

1.  Those  ending  in  a  or  e,  only  add  a  t,  as: 

hjerta,  heart  —  hjertat,  the  heart. 
sinne,    sense  —  sinnet,    the  sense. 
In  the  Plural  they  add  only  an  n,  as: 

hjertan,  hearts  —  sinnen,  the  senses. 

2.  Those  ending  in  other  vowels  add  et  in  the  Sin- 
gular and  n  in  the  indefinite  Plural,  in  the  delinile  Plural 
e«,  as: 

bo,  dwelling  —  boet,    the  dwelling. 
Plur.  bon  —  bocn. 

3.  Some  in  e  add  in  the  delinite  Plural  an  a,  as: 
embele,  an  oftice  —  embeten,  oftices  —  Plur.  euibelena. 


20 

With  the  indefinite  Article.  Wilh  the  definite  Article. 

Singular. 

N.  kndet,    the  knee. 


N,  ett  knd,    a  knee. 
G.  ett  kndSy  of  a  knee. 


N.  knariy    knees. 
G.  kndnsy  of  knees. 


G.  kna^ts,  of  the  knee. 

Plural. 

N.  ktid^n^    the  knees. 
G.  kndens,  of  the  knees. 


17. 
Note  on  the  Declensious. 

Irregular  are: 

nins,  mouse  Plur.  mdss]   ..>,  r^    i 
c,  .     W*^  Decl. 

gasy    goose       -      gdss  J 

ffga,    eye  -      Ogon,  dgonen]  ^^^  ^^^^ 

dra,   ear  -     tfrow,  dronen] 

The  following  have  a  double  Plural: 

brdde,  board  Plur.   brdder,  brdden 

tyg,      cloth       -      tyger^  tygen^  tygerna 

man,    man        -      many  manner. 


18. 
Examples. 


Jag^  sag  gummorna^  och  pojkarne^.  —  Hon  bar  klena 
hander,  men  ban  bar  goda  nafvar\  —  Flickorna^  bli"  en 
valsignelse'  for  oss  alia.  —  Somliga®  menniskor  kunna®  le'°. 
—  Hvar**  ar'^  nycklen'^?  —  Jag  tog'^  nycklarne.  —  Ni*'* 
bar  tre  systrar  och  fern '^  brOder.  —  Foglarne*^  qvittra**  i  sko- 
garne'^.  —  Vi  ata^°  bi^axnar^'.  —  Vi  bade  vackra^^  hosla^tnar-^  — 

1  I   saw.     2  gumma,    an   old    woman.     3  pojke ,   a    boy.      4  fist. 
5  flicka,  girl.     6  from   „blifva''   become.     7  blessing.      8  some. 

9  can.     10  smile.     11  where.    12  is.     13  key.    14  1  took.    15  you. 

10  five.     17  bird.     18  chirp.     19  forest.     20  eat.     21  braxen,  the 
bream.     22  beautiful.     23  autumn  eveninjf. 


21 

Oarne'^^  aro  obebodda".  —  Han  alskar^*  sina  vanner  och 
hatar^^  sina  fiender.  —  Avei^*  bar  tolf^^  nianad(ir^°.  —  IJans 
fOrfader^*  voro^^  stora^^  niiin.  —  Vagor  bla  ocb  giiina  lunder^\ 

—  Jag  s§ig  skoldar^^  ocb  lansar^*.  —  De  ungas^^  bjertan.  — 
FSglarne  lialva  vingar^*  ocb  klor^^.  —  Skona''^  iiro  itu"*'  ocb 
tSma"*'^  sticka"^  iil''\  —  Fablerna"^  aro  niorabska.  —  Hon  bar 
sma  fotter''^  —  Hon  bojde'"  bljcbvita''^  knan  pa  gaUVef®.  — 
De  grOna  stranderna.  —  Hafvets^"  mOr^^  —  Han  bade  Ire 
ben".  —  Manga '^^  ar.  —  En  skog,  der"  djuren"  ga^''  under 
boga"  trad^^  —  De  hvita'^''  seglen"''.  —  Vallnet  ar  kallt^'.  — 
Der  aro  manga  mOss.  —  Lat^'^  mig  skada^^  dina  skona  ogon. 

—  Han  fick''^  stipendier. 

24  0,  island.  25  uninhabited.  26  loves.  27  hates.  28  a?',  year. 
29  twelve.  30  month.  31  ancestors.  32  were.  33  great.  34  grove. 
35  shield.  36  lance.  37  the  young  people.  38  wings.  39  claw. 
40  shoe.  41  broken.  42  toe.  43  stick.  44  out.  45  fable. 
46  foot.  47  bent.  48  lily  white.  49  ground.  50  sea.  51  nymph. 
52  leg.  53  many.  54  where.  55  cattle.  56  go.  57  high. 
58  tree.  59  white.  60  sails.  61  cold.  62  let.  63  behold. 
64  received,  from  a/'a". 


19. 

Exercises. 


He  has  five  sons  and  four  daughters,  tbey  are  boys  and 
g^'ls^  Men  are  not  all  good.  I  saw  yesterday^  tbe  work- 
men^, servants"  and  peasant  women ^  We  sat**  all  Sunday' 
afternoon®  witb  tbe  book  in  our  bands ^.  Tbe  doctors*"  are 
not  all  quacks*'.  Tbe  evenings  become*^  long'^.  1  bke  to 
read*"*  novels.  Have  you  mended'^  my  boots'^?  You  know" 
my'*  babits'^.  You  preacb'-''^  to  deaf'^'  ears.  We  do  not 
know^^  tbe  reasons^.  There  were^*  many  counts"  and 
barons'^"  present.  Such^'  men  are  my  enemies ^^  Here  are 
rooms'"^*  to  let^'*.     I  hke^'  apples ^^     The  hearts  are  laithfuP^ 

1  flicka  (1*^  D.).  2  igar.  3  arbetare.  4  tjenare.  5  bomiqvinna. 
6  vi  suto.  7  sondag.  8  eftermiddag  (2"'^  D.).  9  hand  (3^^  D.). 
10  lakare.  11  qvacksalfvore.  12  bli.  13  lung.  14  jag  laser 
gerna.  15  har  ni  lagat.  16  stofvel  {2'^^  D.).  17  ni  kanner. 
18  min.  19  vana  (l^'  D).  20  ni  taiar  for.  21  dot  (PI.  dofva). 
22  vi  kanna  icke.  23  orsak.  24  der  voio.  25  grefve  (2°^  D.). 
26  baron  (3^'!  D.).  27  sadan.  28  fiende.  29  rum  (4»*>  D.).  30  alt 
hyra.     31  jag  tycker  om.     32  apple  (S^**  D.).     33  trogen. 


22 


The  offices  are  rare"*.  The  seas'*  and  the  islands.  The 
smiths^^  lifted^'  the  hammer  up.  The  ladies  are  sisters.  A 
house  of  a  prince.  Where  are  the  servants^®?  The  children's 
mother. 

34  sallsynta.     35  sjo  (m.).     36  smed.     37  upplyfta.     38  tjenare. 


Practice. 


Hvad?  Hvad  for? 

What?  For  what? 

Hvad  har  Ni? 

What  have  you? 

Delta 

This 

Ar  delta  min  hok? 

Is  this  my  book? 

Hvem  ? 

Who  ? 

Hvem  har? 

Who  has? 

Jag  har  rdlt 

I  am  right 

Ni  har  ordtt 

You  are  wrong 

Har  jag  rdtl  ? 

Am  1  right? 

Nej\  min  here^  Ni  har  ordtt 

No  Sir,  you  are  wrong 

Han  har 

He  has 

Han  dr 

He  is 

Han  har  knifven 

He  has  the  knife 

Han  har  den 

He  has  it. 

20. 
The  Adjective. 

An  adjective  before  a  substantive  is  not  dechned,  but 
takes  the  termination  of  the  gender  of  the  noun.  If  the  in- 
definite article  preceds  it,  masculine  and  feminine  adjectives 
are  ahke,  and  unchanged,  as: 

en  drlig  man^      an  honest  man 
en  drlig  qvinna,  an  honest  woman. 

In  the  neuter  it  takes  a  tj  as: 

ett  drligt  barn^  an  honest  child. 

Note.  1.  If  th(^  definite  article  preceds  it,  the  adjective 
takes  an  e  in  the  masculine  and  an  a  in  the  feminine  and 
neuter,  as: 


23 

den  drJige  mannen,    tlie  honest  man 
(kti  cirliga  qvinnan^  the  honest  woman 
den  drliga  harnet^      the  honest  child. 

2.  If  the  adjeclive  is  used  as  an  adverb,  it  remains 
unchanged  in  the  mascuhne  and  feminine;  but  it  takes  a  i  in 
the  neuter,  as: 

mannen  dr  driig,    the  man  is  lionest 
qvinnan  dr  drlig,  the  woman  is  honest 
barnet  dr  driigt,     the  child  is  lionest. 

3.  If  the  adjeclives  end  in  en,  they  change  it  into  et  in 
the  neuter,  as: 

trogen,  faithful,  neut.  troget. 

Adjectives  ending  in  a  and  t  do  not  change  in  the  neuter, 
but  those  ending  in  i  and  «,  add  in  the  neuter  two  tt's. 

4.  If  adjectives  ending  in  ad  are  placed  with  the  de- 
finite article  before  a  substantive  they  add  e  for   all  genders. 

Those  ending  in  el,  er,  en,  drop  the  e  of  the  root,  when 
the  termination  is  in  e  and  a,  as: 

vacker,  pretty:  den  vackra  flickan,  the  pretty  girl. 
If  a  fv  preceds  these  terminations,  the  v  is  also  dropped,  as: 
dufven  changes  into  dnfna 

liten  (little)  -  -      lille 

gammal  (old)        -  -     gamle. 

If  the  en  belongs  to  the  root,  a  ?  is  added,  as: 

ren  —  rent. 

5.  The  adjective  has  always  (he  same  termination  in 
the  Plural  which  it  has  in  the  Singular  with  the  delinite  ar- 
ticle, as: 

den  vackra  ftickan,  Plur.  vackra  flickor 
with  the  article:  de  vackra  flickorna. 

6.  The  following  form   their  Plural  irregularly:  as: 

mijcken,  much  —  Plur.  mange  {a) 
liten,        lillle     —      -      sma 
litet,        few      —      -      fa. 


24 


21 


Vocabi 

u  1  a  r  y. 

hortlagt, 

renounced 

aktningsvdrd, 

respectable 

fOrhatliga, 

detestable 

sitt. 

sit 

spelsjnka,  f.. 

gambling 

blek, 

pale 

nu  for  liden, 

at   the  pre- 

bedrOfvad, 

sad 

sent  time 

han  vdJsignar, 

he  blesses 

stnrsk, 

uncivil 

ok  and, 

unknown 

som  om  de  iwre. 

as    if    they 

vdlgOrare, 

benefactor 

were 

hvad. 

what 

bit. 

to  become 

upptdg, 

joke 

herre, 

gentleman, 

svart. 

blaick 

Sir 

moln. 

cloud 

annan. 

other 

a' abriged  for  dro,  are,  is 

sldgte. 

gender 

dskmoln, 

thunder  cloud 

dn  de. 

than  they 

bekant. 

acquaintance 

det  vore. 

it  were 

barn. 

child 

rolig, 

agreeable 

vdder. 

weather 

om. 

if 

rad, 

council,  advice 

jag  kunde, 

I  could 

uppfdrande 

conduct 

fdra  hit. 

convey     hi- 

dOf, 

deaf 

ther 

qvinna. 

woman. 

Exam 

iples. 

Han  bar   hortlagt   den    forhatliga   spelsjukan.    —  Nu  fOr 
tiden  bli  handtveikarne  sa  sturska,  som  om  de  vore  baroner. 

—  Du  ville  bli  en  praktig  herre.  —  Vi  aro  af  ett  annat  slagte 
an  de.  —  Det  vore  roligt  om  jag  kunde  fora  hit  min  akt- 
ningsvarda  viin.  —  Sitt  icke  sa  bedrofvadl  —  Min  lilla 
flickal  —  Den  unga  menniskan.  —  Han  valsignar  sin  okande 
valgOrare.  —  Hvad  ar  det  der  fOr  afskyvarda  upptdg.  — 
Alia   svarta   moln   an'o   inte  askmoln.  —  En   gammal   bekant. 

—  Den  gamle  vannen.  —  Barnet  ar  artigt.  —  Det  artiga 
barnet.  —  Det  fOrbannade  viidret.  —  En  vacker  flicka.  — 
Den  vackra  flickan.  —  De  vackra  miinniskorna.  —  Kloka  mans 
r§d.  —  Det  kloka  barnets  uppfOraiide.  —  Ett  klokt  barns 
uppfOrande.  —  En  kloks  rad.  —  En  dof  qvinna. 


25 

22. 

Exercises. 

The  sad  giil.  The  child  is  pale.  A  despairing*  father. 
I  am  quiet ^  and  cohP.  The  wind  is  cold.  The  child  is  quiet. 
The  new^  IraucP.  With  deep"  voiced  Great  God.  lie  stands' 
like  stone".  He  goes  out  ot'°  the  door**  at  the  right'^  He 
enters'^  violently *^  The  violent  man.  The  rough '^  hear*^ 
The  hehaviour  of  prudent''  men.  The  rational*'  hehaviour  of 
prudent  men.     The  deck*®  is  clean.     The  ripe^°  ear"'^*. 

1  fortviflad.  2  hign.  3  kail.  4  ny.  5  svek  n.  6  djup.  7  stamma. 
8  han  star.  9  forstenad.  10  han  gar  ut  genom.  11  dorr.  12  lio- 
ger.  13  hail  kommer  in.  14  haftig.  15  luden.  16  bjorn.  17  klok. 
18  fornuftig.     19  dack  n.     20  mogen.     21  ax.  n. 


23. 
Comparison  of  Adjectifes. 

The  Com|)arative  is  formed  by  adding  are,  the  Superlative 
by  adding  ast  to  the  Positive,  as: 

Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

fri,       free    —  fn'are,     more  free  —  friast,     most  free 
ringa,  small  - —  ringare,  smaller       —  ringast,  smallest. 
With  the  article  the  superlative  adds  an  e,  as: 

den  friaste  mannen  —  den  friaste  qvinnan,  etc. 
Note  1.     Some  adjectives  ending  in  /  take  in  the  Com- 
paralive   and  Superlative   an   additional  v;  those  in  in  double 
it,  and  those  in  el,  en,  er,  drop  the  e. 

2.     Adjectives   ending    in   isk    and   ad  form   their   Com- 
parative by  mer  (mera),  more,  and  mest,  most,  as: 

behjertad,  courageous  —  mer  behjertad,  more  courageous  — 
mest  behjertad,  most  courageous. 


24. 

Irregular  Comparisons. 

Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

god,    good  —   bdttre,  better  —  bast,  best 

elak,   bad     —  sdmre,  varre,  worse  —  sdmst,  vdrst,  worst 


Positive. 


Iiigh 
great 
small 
smd 
few 
long 


hdg, 

St  or, 

liten, 

Plur. 

fa, 

Idng, 

mycken,    much 

Plur.  manga 

ndra^        near 

gammal^    old 

wig,         young 

tutig,         heavy 


26 

•  Comperative. 

hdgre,  higher 

sWrre,  greater 

mindre^  smaller 
smdrre 

fdrre,  less 

Idngre,  longer 

mera,  more 
flera 

ndrmare  nearer 

dldre,  older 

ytigre,  younger 

tyngre,  heavier 


Superlative. 
hdgst,     highest 
stdrsl,    greatest 
minst,     smallest 
stndrst 
minst, 
Idngst^ 
mest, 
fldsta, 


least 
longest 


most 
mesta 
nasi,  ndrmast ,  n  earest 
didst,      oldest 
yngst,     youngest 
tyngst,    heaviest. 


25 

). 

Vocahi 

u  1  a  r  y. 

redig, 

bright 

tid. 

time 

hufvud, 

head 

fOrdlskade  sig, 

fell  in  love 

slar  sig  fram, 

fights  through 

giftesig 

married     him 

verld, 

world 

self 

vishet, 

wisdom 

skola^ 

school 

spel. 

play 

sednare, 

later 

docka. 

doll 

folk, 

people 

han  bcgdi. 

he  wants 

slug, 

shrewd 

hdns, 

hen 

herrskare, 

ruler 

korg, 

basket 

styf, 

strong 

Idmplig, 

suitable 

arbetare, 

workman 

namn. 

name 

from. 

pious 

lycklig, 

lucky,  happy,  for- 
tunate 

dnnu. 

yet,  still. 

Examples. 

Ett  redigt  hufvud  slar  sig  mycket  battre  fram  i  verlden 
an  den  storsta  vishet.  —  Hon  iir  spelels  basta  docka.  — 
Ilan  vill  vara  hOgsta  honset  i  korgen.  —  Det  ar  ett  lampli- 
gare  namn.  —  Lyckligare  tider.  —  Philips  iildre  dotler  foriils- 
kade  sig  i  Jacobs  yngre  son,  och  Jacob  saldste  son  giftesig 
med  Philips  yngsta  dotter.  —  Den  iirligasle  manniskan.  — 
llan   ar    framst  i  skolan.  —  Pa  sednare  tider.   —  Det   samre 


27 

folkct.  —  Han  Hr  sliigaro  .In  jag,  men  min   hror  Sr  don  sln- 
gasle.  —  lion   ar  den  skOnasle  llickan.  —  l)e  vackrasie  qvinnor. 

—  Gud  ar  den  mugligste  henskaren.  —  Den  styfvaste  arlietaren. 

—  Jag  ar  from,    men  han  ar  annii   IVonjmare.  —  Biista  far  I 


26. 

Exercises. 

I  am  better  than  lie.  Fie  is  my  worst  enemy.  lie  is 
older  than  I,  hut  1  am  calmer  than  he.  My  eldest  daugliter 
is  younger  than  his  youngest  son.  He  is  the  most  pious  man 
in  the  town\  He  is  ruder^  than  you.  The  heaviest  load^ 
The  highest  price \  Most  men.  The  noblest'^  gentleman  and 
the  lowest  workman.  The  smallest  t■ault^  I  saw  more  men  in 
the  street'.  The  worst  scampi  The  nearest  house.  A  more 
agreeable®  society *°.  The  surest''  baiP^  The  bravest  soldic. 
1  gave"  the  book  to  the  most  beloved'*  friend. 

1  stad.  2  iS.  3  borda  f.  4  pris,  m.  5  foi  nam.  6  fel,  n.  7  gala,  f. 
8  gosse.  9  angenamt.  10  sallskap,  n.  11  siiker.  12  borgen, 
loftesman.     13  jag  gaf.     14  alskad. 


27. 
Personal  Pronouns. 

Singular. 


l^t  Person. 
Noni.  Jag,  I 


Dat.&  Ace.  mig,  me 

Nom.  VI,      we 

Dat.&  Ace.  OSS,    us 


dig,  thee 

PI 

i,  you 

e(/erferj,  you 


2"*^  Person.  S""*  Person. 

du,    thou  han,  he,  hon,  she,  det,  it. 

Gen.  hans,        hennes,      dess. 
honom,     henne,       det. 

Plural. 

f/e,  they. 

Gen.  deras,        of  them. 
dem,  sig,  them. 

Note.     Dm,  is  only  used  to  relations  and  intimate  friends. 
Ni,  is  used  for  „you"  in  conversation 
om  Ni  vill,  if  you  will. 


28 


dMa, 

hata^ 

inte,  icJce, 

trodde, 

tog, 

g6ra, 

Idt, 

veta, 

fel. 


love 

hate 

not 

believed 

took 

do,  make,  render 

let 

know 

fault 


28. 
Vocabulary. 

kdrlek, 


love 
understdsig,  to  presume 


dygd, 

sag, 
sOk, 

sanning, 
finner  du, 


virtue 

reward,  wages,  al- 
lowance 
saw 

look  for 
truth 
tindest  thou. 


mig. 


Examples. 

Jag   alskar   dig.  —   Hon    hatar 
inte. 

—  Jag  togdet.  —  Det  ar 
Del  gOr  jag  for  Eder  alia, 
honom  icke  horadet.  —  Det   ar   bans  fel. 

—  Han  understar  sig.  —  Det  ar   deras   dygders   lOn.  —  Jag 
sag  dem.  —  SOk  sanningen,  sa  finner  du  deu. 


J  alsken  benne.  —  Han  kan  goradet. 

godt.  — 
—  Lat  benne  inte  vetadet. 


Det 


gOr 


Ni  b(3r  honom 
■  Han  troddedet. 
for  Er.  — 
-  Lat 
Heiines  karlek. 


jag 


29. 

Exercises. 


We  love  him,  but  he  does  not  love  us.    Thou  canst  do  it. 


Did  you  take*  it   from    him?     I 
you.     That   is*    nolbing''   to   us. 


gave 


it   to  you.     I   gave  it 
Fortune^   changes"   (itself). 

Let  her 
not  hear*°  it.     Fetch**  him,  I  will  speak '^  with  him  alone. 

2  jag  gaf.  3  angar.  4  inte.  5  lycka.  6  vijnder.  7  huru. 
8  skall  ga.  9  horde.  10  erfara,  fa  veta.  11  lat  honom  komma 
12  viil  tala. 


How'  will  it  go®  with  us?     I  heard'  their  children. 


1  tog 


30. 

Possesive  Pronouns. 

Min,  mine 

Singular 

Masc.                   Fern. 

Neuter, 

\om. 

min,  mine         min 

mitt. 

Gen. 

min,  of  mine. 

29 


Plural. 
Masc.  Fern. 

Nom.  mine,   my  mina 

Gen.    mina,  of  my       mina 
In  the  same  way  are  declined : 

din,  dilt,  1 1  line 
sin,  silt,  his. 


Neuter. 

mina. 

mina. 


Var,  our. 

Singular. 

Masc.                       Fem. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

vdr,  our               vdr 

vdrt. 

Gen. 

vdr,  of  ours. 

Plural. 

Nom. 

vdre,  ours           vara 

vara. 

Gen. 

vara,  of  ours. 

Eder  (er),  yours. 

Singular. 

Masc.  Fem.  Neuter. 

Nom.  eder  (er),  your  eder  (er)     edert  (ert). 

Gen.    eder,  of  yours. 

Plural. 
Nom.  edre  (ere),  yours  edra  (era)  edra  (era), 

Gen.    edra,  of  yours. 

Note.  In  the  old  style  mins,  dins,  vars,  eders,  were  used. 
The  s  is  now  dropped  —  and  only  retained  in  Eders  or  Ers 
before  some  litles,  as  Eders  or  Ers  majestdt  —  your  majesty. 


31. 

Examples. 

Det  Sr  mitt  alskade  barn.  —  Ni  har  mOrdat  er  dotter. 
—  Var  far  kummer;  vSnd*  dig  icke  langre  bort^  fran^  bans 
karleksfulla  *  bhckar.  —  Du  skyr^  ej  ISngre  mina  blickar.  — 
Tjufvar"  voro  i  ert  rum'.  —  Jag  vill  gOmma®  mig  for  liennes 

1  vanda,  to  turn.     2  away.     3  from.     4  loving.     5  avoid.     6  ihief. 
7  room.     8  to  hide. 


30 


,10 


—  Han  valsignar  sin 


Ogon.  —  SvSlj'  inte  ned'  dina  larar 
valgOrare.  —  SkOt"  ni  edra  affarer'^  —  Han  sOker'^  inle 
deras  sallskap.  —  Jag  ar  nedtyngd'^  af  era  valgerningar'\  — 
Var  fars  strano:het"'.  —  Barnens  karlek  till  deras  fOraldrar". 


Barnets  karlek  till  sin  (dess)   far. 
Jaof  ber  om  ursakt'^ 


De  mina  sOkte  mig. 


9  nedsvdlj'a,  to  swallow  down,  to  suppress.  10  th',  tear.  11  skota, 
to  mind.  12  business.  13  soka ,  to  seek.  14  to  weigh  down. 
15  benevolence.     16  severity.     17  the  parents.     18   your  Grace. 


32. 

Exercises. 

I  have  wronged'  my  friend.  His  resolution''  is  taken'. 
Come'*  my  friends.  He  and  his  dauglhers.  Your  mothtr  is 
still  alive ^  Your  child  will  hide  from  your  eyes.  She  leaned^ 
her  head'  on®  his  (hans)  shoulder®.  The  father,  who  (som) 
sees'"  his  dying''  daughter.     I  will  loosen'^  your  chains 


13 


1  jag  bar  lural.     2  beslut  n.     3  fatladt.     4  kom. 
6  lutar.     7  hufvud,     8  mot.     9  axel.     10  ser. 
skall  losa.     13  kedja. 


5  lefver  annu. 
11  do.      12  jag 


33. 
Demonstrative  Pronouns. 


Tf 

lis  one. 

Singular. 

Masc.                  Fern. 

Neuter 

Nom. 

den 

den 

1 

det. 

Gen. 

[dens]  dess 

dess 

dess. 

Plural. 

%, 

Nom. 

de,        those 

Gen. 

deras,  of  I  hose  >  of  all  g 

^end 

ers. 

Dat.  &  Ace. 

dem,    those      J 

31 


This,  this  one. 

Singular. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Nenfer. 

Nom. 

denne 

denna 

delta. 

Gen. 

dennes 

dennas 

deltas. 

Dal.&Acc. 

denna 

denna 

delta. 

Plural. 

Nom. 

desse 

dessa 

dessa, 

those. 

Gen. 

desses 

dessas 

dessas, 

ot  those. 

Dat.&  Ace. 

dessa 

dessa 

dessa, 

those. 

This  same,  that  same. 


Singular. 


Masr. 
Nom.  samnie 

Gen.  sammes 

Dat.&Acc.  sanima 


Fern.  &  Neuter. 
samma 
sanmias 
samma 


Plural. 

samma. 

sanimas. 

samma. 


Singular. 


Masc. 
Nom.  den  samme 

Gen.  den  sammes 

Dat.&Acc.  den  samma 


Fern. 


Plural 

Neuter. 

den  samma  \det  samma  de  samma. 
den  sammas  del  sam7nas  de  sammas. 
den  samma  del  samma  de  samma. 


Note.  1.      Thai  one,  is  generaly  translated  by:  den  der. 

2.  The  Pron.:  den,  del,  is  used  when  in  connexion 
with  a  Relative  Pronoun,  as: 

del  hordet,  som  du  kOple,  that  table  which  you 

bought. 

3.  The  Genitive  dens,  is  only  used  of  persons. 

4.  This,    this    one,    is   generally    expressed 
conversation  by:  den  hdr,  del  hdr. 

That,  that  one,  by:  den  der,  del  der. 


m 


32 


34. 


Vo  cab 

u  lary. 

hem, 

home 

kalla, 

to  call,  name 

andra  gdngen, 

second  time 

trodde, 

believed 

kunskap, 

knowledge 

hedningj 

heathen 

utbildades, 

was  perfected 

ddd, 

death 

fullkomlig, 

complete 

bortryckt, 

taken  away 

mnn, 

mouth 

tva  tredjedelar, 

two  thirds 

frdn, 

from 

folkmdngd, 

population 

kust, 

cost 

trddde  fram, 

stood  lorth 

ropade. 

called 

pa, 

on,  upon 

efter. 

after,  by 

stenhOg, 

stone  heap. 

Exam 

I  p  1  e  s. 

r  detta  nya  hem  gifte  hon  sig  for  andra  g§ngen.  — 
Denna  kunskap  utbildades  till  fullkomlig  klarhet.  —  Det  var 
den  lilla  systems  mun.  —  De  komma  fran  dessa  kuster.  — 
Den,  som  ropade  efter  honom.  —  Jag  vill  kalla  dem,  som 
trodde  detta,  hedningar.  —  Doden  hade  bortryckt  tva  tred- 
jedelar af  dess  folkmilngd.  —  Dessa  bade  tradde  fram,  och 
Gud  vjilsignade  dem,  som  trodde  pS  honom.  —  Den  hSr 
stenhogen. 


35. 

Exercises. 

In  this  house  and  in  thai  gaiden'.  God  be  praised*  for 
this  joy^  It  is  the  first  time""  that  I  calP  you  by^  this  dear' 
name®.  This  heart  is  cold.  I  saw  him  in  the  same  town*. 
That  man's  wife'"  is  dead'*.  This  one  here  is  my  friend,  that 
one  (there)  is  my  enemy,  and  the  other  (that  one)  is  indif- 
ferent to  me'^ 


1    tradgard   m 


2  lofvad  vare.  3  gladje  f.  4  forsta  gangen. 
5  namner.  6  vid.  7  kar.  8  namn  n.  9  slad  m.  10  maka. 
11  dod.     12  likgiltig. 


33 


36 


RrlntiTc  Pronouns. 

The  Relative  pronouns  in  Svvedisli  arc: 
Iwilken,  (m.  f.),  wliicli;  hvilket  (n.) 
6om,  which,  who;  is  not  declined. 


Who.  which  that. 


s 

in- 

u  1  a  r. 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

Nenter. 

^om.  hvilken 

hvilket. 

Gen.    hvilkeiis 

hvilkets. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern,  &  Neuter. 

Nom.            hviJke 

hvilka. 

Gen.             hvilkas 

hvilkas. 

Dat.&Acc.  hviJka 

hvilka. 

Note.     Instead  of  the  Genitive  hvilkens,  hvars  is  used  from 
the  antiquated  hvar. 


Nu^  now 

vacklar  mot^  staggers  towards 
tjetist^  occupation,  busi- 

ness, employ- 
ment 


37. 

V  0  c  a  1)  u  1  a  r  y. 

hnide^ 


erhdlla, 
yenningar^ 
vilja, 
Ofriye, 


conld 
receive 
money 
will 
others,  the  rest. 


Exam  |)  1  e  s. 

Du  iir  den  som  nu  vacklar  mot  grafven.  —  J  iiren  men- 
niskor,  som  fOrbannade  honom.  —  En  god  tjenst  under  hvil- 
ken hon  kunde  erhalla  en  summa  penningar.  —  Han  ar  en 
man,  hvars  vilja  ar  starkare  an  alia  ofrigas. 


Lenstrom's  Swe<Msh  Grammar. 


3 


34 

38. 
Exereises. 

lie  who  says  so'.  Those  who  believe''  this.  The  ge- 
neral under  whose  command^  lie  stood ^  The  name  under 
which  he  serves^  The  princes^  under  whose  protection^  he 
stood. 

1  sadant.     2  tro.     3  befal.     4  han  stod  {he  stood).     5  han  tjenar. 
6  furste.     7  beskydd. 


39. 
Intcrrogatiye  Pronouns. 

Evilken,  hvilket,  who,  wliat? 
hvem?  who?,  hvad?  what? 

Singular. 

Masc.  &Fem.  Neuter. 


Plural. 


Nom.           hvem 

Gen.            hvems,  or  hvars 

Dat.&Acc.  hvem 

hvad 
hvad 
hvad 

hvilke 

hvilkas 

hvilka. 

40 

Examples. 

Ilvad  §r  det  da  mera*?  —  Hvad  vagar^  ni  saga^?  — 
Ilvem  var  det,  som  uj)pfoslrade''  er  son? —  Hvem  soka^  de? 
—  Ilvem  skola  vi**  tro?  —  Hvems  feV  Sr  det. 

1  more.     2  dare.     3  to  say.     4  brought  up.     5  look  for.     6  shall 
we.     7  fault. 


41. 

Exercises. 

Who  has  done*  this?  Whose  son  is  this  youth ^?  To 
whom  did  we  give'  it?  What  is  that?  What  do  you  say? 
What  man  can  believe  such'*?     What  cares ^  have  you? 

1  gjort.     2  yiigling.    3  gafvo.     4  sadanl,  slikt.    5  sorg  m.,  bekym- 
mer  n. 


35 


42. 


lu(le(iiii(e  V 

rououns. 

Neuter. 

Pldral. 

All, 

all 

allt 

alia 

annan. 

other 

annat 

andre,  andra 

en. 

some  one 

enltvar, 

every  one 

etthvart 

hel, 

all,  entire 

helt 

hele,  hela 

hvar,  (Iwarje), 

each 

Iwart 

hoar  och  en, 

all  and  every  one 

hvart  och  ett 

hvarannan. 

each  other 

hv  art  annat 

hvarandra 

hvardera, 

each 

hvarjehanda. 

all  sorts 

ingen, 

no  one,  none 

intet 

inga 

ingendera, 

neither 

intetdera 

likadan, 

such  one 

man, 

one,  they 

'?                                o 

mdngen. 

many  a  one 

mange,  mant 

ndgon, 

somebody 

ncigot 

nagre,  nagra. 

samme, 

same,  the  same 

sanima 

sjelf. 

self 

sjelft 

slik, 

such,  such  one 

somligR, 

some 

somliga  &  fem. 

sadan. 

such,  the  like       ! 

sddant 

Most  of  these  Pronouns  are 

declined  like 

the  A(lj(;clivc 

ar  grymmare'   an    alia   de   andra.  —   Skolgossen*, 
nagra  blad"*  i  sin  grammalica.  —  En  planta%  som 
slags' 


43. 
Examples. 

Han 
som  last^ 

trifves^  i  all  slags'  jord®.  —  Har  kommer  nagon.  —  Det  ai 
d§  forbi^  med  allt,  med  hela  den  gyllene^°  drOmmen'M  — 
Han  kedjas^^  genom^^  andras  magtspiak'^  —  Hvarje  timme** 
lekte^^  haa  med  doden.  —  Han  gor  ingen  skillnad''.  —  Manga 
gora  delta.  —  Somliga  skola^*  ga  upplore^^  och  somliga  ned- 

1  cruel.  2  school  boy.  3  Idsa,  to  read.  4  page.  5  plant.  6  trif- 
vus,  to  grow.  7  kind,  manner.  8  soil.  9  past.  10  golden. 
11  dream.  12  is  chained.  13  by.  14  word  of  command.  15  hour. 
16  played.     17  dilierence.     18  skola,  are,  to.     19  rise,  go  up. 


fore=^«.  —  En 
i   verlden.  — 
godt   lillfiille'-'". 


36 


an  nan  gang^M  —  Dara^^  man  kommer  sig  iipp 


23 


Sadana   ormar^^  skola   icke   hvasa-\  —   tlvarje 
Hvarjehaiida   grums^'  grumlade^*   upp    den 
lekande^*  backens^"  vag^^ 


20  down.  21  another  time.  22  if  only.  23  get  up,  24  orm,  snake, 
serpent.  25  to  hiss.  26  opportunity.  27  mud.  28  darken. 
29  playing.     30  rivulet.     31  the  wave. 


44. 

Exercises. 

I  gave*  hinn  all.  All  men  love*  him.  It  is  another  boy'. 
The  others  are  coming ^  Another  child.  Eveiy  body  knows* 
him.  Every  work^  is  useful'  if*  one  has*  an  object'"  with*' 
it.  I  do  not  say*^  it  to  everybody.  Nobody  is  happy '^ 
They  have  no  child.  Many  a  name  is  forgotten  *^  I  saw 
many    flowers '^     Is    any    one    present*^?     There    are    some 


strangers 


,».^  17 


commg 


18 


That  is  something  new 
man.  He  comes  himself.  I  do  not  believe^" 
Some  people  beheve^'  such  fables ^^ 


19 


.     The 
such 


same 
things. 


1  ja 


or 


jcg  gaf.  2  aiska.  3  gosse  (2"^  Deck).  4  konima.  5  kanner. 
6  arbete  n.  7  nytlig.  8  nar,  cm.  9  har.  10  andamal  n.  11  med. 
12  jag  sager.  13  lycklig.  14  glomma,  foigata.  15  blomma. 
16  narvarande.  17  fiammande.  18  komma.  19  ny.  20  jag  tror. 
21  tro.     22  fabel  (3^^  Decl.). 


45. 
Numeral  Adjectives. 
1.  Cardinal  Numbers. 


En  (Neut.  ett)     .... 
tva  (tvejine,  tu) 

sre  (trenne) 3 

fyrn 

fern       

sex 

tju 

dtta 

nio  (tu'e) 


1 

tio  (tie) 

.     10 

2 

3 
4 

elfva  . 
tolf     . 
tretton 

11 

.     12 
13 

5 
6 

7 

fjorton 
femton 
sexton 

14 
15 

16 

8 
9 

sjutton 
aderton    , 

« 

4 

.     17 

18 

37 


nitton 

tjugu  . 
tjugnen 
tjugu  tvd 
trettio 
fyrtio 
f emtio 
sexlio 
sjuttio 


19 

dttio 

.       80 

20 

niltio      .... 

.       90 

21 

hundra  .... 

.     100 

22 

tvahundi  :    . 

.     200 

30 

tusen      .... 

.    1000 

40 

tvd  tusen     . 

.     .  2000 

50 

tin  tusen 

.  :m)00 

GO 

hundra  tusr.i   .     . 

Ii)>).000 

70 

en  million  .     .     . 

1,000,000 

Note.  1.  The  units  between  20  to  100  are  added  as  in 
English,  as:  24  tjugu fijra,  97,  nittiosju.  —  In  the  hundreds 
the  smaller  number  is  prelixed  as  in  English:  300  trehun- 
dra,  3000,  tretusen.  In  the  year  1826:  dr  ett  tusen  dtla 
hundra  tjugu  sex. 

2.  The  forms  in  e,  as:  nie,  tie,  are  only  used  in  com- 
mon life. 

3.  Tvenne  (tvdnne)  is  used  instead  of  tvd  if  two  people 
or  things  belong  together. 

4.  The  old  form  tve,  two,  is  only  used  in  compounds 
as:  fvekamp,  duel  —  tvekOnig,  of  two  genders  —  tvetydig, 
double  meaning  —  also  bdda,  bdgge,  both,  from  biigge  tvd, 
both  of  them. 


46. 
Examples. 

Hit*  med  fyra  nitnaglar'M  —  Om^  sju  manader*  dansar 
jag'*  icke  mer.  —  Han  bar  varit*  bar  fem  veckor'  och  tre 
dagar.  —  Jag  arbetar^  for  tva.  —  Jag  sag  der  tvenne  brO- 
der.  —  De  voro  trettiosju  kaptener^  hundratio  lojlnanter'^ 
femhundra  aderton  sergeanter*',  och  tv§  tusen  fyra  hundra  fem- 
tioatta  soldater.  —  Aret'"^  ett  tusen  atta  hundra  fyratio  alia. 


1  biilier.  2  rivet.  3  in.  4  month.  5  I  dance. 
7  week.  8  work.  9  captain.  10  lieutenant. 
12  year. 


6  has  been. 
11  sergeant. 


38 

47. 

Exercises. 

There  were  three  hoys,  four  girls,  nineteen  men,  25 
women  \  33  old  men^  and  42  old  women  ^  The  clock 
strikes'*  six.  That  makes^  21  rixdollars^  London  has  3 
millions  8  hundred  and  50  thousand  inhabitants',  Paris  has 
one  miUion  850  thousand,  Vienna  830  thousand  853,  Berhn 
960  thousand  693. 


1  qvinna  (l^t  D.). 
4  klockan  slar. 
(4ii»  Dec!.). 


2  gubbe  (2"d  Decl.).         3  gumma   (l^^  Bed). 
5  det  ar.      6  riksdaler  (4*''  Decl.).     7  invanare 


48. 
2.  Ordinal  Nambers. 


dm  fOrste,  a,  det  ft 

'rsta  the    P* 

den  adertonde   .          the    18*^ 

-    andre,  a,  det  m 

ndraihe  2°^ 

-    nittonde      .     .     the    19*^ 

-    tredje    .     .     . 

.  Ihe    3^*^ 

-    tjugonde     .     .     the    20*^ 

-    fjerde    .     . 

.  the    4*^ 

-    tjugufemte  .     .     the    25*^ 

-    femte    .     .     . 

.  the    5*^ 

-    trettionde    .     .     the    30*^ 

-    sjette     .     . 

.  the    6*^ 

-    fyrtionde    .     .     the    40*^ 

-    sjunde  .     .     . 

.  the    7*^ 

-    femtionde    .     .     the    50*^ 

-    attonde 

.  the    8*^ 

-    sextionde    .     .     the    60*^ 

-    nionde  .     . 

.  the    9*^ 

-    sjut tionde    .     .     the    70*^ 

-    tionde  . 

.     .  the  10*^ 

-    dttionde      .     .     the    SO*'^ 

-    eJfte      .     .     , 

.  the  11*^ 

-    nittionde     .     .     the    90*^ 

-    tolfte     .     . 

.     .  the  12*^ 

-    hundrade    .     .     the  100*^ 

-    trettondc    . 

.     .  the  13*^ 

-    tvd  hundrade  .     the  200*^ 

-    fjortonde   . 

.     .  theH*^ 

-    tusende  .     .     .  the  1000*^ 

-    femlonde    . 

.     .  the  15*^^ 

-    tio  tuseiide.     ihe  10000*^ 

-    sextonde     . 

.  the  16*^ 

-    hmidra  tusende 

-    sjuttonde    . 

.     ,  the  17*^ 

the  100,000'^ 

49. 

3.  Collective,  Proportional  and  Fractional  Numbers. 

for  det  fOrsta,  lor  the  first     enahandaA   ^^  ^^^  j^j^^ 

en  slags,  j 
fSr  m  Ijcrde,  lor  Ihe  4'"       tvahamiaA   ^^j.  ^^^  j.^,^^^ 
ferst,  lii-stly  Ivaslags,  J 


39 


half, 

en  fjerdedel,] 
en  fjerding,  J 
tre  fjerdedels, 
en  tredjedel, 
en  dttondedeJA 
en  at  ling,       J 
halfannan,        \ 
halfannat,  Neut.j 
halflredje, 
halffjerde, 
en  lidlft, 
en  halfva, 
en  halfde/,, 
ett  par, 
ett  tolft 
ett  dussi 


in,] 


half 

a  quarter 

lliree  ([uarters 
a  third 

an  eighth 

one  and  a  hall' 

two  and  a  hall' 
three  and  a  half 

half 

a  pair 
a  dozen 


en  skock,       three     score     (60 

pieces) 
en  gang,       once 
tvd  ganger,  twice 
tio  ganger,  ten  times 
end  a. 


da,] 
enkel,] 
dnbbel, 
tvdfaldig, 
Ivafallt, 
treduppel, 
trefaldig, 
trefallt,   . 
mange, 
ndgre, 
alle, 


single 

double 

twofold 

threefold 

many 
some 
all 


ett  tjog, 


{ 


a  score 
20  pieces 


allahanda,   all  sorts 
fa,  few 

den  siste,     the  last. 


50. 


Examples. 

Det  forsta  smultronet*.  —  Andra  scenen*  af  skadespelet^ 
—  Tredje  akten  ar  trakig^  —  Arbete  forst,  noje^  sen^  — 
Han  er  den  Ivahundrade.  —  Den  femtiofemte.  —  Han  lefde' 
an  nil*  tre  Ijerdedels  timma.  —  Klockan  slar  tre  (jvarter  till 
tre.  —  Han  fick^  halftredje  riksdaler.  —  Hon  koper'°  tv§ 
femtcdels  pund**.  —  Ett  diissin  strumpor'l  —  Jag  sag  honom 
fyra  ganger.  —  Vi  fingo*^  detla  till  halfs'^  —  En  eiida  gad- 
da*^  —   Ett  par  stora  lofruskor^'.  —    Sedan    en  hall'iimma'''. 

1  strawberry.  2  sceno.  3  play.  4  tiresome.  5  amusement.  6  aft- 
erwards. 7  live.  8  yet.  9  he  received.  10  to  buy.  11  pound. 
12  stocking.  13  we  received.  14  to  half.  15  pike.  16  green 
branch.     17  since  half  an  hour. 


51. 

Exercises. 

The    first  day'   of  the   week^   is    called^    Mond;iy\    the 
second  Tuesday ^    the    (hird  Wednesday",    the    fourth  Tluirs- 

1  dag.     2  vecka.     3  heler.     4  mundag.     5  tisdag.     6  onsdag. 


40 


day^,  the  firih  Friday*  the  sixth  Saturday*  and  the  seventh 
Sunday '°.  It  is  the  24^^  of  April.  The  ^2^'^.  I  remained 
there'*  5  hours.  The  clock  strikes  a  quarter  past  four. 
That  is  a  douhle  sin'^     Four  times  1  warned'^  him. 

8  fredag.     9  lordag.     10  sondag.     11  jag  qvarstannade. 


7  (orsdag. 


12  synd  f.     13  varnat. 


PraftlcCe 


]tar   Ni 


tva 


Den  f'Orsta  gangen. 
Den  sistn  gangen. 
Hum  mniiga  ganger? 
Tre  ganger. 
Flera  ganger. 
Hum    manga    ganger 

varit  pn  teat  em? 
Jag    har   varit    der    bar  a 

ganger. 
Hvad  har  Ni  gjort? 
Jag  har  icke  gjort  nagot. 
Ar  Ni  sjuk? 
Jag  dr  dct  icke. 
For  star  Ni  mig? 
Jag  fOrstdr  eder. 
liar  M  forstatt  niannen? 
Jag  har  fOrstdtl  honoiv. 
Jag  Mr  eder,  men  jag  forsldr 

eder  icke. 
Klockan  nio  pa  morgonen. 
Klockan  eJfva  pa  ajtonen. 
Hum  Idnge? 
En  dag. 
En  timme. 
En  minut. 
Eit  Ogonblick. 


The  first  time. 

The  last  time. 

How  many  times? 

Three  times. 

Several  times 

How  often   have  you  been  in 

the  theatre? 
1  was  only  there  twice. 

What  have  you  done? 
I  have  done  nothing. 
Are  you  ill? 
JN'o  1  am  not. 
Do  you  understand  me? 
1  understand  you. 
Did  you  understand  the  man? 
I  have  undei'stood  him. 
I  hear  you  but  I  do  not  under- 
stand you. 
At  9  o'clock  in  the  morning. 
At  11  o'clock  at  night. 
How  long? 
A  day. 
An  hour. 
A  minute. 
An  instant. 


Reading  Lessons  with  Interlinear  Translation; 


1. 

The  Vowels. 

A.  — E 

En    vacker    stad.       Vatlnet    var    kallt.       Elden    brann 
A  hcanlirul  town.   The  water  was  cold.    The  Gi'e  burned 

heJa      dagen.  Han  har         crsatt     henne     del.         Hen'  A 
(he  whole    day.     He    has  compensated  her  for  Ihal.      Mr.    A 

var    en      erfaren      man.      Var  Jian  ensam?    Alt  benianna.  Det 
was  an  experienced  man.    Was   he   alone?     To    man.       The 

rena   valtnet,      Han    gaf    dem    ett    bredt     band.         De    sade 
pure    water.        He   gave    them  a     broad    band.       Tliey  said 

att     de     hade  sett      banken.       Har  han  mat?    Eft  matt  sken. 
that  ihey  had  seen  the  bank.      Has  he  food?      A    i'aint  light. 

Var  han    staik?     Det  var  en    sed.        Han  har  sett     plaisen. 
Was    he     strong?    It  was  a    custom.     He   has  seen  the  place. 

Att   efterspana  en.        En  egenskap.        Dagen    var  klar.     Han 
To  search  for  one.        A    qu.ilily.       The  day  was    clear.      He 

var    (adder.       Hcnnes  fader   var   hem  ma.       Daggen    fa  Her. 
was  godfather.       Her     father  was  at  home.      The    dew    falls. 


2. 
I.  <►.  c. 


De     gripa  honom.     Gif  mig  en     griffel.  Han    tog 

They  seize    him.      (iivc  me    a  slale-[)encil.      He    caii^^ht 

ire    fiskar.        De  kommo    hopfaJs.       Kan  han  hoppa?       En 
three   lishes.        They  came  iu  heaps.     Can    lie    jump?       A 


42 

from  man.     Att  holia  mat.     De       inviga     platsen.  Det  hade 
pious  man.     To  cook  food.  They  consecrate  the  place.  It     had 

varit    ohelsosamt     att  ho     der.      Tag  min    hok.    Hon    tog  den 
been  unwholesome  to  Uve  there.    Take  my  book.    She  took     it 

hort.     Mitt  kort  var  icke    der.    Han  har    vackra     rosor.    Den- 
away.     My  card  was  not  there.    He  has  beautiful  roses.    This 

na  socken  har  hlott    en        prest.         En  son.     Konungen    var 
parish  has  only  one  clergyman.      A    son.     The  king    was 

med  honom.      Han  var    i    denna  orden.       Att    tala    ett   ord. 
vviih     him.         He    was  in     this    order.       To  speak    a  word. 

Bordet  var  af  marmor.   Till  Herrans    lof.    Den     vackraste 
The  table  was  of  marble.  To  the  Lord's  praise.  The  most  beautiful 

blomman.    En  blomstrande  stad.       Ett  kort      tal.        Molnet 
flower.      A   flourishing  town.       A  short  speech.   The  cloud 

utbreder  sig.      Min  moster  var  med  henne.       En    tung    stil. 
spreads.         My      aunt     was  with    her.  A    heavy  style. 

En  stor   mur,     Har  du  murhruk?     Hennes  morbror  kom  in  i 
A    great  wall.    Have  you   mortar?         Her       uncle    came  into 

rummet. 
the  room. 


3. 

Y.    A.    A.    6. 


En  dygdig     qvinna.  Rddet       dr  godt.  On       ar 

A  virtuous  woman.       The  advice  is  good.     The  island  is 

mycket   stor.     Att    akalla  var  Herres  bistdnd.     Delta   hus    dr 
very    great.    To  implore  our  Lord's  assistance.   This  bouse    is 

hdgre     dn    det  der.        Manen       lyste      Mart       i     Mundags. 
bigher  than     that.        The  moon  shone  brightly  last  Monday. 

Hon  at  fyra   oslron.      Att  a  tjnfvar  blefvo  tagna.      Hon  sdlde 
She  ate  foui"  oysters.    Eigbt  thieves    were    taken.      She     sold 

hasten.       De   kommo    fdrr   dn   du.       Askan  slog  ned  i 

the  horse.  They  came  before  you.     Th(!  tbunder  struck  the 

trddet.      HOet    dr  icke   torn  dnnu.       Mdrkret       tilUog.      Det 
tree.    The  hay  is  not    dry      yet.     Tbe  darkness  increased.  It 

var  Gilds   ord.      Den     nya  baten  dr  fdrdig.       Ldset    dr  nytt. 
was  God's  word.    Tbe    new    boot    is    ready.    The  lock  is  new. 


43 

4. 

The   Consonants. 

B.   C.  II.    F. 

En  Christen    bdr    hatidia    enliyt        sin     store     Mustares 
A  Christian  ought  to  act  accor(Hng  to  his  great    Master's 

Idr^a.  Chefen   dr  icke  med  oss.    Barnet    hade    shofler. 

docti'ine.  The  cliief  is  not  with  us.  The  child  had  the  kin^'^'sevil. 

Bdfven    tog   bort   min   dufva     och   dOdade  henne.      De   voro 
The  fox  took  away  my    dove     and     killed       it.      They  were 

mycket   torfticjt  klddda.      Carl  var  mycket   djerf.     Det  dr  sd 
very     poorly  dressed.  Charles  was   very     bold.         It    is    so 

landtligt  hdr.         Choret   dr   hredt.         Denna    charad    dr    rdtt 
rural     here.    The  choir  is   broad.         This     charade  is  really 

rolig.         Hdlan    var   femtio    alnar    djup.        Hon    dkte  i  en 
amusing.  The  cave  was     filly       ells      deep.        She  rode  in  a 

chds    med    en    hdst.      Gif  honom    hrefvliskan. 
chaise  with  one  horse.    Give    him  the  letter-bag. 


5. 

G.   II.   .1     li. 


E71  gnista  foil  pa   golf  vet.       Flickan  hade  en  stor  lirage. 
A    spark  fell  on  the  floor.  The  girl   had    a  large  collar. 

Vetta  kott  dr  ganska  segt.       Karlen   har   icke   skjutit  en  enda 
This    meat  is    very    tough.    The  man  has  not     shot     a  single 

fogel.     Herr    G.    dr    fOdd    i    Norge,    men  dr  nn       bosatt       i 
bird.      Mr.      G.  was  born  in  Norway,  but  is  now  established  in 

Sverige.    Jag  kan  icke       gilla         hvad  han  sade.      Konungen 
Sweden.       1     can  not     approve   of  what  he  said.       The  king 

gynnade  denna  religion.      De    bestego  berget.  Jag  skot 

favoured    this    religion.   They  ascended  the  mountain.      I    shot 

vargen.         Det    var    en  hel    legion.     Eit  verkligt  geni.      En 
the  wolf.     There  was    a  whole  legion.     A       real     genius.      A 

page    kom      emot     mig.     Ar  delta  hiifvud  gjutet?      Hvem  har 
page  came  towards  me.      Is    this     bead     cast?         Who   bas 


44 

gjort  det?     Menniskan  dr  dddlig.    Kaptcn  H.  bar  segJat  omkring 
done  it?  Man         is  mortril.  Captain  H.  has  sailed  roijnd 

Jordan.  Fdrgen      dr  skarlakansrOd.  En  vacker     guldkedja. 

the  world.  The  colour  is         scarlet.         A  beautiful  gold  chain 

Kan    dii     k6ra?      Flickans    kjortel    var    for    Idng.      Hjorten 
Can    you    drive?    The  girl's  petticoat  was  too  long.    The  stag 

stannade  fOr    alt  hvila.     Hon   var    ute    i     kylan.     Den  him- 
stopped     to  rest.      She  was   out  in  the  cold.  The  heav- 

melska    syn    som    han  sag. 
enly  vision  which  he  saw. 


6. 

L.  M.  X.   P.   Q. 


Karlen    var    lam.    Jag  sag  ett  litet    lam    vara    qvarnen. 
The  man  was  lame.      I    saw    a  litlle  lamb   near    ihe  null. 

Efier    det  regnar   skola    vi    fara  hem    i  en    vagn.     Han  dr 
As       it     rains     we    shall  drive  home  in  a  carriage.     He    is 

en  man     som  har  sett    verlden.         Damerna  sade,   att       det 
a   man    who  has  seen  the  world.    The  ladies  said  that  there 

var  for  mycket  dam.    Del  Ijufva  Ijudet  af  hennes  rOst.     Vi'nden 
was  too   much   dust.  The  sweet  sound  of    her  voice.  The  wind 

rasslade     i      qvistarne    och    afbrOt        lugnet.       Vattnet     var 
sounded  in  the  branches  and  interrupted  the  calm.  The  water  was 

ndstan       Ijumt.       Kaplen  P.  hade  ett  tamt   lejon  med  stg. 
almost  lukewarm.  Captain  P.  had     a    tame   Hon    with  him. 


7. 

R.    S.   T.  V.  X.   Z. 

Han  dr  en  god    skytt.       Nn,       da      stjernorna      skina. 
He     is     a   good    shot.      Now,  while  Ihe  stars  are  shining. 

Vi  voro    der    till  den  sjunde  dagen.     Mannen  har  tjenat  mig 
We  were  there  till  the  seventh  day.      The  man  has  served  me 

i  tjugu   dr.     Dessa   dro  bans  initial  bokstdfver.     Hum  manga 
twenty  years.  These  are    his  initial       letters.  How    many 

aktier    har    du?       De    fingo   blott   en  yortion  hvar.       Vdgen 
shares  have  you?      They  got  only  one  plate    each.     The  road 


45 

gicJc    i  zigzack.      lion  har    tagit    manga  lektioner    i    mv^ik 
went  in    zigza<,^       She    has  taken    many     lessons     in  nuisic. 

Konniig  Oscar    besteg      thronen. 
King     Oscar  ascended  the  throne. 


8. 

The  Accent  and  length  of  the  Vowel. 

De  hade  inga   medel  att     fdrse        sig     med         kUider. 
They  had    no     means  of  sui)|)lying  tliemselves  with  ck)ilies. 

Hnn   skulk  hestdmma    om  han  ville  antaga  denna  proposition. 
He    should    decide        if      he  would  accept   this     proposilioii. 

Modren    har    agat      silt  ham.     Den  unga   damen  hade  en 
The  mother  has  punished  her  child.     The  youi)<,^    lady     had    an 

agat  pa     fingret.     K.  skickade  ett    fOrhnd.    Hans      svdger 
agale  on  her  finger.    K.  sent  a  prohihilion.  His  hrother-in-law 

ville  icke  forhinda  sig  att   betala   rdkningen.      Jnom   en  kort 
would  not    engage  to     pay    the  accouiil.  \Viliiii»  a  short 

tid  hade  han  fOrlorat  hela  sin  egendom  genom  kortspel.    Delta 
time  he    had     lost        all    his  property     at         cards.       This 

dr  ett    fOrhud  till  ndgot  ondt.      Han  bldste     trumpet    mycket 
is    a  haihinger  of         evil.  He     blew  the  trumpet  very 

vdl.     Det  der  fruntimret  var  sd  trumpet.     De   hade   en  ther- 
well.       That         lady         was  so    sullen.    They  had     a  ther- 

mometer     i  formaket.       Jag  var  pd   speklaklet      i  gar, 

mometer  in  the  drawing-room.  1    was  at  the  theatre  yesterday, 

det  var  Mile.   Linds  recett.     Fru  B's   broder  har  gait    igenom 
it   was  iMiss  Liiid's  benefit.  Mrs.  B's  brother  has  £fone  Ihrou^h 

en  fulUtdndig  akademisk     kurs.       E.    kopte  en    tomt    fOr   all 
a     complete  academical  course.     E.  bought  (a)  ground     to 

^1199^  ^^^    tealer.      Pd     resan    till   Rom.        De   drncko  bara 
build     a  theatre.    On  the  journey  to  Home.     They  drank   only 

rom.     TIan  tog  ett   tag  med  sig   i    bdten.         Bar    du   ndgon 
rum.     He    took   a  rope  with  him  in  the  boat.    Have  you    any 

bot    fOr       tandverk?  Kapten    A.  har   varit   vid    hofvet. 

cure    for       toothache?        Captain   A.  has    been     at     court. 

Hdstens      hof    var    skadad.     Han  bara    Inlsade     att    lolsa 
The  horse's  hoof   was    injured.    He     only  pretended  to    pilot 


46 

fartyget.      Han  hade    sa    ddliga    don.      Delta    bidckhorn    cir 
the  vessel.     He     had   such    had     tools.     This      inkstand      is 

gjordt  xitaf  bleck.     Hans   verk    dro    utgifna   i    sex     volunier. 
made     of       tin.       His  works    are  puhlished  in   six     volumes. 

Han  lade  en   art  pa     kortet.      Han  hade  fOr  mycket   vett,  alt 
He    laid    a    pea  on  the  card.     He     had    too  much  sense,  to 

Idsa    erl    href.     Denna  leva  dr  fOr  torr.     Knifven    liar  (en) 
read  your  letter.     This    clay    is  too    dry.     The  knife  has      a 

ddlig  egg.     De    dlo    dgg  till  frukost.     Denna    Idra    dr  falsk. 
bad  edge.  They  ate  eggs  for  breakfast.    This  doctrine  is    false. 

Del    var  ell  lomt    glas  pa    bordel.     Skicka  ell  fOrhud.  [vance. 
There  was  an  empty  glass  on  the  table.    Send  a  messenger  in  ad- 


9. 

The  Nouns. 

En  vacker  hdst.     Ell  slorl    land.     En  ny  hok.     Tva  bida 
A      fine     horse.    A  great  country.  A  new  book.  Two  blue 

dgon.     En  liten  bokstaf.    Den  hOga    boken.     En   talrik     arme. 
eyes.      A    httle    letter.      The  high  beech.    A  numerous  army. 

En    hvit    land.     En  gang  i  veckan.     Del      flitiga      biet.   Go  da 
A  white  tooth.       Once     a  week.     The  industrious  bee.  Good 

oslron.      Den  bdsta  sangaren.    Ell    nadigt     svar.       En   ung 
oysters.    The    best      singer.       A  gracious  answer.     A    young 

baron.      Ett  elakl  sinne.     En  gammal  ide.     Den  Idnga  natlen. 
baron.      A      bad  mind.     An      old      idea.     The   long  night. 

Mycken  vdrme.     Den  stora  sWfveln.     En  droppe.    En     skOn 
^Iuch  warmth.    The  large     boot.      One  drop.      A    beautiful 

bra.      Den  goda  sonens  beloning.     Den   Idrda  mannens  rdd. 
bridge.  The  good  son's    reward.      The  learned  man's  advice. 

En  liten  kammare.      Trdnga   gator.     Fern   tiinga  svdrd.     Den 
A     little  chamber.     Narrow  streets.    Five  heavy  swords.     The 

fOrsta  sladen.    Det  tjugu-femle    kapillet.     Sma  barn.         Grofl 
first     town.    The  twenty  tilth  chapter.  Little  children.    Coarse 

kJdde.     Manga    rum.      En   hand.       En  Irogen    Ijenare.      Tvd 
cloth.     Many  rooms.     One  hand.     One  faithl'ul  servant.     Two 

yngre    barn.       Blida  folterna.    Den  15^®     Jannari.      Flickans 
younger  children.  Both     feet.       The  15*^  of  January.  The  girl's 


47 

Sde,      Ell    vackert   regimente.      En     Idrorik     fahel.      Eft    slort 
fate.     A        line      regiment.      An  instructive  fable.     A     large 

bageri.       Elt  silfver-spdune.   En   sk&n        rdsi.      Den    taliga 
bake-house.  A    silver  buckle.    A   beautiful  voice.    The  patient 

Idraren.    Del    hOga     her  get.     Elt    leende  ansigte.  Elt   stort    bo. 
teacher.    The  high  niount.iin.  A  smiling     face.     A  large  nest. 

Elt    tnngt    hufvud.      Fyra  silfver-bdgnre.     Den  graa    gdsen. 
A    heavy      head.        Four    silver  goblets.      The   gray    goose. 

Ett  litel  fdngelse.     Den  breda  randen. 
A  little  prison.      The  broad  stripe. 


10. 

The  Pronouns. 

IJan  har  min  nya  bok.    Vi  voro  i  deras  trad  gar  d.  Gossen 
He    has  my  new  book.  We  were  in  their  ganlen.  The    boy 

tog   sin  hatt.       Har   du   varit    der?        Var  hon  inne     sjelf? 
took  his  hat.      Have  you  been  there?     Was  she     in  herself? 

Hundarne  belo  hvarandra.     De  bemddade       sig.         Delta  hns 
The  dogs  bit  each  other.  They  exerted  themselves.  This  house 

dr   sldrre  dn    det  der.     Har    soldaten     skadal     sig?      De  der 
is  larger  than     that.       Has    the  soldier   hurt    himself?   Those 

b6ckerna  dro  mera    intressanla    dn    dessa.       Din  kammare  dr 
books     are  more    interesting  than  these.     Your  chamber    is 

mindre    dn    min.       Johan  har  fOrloral  sina  handskar.      Har 
smaller  than  mine.      John     has      lost       his       gloves.         Has 

Hr.    N.    sina    egna  hdslar?       Carl   hade    tagit    hans   papper. 
Mr.   N.     his     own  horses?     Charles  had    taken     his     paper. 

HvUkens    vagn    dr  denna?  Endera      masle  ga.     Hvad  har 

Whose  carriage  is  this?     One  of  the  two  must  go.    What  has 

han    der?      Hvem     sag        du?  Hvilka  dro  de     vackraste? 
he  there?  ^Yhom  did  you  see?  Which  are  the  most  beautiful? 

Hvilken        skOn  ntsigt!     Man  far  icke   vdnta   fOr  myckel 

What  a  beautiful  prospect!    One  must  not  expect  too  much 

af      barn.       Hvilken  skOnhet    hon  dr!       Har   du  nagon  bok 
from  children.   What    a  beauty    she    is  I       Have  you  any    book 

att  lana  mig?  Det  kommer  en  alt  skralta.  Man  maste  fOrsvara 
to    lend  me?    It     makes    one     laugh.       One    must      defend 


48 

sig.  Sag     du       nagot?    Jag  gar  till  honom  hvarje  dag. 

oneself.  Did  you  see  any  thing?    1     go     to     him     every  day. 

Evilkendera  vill    du    taga?     Har  hon  en  annan  penna?       De 
Which       will  you  take?     Has  she     another     pen?      They 

hafva  andra  planer.     Flickan    tog    sina  pengar. 
have  other    plans.     The  girl  took  her  money. 


11. 

The  Verbs. 

Vi  hafva  varit    der.       Kaptenen   har  kallat  oss.     Hr.  B. 
We  have  been  there.  The  captain  has  called  us.      Mr.  B. 

hade     hedrat      mig.    Shall  karlen    vdnta?    Hvar    sitter     din 
had  honoured  me.    Shall  the  man  wail?     Where  does     your 

bror?      Alskas     konungen     af  sitt    foUi?    Hennes   mor  lefde 
brother  sit?   Is  the  king  loved  by  his  people?  Her  mother  lived 

da.  Gossen  teg.     Jag  lade   knifven  pa     bordet.     Den 

then.  The  boy  was  silent.     I    laid  the  knife  on  the  tahle.     It 

ligger  der    dnnu.      De    gingo  till  staden.     Det     sades     i  min 
lies  there  still.     They  went    to    town.       It    was  said  in  njy 

ndrvaro.   Han  har  gjort  denna  'am  bra.  Han  dOr  af     svdlt. 
presence.  He  has  made  this  frame  well.  He  dies  of  starvation. 

Tiden       nalkas.         Hvar   vistas    din  svager? 

The  lime  approaches.  Where  does  your  brother-in-law  live? 

Vi  hdrde  Mile.  Lind  sjunga.     Fienden    har  flytt.    Hans  syster 
We  heard  Miss  Lind  sing     The  enemy  has  lied.       His   sister 

spelar  bra.       Bctjenten     leder    hasten.     Hon  hade  bjudit   mig. 
plays  well.  The  servant  leads  the  horse.  She  had  invited   me. 

De     bo     pa    Ny-gatan.    Han  kOper  jern.    Flickan     blyges. 
They  live  in  New  street.    He     buys  iron.  The  girl  is  ashamed. 

De    Idsa    Tyska.       Generalen  sdger   att  det    skedde      igar. 
They  read  German.  The  general  says  that  it  was  done  yesterday. 

Hnnden    star      derute.     Att   gala.     Vi   skola    fara  till  London. 
The  dog  stands  out  there.  To  crow.  W^e  shall  travel  to  London. 

Asnan    drag  kdrran.     Har  du   funnit  boken?     Dufvan  flyger 
The  ass  drew  the  cart.  Have  you  found  the  book?  The  pigeon  flies 

Ofver    taket.         Trcidet    vitxer,       'fjufven    har   stulit  en  rock. 
over  the  roof.    The  tree  grows     The  thief  has  stolen    a    coat. 


49 

SvaJien  samm  (ifver     sjOti.     Han  tvingar  mig  att  taJa.     Hc'iaten 
Theswan  swam  over  the  lake.  He  obliges  me  to  speak.  The  horse 

hiter  honom.     Officeren      hefaller.       Han    fruktas.       Ljuset 
bites     him.    The  officer  commands.     He    is  feared.  The  candle 

brinner.         Kusken        sldr    hdstarne.     Del  fryser    i  dag.  Det 
burns.     The  coachman  heals  the  horses.    It  freezes  to  day.     It 

later     sa    vackert.         Muren  faller.     Far ly get    sjunker. 
sounds  so  beautifully.     The  wall    falls.    The  vessel  sinks. 


12. 

The  Particles. 

Er.  B.  var    hemma.    De     voro  tune   ndr  jag  kom     dit. 
Mr.  B.  was  at  home.  They  were  in    when    I    came  there. 
Hvar    har    dn  varit?    Han  gar  gerna    hem.        Hennes  syster 
Where  have  you  been?    He  goes  home  willingly.     Her      sister 

red  mycket  Idngsamt.       Jakob  stiger  tidigt  npp.     Del    dr   vdl 
rode     very     slowly.         James    rises      early.  It      is  well 

gjordt.     lion  kan  ej  (icke)  komma.     Jag  har  varit  har  Idnge. 
done.     She    can         not      ^.ome.       I     have  been  here   long. 

Taflan     dr  mdlad  af  Professor  S.     Vi  gingo    genoni     tre 
The  picture  is  painted  by  Professor  S.     We  went  through  three 

rum.        Slatyn        stod    emellan    tvd  pelare.      Du    kdrde  fOr 
rooms.  The  statue  stood  between  two  pillars.     You  drove    too 

fort     utfOr     backen.     Skola   vi    gd    nppfOr  delta     berg? 
quickly  down  the  hill.    Shall  we  walk     up       this  mountain? 

Detla  kldde       kdptes     hos  Hr.  B.      Hum       dags       skall    du 
This  cloth  was  bought  at  Mr.  B's.       At    what  time  shall  you 

fara?  Han  har   boll    dels     hos  mig,  och    dels  hos  niin  bror. 
start?   He    has  lived  partly  with  me,  and  partly  at  my  brother's. 

Lammet    kom    (iter    till  oss.  Om  Robert  kommer,  skicka  honom 
The  lamb  came  again  to  us.     If   Robert  comes,    send    him 

till  mig.      Hvarken  han  eller  jag  kan  vara  der.        Ndr     kan 
to  me.       Neither     he     nor     I     can     be    there.     When  can 

delta  vara  fdrdigt?  Det   var    icke   min  halt,    ulan    din,    som 
this     be      ready?       It     was    not    my    hat,     but     yours   that 

han    tog.     Vi   sago    skeppet    som  del   seglade  fdrbi.     Han  har 
he  took.    W'e  saw  the  ship    as     it     sailed      past.      He     has 

Leastrom's  Swedish  Grammar.  •  4 


50 

gdmt     hundratals    dnkater.     Dessa  hufvuden  dro  ilia  gjorda. 
concealed  luindreds  of  ducats.   These     heads     are  badly  done. 

Ean  salt  hakom  oss.     Kom    han      da     du    ropade?     Fienden 
She  sat  behind  us.  Did  he  come  when  you  called?   The  enemy 

kom     emot     oss.  Denne  man  har   ock  varit     der.    Han  helsade 
came  against  us.    This  man  has  also  been  there.     He    called 

pa    oss  da  och    del.  Fiickan    ritar  temligen  bra.    Regementet 
upon  us  now  and  then.  The  girl  draws  toleral)ly  well.  The  regiment 

marcher ade framnt.       Kom    Ijudet    utifrdn      eller      inifrdn? 
marched  forward.    Did  the  sound  come  from  without  or  within? 


Collection  of  Words. 


1. 

The 

IniTorse. 

Gnd,  ni.. 

God 

Iidia,  f., 

heat 

skapare,  m., 

creator 

vdruia,  f., 

wariiilli 

vdsende,   n., 

being 

kOld,  m., 

cold 

shapelse,  m., 

creation 

flamma,  f., 

flame 

verld,  r., 

world 

bh'xt,  m., 

lightning 

nahii%  r., 

nature 

a  ska,  1"., 

thunder 

element,  n., 

element 

s^orm,  m., 

storm 

Zm/"/,  m., 

air 

regn,  n., 

rain 

e?(/,  m., 

lire 

s?j()',  n., 

snow 

jord,  f., 

earth 

/?a//e/,  n., 

hail 

vatten,  n., 

water 

tdcken,  n., 

fog 

himmel,  m., 

sky 

/ros^  m., 

frost 

stjerna,  f., 

star 

is,  m., 

ice 

planet,  m., 

planet 

/Zorf,  m., 

river 

so/,  f., 

sun 

Aa/",  n.,1 

sea 

wane,  ni., 

moon 

sji>,  m.,j 

m.n^ken,  n., 

moonshine 

sirtf/?*,! 

stream 

nymdne,  ni., 

new  moon 

«»        1 

/jMS,  n., 

hght 

wmrf,  m.. 

wind 

marker,  n., 

darkness 

6',  f., 

island 

mo/w,  n., 

cloud 

land,  u., 

IaQ(i 

regnhdge,  m. 

,  rainbow 

2. 

Time 

auil  Seasous. 

Tid,  ni., 

time 

vdr,  t'., 

spring 

(irs/id,  m., 

season 

sommar,  m.,  >uinmer 

62 


hdst,  m., 
vinler,  m., 
ar,  n., 
mdnad,  m., 
vecka,  f., 
dag,  m., 
timme,  m., 
qva?^  m., 

minut,  m., 


aiitumn 

winter 

year 

month 

week 

day 

hour 

quarter  of  an 
hour 

minute 

morgan,  PI.  mornar,  morning 
fOrmiddag,  m.,     forenoon 

noon 
,  afternoon 

evening 

night 

midnight 
the  weekdays 
Sunday 
Monday 


middag,  m., 
eftermiddag,  m. 
afton,  m.,  1 
PI.  aftnar,] 
natt,  m.,   f 
PI.  natter,] 
midnatt,  m., 
veckodagarne, 
sOndag,  m., 
mdndag,  m., 


tisdag,  m., 

onsdag,  m., 

thorsdag,  m., 

fredag,  m., 

Kfrdag,  m., 

Manaderne, 

Januari, 

Fehruari, 

Mars, 

April, 

Maj, 

Juni, 

Juli, 

Angusti, 

September, 

October, 

November, 

December, 

nydrsdag,  m., 

pas/r,  f., 

pingst,  f., 

jm/,  m., 


Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

the  months 

January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September 

October 

November 

December 

New  Year's  Day 

Easter 

Whitsuntide 

Christmas. 


3. 

Animals. 

ett  lejon. 

a  lion 

en  katt. 

a  cat  (f.) 

en  lejoninna. 

a  lioness 

en  lit  en  rdlta, 

a  mouse 

en  tiger, 

a  tiger 

mdssen, 

the  mice 

en  bjOrn, 

a  bear 

en  oxe, 

an  ox 

en  varg. 

a  wolf 

en  ko. 

a  cow 

en  raf. 

a  fox 

korna. 

the  cows 

en  apa. 

a  monkey 

en  kalf. 

a  calf 

en  elephant, 

an  elephant 

ett  far, 

a  sheep 

en  hast. 

a  horse 

ett  lam, 

a  lamb 

en  dsna. 

a  donkey 

en  get,      1 
PI.  getter,] 

a  goat 

en  hjort. 

a  stag 

en  hare, 

a  hare 

ett  svin,] 
en  gris,  J 

a  pig 

en  kanin. 

a  rabbit 

en  hund. 

a  dog 

53 


Fdglar, 

fdgebi, 

Omen, 

hOken, 

svauen, 

storken, 

korpen, 

krakan, 

gOken, 

dnfvati, 

tuppen, 

ho  nan, 

kycklingarna, 

gdsen, 

ankan, 

ankorna, 

sndppan, 

Idrkan, 

ndktergalen, 

svalati, 

sparfven, 

insekter, 

en  orm, 

en  groda, 


Birds,  Insects 

birds 
the  bird 
the  eagle 
the  hawk 
the  swan 
the  stork 
the  raven 
the  crow 
the  cuckoo 
the  pigeon 
the  cock 
the  hen 
the  chickens 
the  goose 
the  duck 
the  ducks 
the  sni[)e 
the  lark 
the  nightingale 
the  swallow 
the  sparrow 
insects 
a  snake 
a  frog 


and  Fishes. 

671  mask, 
en  spin  del, 
en  fluga, 
en  fjdril, 
ett  hi, 
en  geting, 
ett  imjgg,   \ 
en  mygga,  J 
fiskar, 
en  fisk, 
en  hvalfisk, 
en  lax, 
en  sill, 

en  skdldpadda, 
en  hummer, 
en  krabha, 
en  ostra,    1 
PI.  ostron,] 
en  (jddda, 
en  karp, 
en  al, 
en  fiskare, 
ett  ndt. 


a  worm 

a  spider 

a  flv 

a  butteitly 

a  bee 

a  wasp 

a  gnat 

fishes 

a  fish 

a  whale 

a  salmon 

a  herring 

a  turtle 

a  lobster 

a  crab 

an  oyster 

a  pike 
a  carp 
an  eel 
a  fisherman 
a  net. 


en  planta, 
ett  trad, 
en  qvist, 
ett  blad, 
frukten, 
en  ek, 
en  bok, 
en  poppcl, 
en  hjOrk, 
en  gran, 
murgrOn, 


Plants^ 

a  plant 
a  tree 
a  branch 
a  leaf 
the  fruit 
an  oak 
a  beech 
a  poplar 
a  l3irch 
a  fir 
ivy 


5. 
Fruit  and  Flowers. 


ett  dppeJtrdd, 

an  apple-tree 

ett  pdrontrdd. 

a  pear-tree 

ett  dpple. 

an  apple 

ett  pdron, 

a  pear 

ett  plommon, 

a  plum 

en  aprikos. 

an  apricot 

ett  fikon. 

a  fig 

en  vindrufva, 

a  grape 

ett  kOrsbdr, 

a  cherry 

ett  smultron, 

a  strawberry 

clt  vinbdr. 

a  currant 

54 


ett  krushdr, 

a  gooseberry 

sahten. 

the  salad 

en  citron, 

a  lemon 

potates. 

potatoes 

en  appelsin, 

ail  orange 

blomster, 

flowers 

en  ndt. 

a  nut 

ett  blomster,  (en 

en  kastanje, 

a  chesniU 

blomma) 

a  flowci 

en  melon, 

a  melon 

en  ros, 

a  rose 

blomman, 

the  blossom 

en  neglika, 

a  pink 

spenaten. 

the  spinach 

en  tulpan. 

a  tuhp 

kalen, 

the  cabbage 

en  lilja. 

a  hly 

blomkal. 

cauliflower 

en  violblomma, 

a  violet 

sparrisen. 

the  asparagus 

fOrgdtmigej, 

furget-m( 

6. 
The  Human  Rody. 


en  menniska, 

,  man 

axel, 

shoulder 

lifvet. 

the  life 

rijggen, 

the  back 

(loden, 

the  death 

armen. 

the  arm 

kroppen, 

the  body 

knylnafven, 

the  list 

benen, 

the  bones 

handen, 

the  hand 

hufvudet, 

the  head 

hdnderne, 

the  hands 

haret. 

the  hair 

ett  fingor 

a  finger 

ansigtet, 

the  face 

tummen, 

the  thumb 

ett  Oga, 

an  eye 

nagel, 

nail 

Ogonen, 

the  eyes 

brostet, 

the  chest 

Ogonlocken, 

the  eyelids 

kniiet, 

the  knee 

Ogonbryn, 

the  eyebrows 

benet. 

the  leg 

ett  ova, 

an  ear 

foten, 

the  foot 

kronen, 

the  ears 

fCtterna, 

the  feet 

hakan, 

the  chin 

hjertat. 

the  heart 

ndsan. 

the  nose 

lungan. 

the  lung 

Idppen, 

the  lip 

magen, 

the  stomach 

munnen. 

the  mouth 

skratten. 

the  laughing 

tanden, 

the  tooth 

graten, 

the  crying 

tdnder. 

teeth 

en  suck. 

a  sigh 

tungan, 

the  tongue 

nysningen. 

the  sneezing. 

halsen. 

the  neck 

5f 


7. 

Relations. 

FnmiJjen, 

the  family 

en  son, 

a  son 

fOrdldrarne, 

the  parents 

en  doiter, 

a  dau^diter 

en  far, 

a  father 

sdnerne, 

the  sons 

en  mor. 

a  molher 

doltrariia. 

the  daughters 

mddrarna, 

the  mothers 

en  bror, 

a  brother 

farfar. 

father's  lather, 

brdderne. 

the  brolhers 

grandfather 

en  syster 

a  sister 

morfar, 

mollier's  father, 

svager, 

brother-in-law 

grandfather 

svdgerska, 

sister-in-law 

[armor. 

father's  mollier. 

onkel, 

uncle 

grandmother 

kusin. 

cousin 

mormor, 

mother's  molher, 

faster, 

aunt 

grandmotlier 

brOllopet, 

the  wedding 

svdrfar 

father-in-law 

giftermalet, 

the  marriage 

svdrmor, 

mother-in-law 

enkling. 

widower 

mag, 

son-in-law 

enka. 

widow 

sonhustru. 

daughter-in-law 

gosse. 

boy 

ett  barn. 

a  child 

flicka. 

girl. 

The 

8. 
To>vii. 

Staden, 

the  town 

torget. 

the  niiirket 

stdderne, 

the  cities,  towns 

gatan^ 

the  street 

hufvudstaden,   the  capital 

gran  den. 

the  lane 

byggningar, 

houses 

en  gdrd, 

a  yard 

slottet. 

the  palace 

bOrsen, 

the  exchange 

ki/rkan. 

the  church 

tuUhuset, 

the  custom- 

kyrkogdrden 

,    the  church-yard 

house 

klockan, 

the  clock 

spisqvartejy 

't         the  dining- 

stadsporten, 

the  gates 

room 

bryggan. 

the  bridge 

krogen, 

the  public 

fOrstdderne, 

the  suburhs 

house 

huset, 

the  house 

en  by, 

a  village 

ett  klosler, 

a  monastery 

lyklan, 

the  lantern 

bibliolheket, 

the  library 

en  springhrmui,  a  fountain 

radhiiset, 

the  townhouse 

boningsliiiS(^t,       the  house,  the 

hospitaJet, 

the  hospital 

dwelling 

fattighuset, 

the  poor-houses 

taket. 

the  roof 

fdngelset. 

the  prison 

fOnstret, 

the  window 

56 


porten,  1 
ddrren,] 

the  door 

salen, 

the  drawing 
room 

kdket, 

the  kitchen 

mat  salen, 

the  dining 

trappan, 
rummet, 

the  steps,  stairs 
the  room 

room 
sofkammaren,       the  bedroom 

9. 
House  Furniture. 

Husgerdd, 

scingen, 

handduken, 

furniture 
the  hed 
the  towel 

lampan, 
tallriken, 
en  knif, 

the  lamp 
the  plate 
a  knife 

madrassen, 

the  mattress 

en  gaffel, 

a  fork 

draglddan, 
stolen. 

the  chest  otdrawers 
the  chair 

en  sked, 
bordsduken 

a  spoon 
,  the  table-cloth 

hordet, 

the  table 

saltkar. 

a  salt-cellar 

soffan, 
spegeln, 
mdlningen^ 
Ijusstaken, 

the  sofa 

the  looking-glass 
the  picture 
the  candlestick 

glaset, 

flaskan, 

tvalen. 

the  glass 
the  bottle 
the  soap. 

10. 
Eating  and  Drinking. 


Ndringen, 

the    nourish- 

kalfsteken, 

the  roast  veal 

ment 

kmtet. 

the  meat 

mdltiden, 

the  meal 

korfven, 

the  sausage 

frnkosten, 

the  breakfast 

pastejen. 

the  pie 

middagsmaltiden,  the  dinner 

puddingen. 

the  pudding 

aftonmaltiden. 

the  supper 

pannkakan. 

the  pancake 

vdrden, 

the  host 

soppan, 

the  soup 

vdrdinnan. 

the  hostess 

mjOlken, 

the  milk 

gdsten. 

the  guest 

smdret. 

thd  butter 

hrOdet, 

the  bread 

osten. 

the  cheese 

kakan, 

the  cake 

ett  dgg, 

an  egg 

kokt  kOtt,  n., 

boiled  meat 

salateti, 

the  salad 

oxkoltet. 

the  beef 

oljan, 

the  oil 

farkOttet, 

the  mutton 

dttikan 

the  vinegar 

oxsteken, 

the  roast  beef 

sockret, 

the  sugar 

skinkan, 

the  ham 

senapen, 

the  mustard 

67 


saltet, 

the  salt 

the,  n., 

tea 

peppar'n, 

the  pepper 

kaffc,  n., 

coifee 

drycker, 

drinks 

porlvin,  n., 

port 

vinet. 

the  wine 

champagne,   n 

.,    champagne 

rum, 

the  rum 

fransktvin,  n, 

,,   claret 

vattnd. 

the  water 

rhensktvin,  n. 

,    hock 

limonaden, 

lemonade 

kypare. 

waiter 

drickat,] 
diet,      I 

the  beer 

11. 

Dress. 

Kappa, 

cloak 

'  tofflorna, 

the  slippers 

rocken,    1 
syrtnlen,\ 

the  coat 

kdppen, 

the  stick 

b  or  si  en. 

the  brush 

hyxorna. 

the  trowsers 

kammen, 

the  comb 

byxhdngslor, 

braces 

kjorteln, 

the  gown 

kalsonger, 

drawers 

en  klddning, 

a  dress 

strumpau, 

the  stocking 

nnderkjorteln. 

the  petticoat 

halsdnken, 

the  necktie 

fOrklddet, 

the  apron 

ndsdnken. 

the  handkerchief      band. 

ribbon 

skjortan, 

the  shirt 

schalen. 

the  shawl 

hatten. 

the  hat 

knappnalen. 

the  pin 

stOflarne, 

the  boots 

ringen. 

the  ring 

skorna, 

the  shoes 

muff  en, 

the  muff 

halskrage, 

collar 

parasollen. 

the  parasol 

fickan, 

the  pocket 

paraplyet, 

the  umbrella. 

handskarne. 

the  gloves 

12. 

Travelling. 

Hotell,  vctrdshis 

hotel,  inn 

Vdrd 

host 

Jungfru 

housemaid 

Borstare 

boots 

Resbetjent 

commissioner 

Portvakt 

porter 

A  f trade 

closet 

Pa  jernvdge: 

n 

on  the  railroad 

58 


Jag  dnskar  en  fdrsta  (andra) 

kiassens  hiljelt. 
Hvad  lieter  dngfartyget? 

Ndr  komnia  vi  till  5.? 

/  afton  klockan  — 

Kdnner  Ni  etl  godt  hotell  der? 

Ja,  hotellet  X. 

Jag  stannar  hdr  blott  en  limine 

och  reser  genast  vidare. 
Jag  stannar   hdr  endast  Ofver 

natten   och   reser   i  morgen 

bittida. 
Nu  sdttes  tdget  i  gang. 
Hvad  heter  ndsta  station? 

Far  man  rOka  hdr? 

Nej;  detta  dr  endast  tillatet  i 

rOkkonpen. 
Far  jag  bjuda  er  en  cigarr? 
Nej,  jag  tackar,  jag  rOker  ej. 
Hvilka  vackra  partier  vi  resa 

igenoml 
Eur   langt    dr    det    dnnu   till 

ndsta  station? 
Vi  dro  straxt  framme. 
Snart  komma  vi  till  stationen, 

der  det  spisas  middag. 
Hvad  heter  den   vackra   egen- 

domen     (kyrkan)     hdr     till 

vensler,  till  hOger? 
Nu  stannar  tdget.     Vi  dro  vid 

stationen. 


I  want  a   ticket   for   the   first 

(second)  class. 
What    is     the    name    of    the 

steamer? 
When  shall  we  he  in  S.? 
This  evening  at  — 
Do    you    know    a    good    hotel 

there  ? 
Yes,  the  hotel  X. 
I  only  remain  here  one  hour 

and  proceed  at  once. 
I  only  stay   here   over   night, 

and  leave  to  morrow  early. 

The  train  is  starting. 

What  is  the  name  of  the  next 
station  ? 

May  one  smoke  here? 

No;  that  is  only  permitted  in 
the  smoking  coupe. 

Can  I  offer  you  a  cigar? 

No  thanks,  I  do  not  smoke. 

What  heautiful  country  we  are 
passing  through! 

How  far  is  it  to  the  next  sta- 
tion? 

W^e  are  soon  there. 

We  shall  soon  be  at  the  sta- 
tion, where  we  dine. 

What  is  the  name  of  that 
pretty  estate  (church)  on  the 
left?  on  the  right? 

The  train  stops.  We  are  at 
the  station. 


Easy  Dialogues.*) 


1. 

Eating  and  Drinking. 

Are  you  hungry?  Ar  Ni  liungrig. 

1  have  a  good  appelile.  Jag  har  god  aptit. 

1  am  very  hungry.  Jag  ar  rnycket  hungiig. 

Eat  sonielhing.  At  nagonting. 

What  will  you  eat?  Hvad  vill  Ni  ata? 

What  do  you  wish  to  eat?  Hvad  Onskar  Ni  att  ata? 

You  do  not  eat.  Ni  ater  icke. 

1  beg  your  pardon,  1  eat  very  Jag  ber  om    ursakt,  jag  iiter 

heartily.  ganska  dugtigt. 

1  have  eaten  very  heartily.  Jag  har  atit  ganska  uiycket. 

I  have  dined  with  a  good  ap-  Jag  har  atit  middag  med  god 

petite.  aplil. 

Eat  another  piece.  At  litet  till. 

I  can  eat  no  more.  Jag  kan  ej  taga  nSgot  mera. 

Are  you  thirsty?  Ar  Ni  torslig? 

Are  you  not  thirsty?  Ar  Ni  icke  torstig? 

I  am  very  thirsty.  Jag  Sr  ratt  tOrstig. 

1  am  dying  of  thirst.  Jag  dor  af  torst. 

Let  us  drink.  Lat  oss  dricka. 

fiive  me   something   to  drink.  Gif  mig  nagot  att  dricka. 

Will  you  drink  a  glass  of  wine?  Vill  Ni  ha  ett  glas  vin? 

Drink  a  glass  of  beer.  Tag  Er  ett  glas  Ol. 

Drink   another  glass   of  wine.  Di'ick  ett  ylas  vin  till. 

Sir,  I  drink  to  your  health.  Jag  dricker  Er  skal,  min  Herre. 

I   have   the    honour   to    drink  Jair  har  den    iiran    att   dricka 


r> 


your  health.  Er  skal. 

*)  The  best  phrase  book  for  Swedish  Conversation  is  Lonstrom's 
Swedish  and  English  Dialogues,  price  29.  It  contains  the  most  neces- 
sary Phrases  and  Idiomatic  Dialogues  for  pi'actical  use  in  Sweden,  and 
is  indispensable  for  a  rapid  acquisition  of  the  language.  Published 
by  Messrs.  Hachette  and  Company,  18  King  William  Street,  Charing 
Cross,  London. 


60 


2. 
Going  and 


Where  are  you  going? 
I  am  going  home. 
I  was  going. to  your  house. 
From  whence   do  you  come? 
I  come  from  my  hrother's. 
I  am  coming  from  church. 
I  have  just  left  the  school. 
Will  you  go  with  me? 
Where   do  you  wisli  to  go? 
We  will  take  a  walk. 
We  will  take  a  walk. 
With  all  my  heart;  most  will- 
ingly. 
Which  way  shall  we  go? 
Any  way  you  like. 
Let  us  go  into  the  park. 
Let   us  call   for  your   brother 

on  our  way. 
As  you  please. 
Is  Mr.  B.  at  home? 
He  is  gone  out. 
He  is  not  at  home. 
Can  you  tell   us  where   he  is 

gone? 
I  cannot  tell  you  precisely. 
1  think  he  is  gone  to  see  his 

sister. 
Do    you    know  when    he    will 

come  back? 
No,  he  said  nothing  when  he 

went  out. 
Then    we    must    go    without 

him. 


Coming. 

Hvart  gar  Ni? 

Jag  gar  hem. 

Jag  gick  till  Er. 

Hvarifran  kommer  Ni? 

Jag  kommer  fran  min  bror. 

Jag  kommer  ur  kyrkan. 

Jag  gar  ur  skolan. 

Vill  Ni  ga  med  mig? 

Hvart  vill  Ni  ga? 

Vi  skola  ga  ut  och  spatsera 

Vi  vilja  gOra  en   fard. 

Det  vill  jag  gerna;  Med  nOje. 

Hvarthan  skola  vi  ga? 
Vi  skola  ga  hvart  Ni  vill. 
Lat  OSS  ga  in  i  parken. 
Vi  vilja  taga  Er  bror  med  oss, 

i  fOrbigaende. 
Som  Ni  behagar. 
Ar  Herr  B.  hemma? 
Han  bar  nyss  gatt  ut. 
Han  ar  icke  hemma. 
Kan    Ni    saga    oss,    hvarthan 

ban  bar  gatt? 
Jag  kan  ej  sa  noga  saga  Er  det. 
Jag  tror  han  bar  gatt  att  be- 

soka  sin  syster. 
Vet  Ni  nar  ban  kommer  till- 

baka  ? 
Nej,  han  sade  ingenting  derom 

da  ban  gick. 
I  sadant  fall  skola  vi  ga  utan 

honom. 


3. 
Questions  and  Answers. 

Come   nearer;    I   have   some-      Kom  narmare,  jag  bar  nagot 


thing  to  tell  you. 


att  saga  Er. 


61 


I  have  a  word  to  say  to  you. 

Listen  to  me. 

I  want  to  speak  to  you. 

What  is  it  you  want? 

I  am  speaking  to  you. 

I  am  not  speaking  to  you. 

What  do  you  say? 

What  did  you  say? 

1  say  nothing. 

Do  you  understand? 

Do  you  understand  what  I  say? 

Do  you  understand  me? 

Will   you    he    so    kind    as   to 

repeat  .  . ? 
I  understand  von  well. 
Why  do  you  not  answer  me? 
Do  you  not  speak  Swedish? 
Very  little,  Sir. 
I  understand  it  a  little,  hut  I 

do  not  speak. 
Speak  loudei". 
Do  not  speak  so  loud. 
Do  not  make   so  much  noise. 
Hold  your  tongue. 
Did  you  not  tell  me  that  .  .  ? 
Who  told  you  that? 
They  have  told  me  so. 
Somebody  has  told  it  me. 
I  have  heard  it. 
What  do  you  wish  to  say? 
What  is  that  good  for? 
What  do  you  call  that? 
Do  you  know  Mr.  C? 
I  know  him  by  sight. 
I  know  him  by  name. 


Jag  bar  ett  ord  alt  s;ii,'a  Er. 

Dor  pa  mig. 

.lag  onskar  tala  med  Er. 

Ilvad  Onskar  Ni? 

Till  Er  talar  jag. 

Jag  talar  icke  med  Er. 

Hvad  sager  INi? 

Hvad  sade  Ni? 

Jag  sager  ingenting. 

Forstgr  INi? 

FOrstSr  Ni  hvad  jag  sager? 

Begriper  Ni  min   mening? 

Vill  Ni  benaget  upprepa? 

Jag  fOrstar  Er  viil. 
IlvarfOre  svarar  1  mig  icke? 
Talar  INi  icke  «ivenska? 
Mycket  litet,  min  Herie. 
Jag  forstar  det  nagot,  men  jag 

talar  det  icke. 
Behagar  INi  tala  hOgre. 
Tala  icke  s§  hogl. 
Gor  icke  sa  mycket  vasen. 
Vill  Ni  tiga. 

Har  INi  ej  sagt  mig  att . .? 
Ilvem  har  sagt  Er  delta? 
Man  bar  sagl  mig  det. 
Nagon  har  sagt  mig  det. 
Jag  bar  hOrt  det  sagas. 
Hvad  vill  Ni  saga? 
Hvartill  gagnar  det  der? 
Huru  kallar  Ni  det  der? 
Kanner  Ni  Herr  G.? 
Jag  kanner  honom  till  utseendet. 
Jag  kanner  honom  till  namnet. 


How  old  are  you? 

How  old  is  your  brother? 


4. 
The  Age. 

Hur  gammal  ar  Ni? 


[lur  gammal 


iir  Er  bror? 


62 


I  am  twelve  years  old. 

I  am  ten  years  and  six  monllis 

old. 
Next  monlh  I  shall  be  sixteen 

years  old. 
I  was  thirteen    years   old  last 

week. 
You  do   not  look  so  old. 
You  look  older. 
I  thought  you  were  oUh-r. 
I  did  not   think  you  were  so 

old. 
How  old  may  your  uncle  he  ? 
He  may  be  sixty  years  old. 
He  is  about  sixty  years  old. 

He  is  more  than  fifty  years  old. 

He  is  a  man  of  fifty  and  up- 
wards. 

He  may  be  sixty  or  there- 
abouts. 

He  is  over  eighty. 

That  is  a  gicat  age. 

Is  he  so  old? 

He  begins  to  grow  old. 


Jag  3r  tolf  ar  gamma'i. 

Jag   cir   tio    och    ett    halft    ar 

gammal. 
Nasta  manad  fyller  jag  sexton 

o 

ar. 

Forliden  vecka  fyllde  jag  tret- 
ton  ar. 

Ni  tyckes  ej  vara   sa  gammal. 

INi  ser  aldre  ut. 

Jag  ansag  Ei-  vara  aldre. 

Jag  ansag  Er  icke  vara  s§ 
gammal. 

Hur  gammal  kanEr  onkelvara? 

Han  lar  vara  sextio  ar. 

Han  ar  ungefar  sextio  Sr  gam- 
mal. 

Han  cir  ofver  femtio  ar  gammal. 

Det  ar  en  man  om  nagra  och 
femtio  ar. 

Han  ar  nagra  och  sextio  ar 
gammal. 

Han  ar  ofver  atlio  ar  gammal. 

Det  ar  en  hog  alder. 

Ar  ban  sa  gammal? 

Han  borjar  §ldras. 


The 

What  o'clock  is  it? 

Pray  tell  me  what  time  it  is? 


t  is  one  o'clock. 

t  is  past  one. 

t  has  stiuck  one. 

t  is  a  quarter  past  one. 

t  is  half  past  one. 

t  wants  ten  minutes  to  two. 

t  is  not  yet  two  o'clock. 

I  is  only  twelve  o'clock. 

t  is  almost  three  o'clock. 


5. 

Time. 

Huru  mycket  Sr  klockan? 
Sag   mig,  jag   ber   Er,    huru 

mycket  ar  klockan? 
Klockan  ar  ett. 
Klockan  ar  ofver  ett. 
Hon  bar  slagit  ett. 
Hon  ar  en  qvart  pS  tu. 
Hon  ar  half  tu. 
Hon  faltas  tio  minuter  i  tu. 
Hon  ar  ej  tu  an. 
Klockan  ar  endast  tolf. 
Klockan  ar  nara  tre. 


63 


It  is  on  the   strol^e    of  three. 
It  is  going  to  strike  three. 
It  is  ten    minutes   past  three. 
The  dock  is  going  to  strike. 
There  the  clock  is  striking. 
It  is  not  late. 
It  is  laler  than   I  lliouglU. 
I    did    not    tliink    it    was    so 
late. 


K  lock  an  ar  just  tre. 
Hon  slar  slrax  tre. 
Hon  ar  tio  minuter  Ofver  ire. 
Klockan  slir  strax. 
Nu  sl5r  klockan. 
Del  ar  icke  sent. 
Det  ar  senare,  an  jag  trodde. 
Jag  trodde  icke,  all  det  var  sS 
sent. 


6. 

The  Weather. 

What  kind  of  weather  is  it?        liurudant  vi^de^  ar  det? 
It  is  had  weather. 
It  is  very  cloudy. 


It  is  dreadful  weather. 

It  is  tine  weather. 

We  are  going  to  have  a  fine  day. 

It  thaws. 

It  is  foggy. 

It  is  rainy  weather. 

It  threatens  to  rain. 

The  sky  becomes  very  cloudy. 

The  sky  is  getting  very  dark. 

The  sun  is  coming  out. 

The  weather  is  clearing  up  again. 

It  is  very  hot. 

It  is  sultry. 

It  is  very  mild. 

It  is  cold. 

It  is  excessively  cold. 

It  is  raw  weather. 

It  rains. 

It  has  been  raining. 

It  is  going  to  rain. 

1  feel  some  drops  of  rain. 

There  are  some  drops  of  rain 

falling. 
It  hails. 
It  snows;  it  is  snowing. 


Del  ar  full  vader. 

Del  ar  dystiMt  vader. 

Det  ar  etl  rysligt  viider. 

Det  ar  vackerl  vader. 

Vi  skola  hafva  en  skOn  dag. 

Det  toar. 

Det  ar  tocknigt. 

Det  ar  regnigt  vader. 

Vaderleken  ar  regnig. 

Himmehi  holjer  sig  i  moln. 

Himmeln  hlir  morkare. 

Solen  bOrjar  visa  sig. 

Vadret  borjar  klarna. 

Det  ar  mycket  varmt. 

Det  ar  en  qvafvande  hetta. 

Det  ar  mycket  mildt. 

Det  ar  kallt. 

Det  ar  forskrackligl  kallt. 

Vaderleken  ar  kail  och  luktig. 

Det  regnar. 

Det  bar  reguat. 

Det  blir  regn. 

Jag  kannei"  regndroj^par. 

Det  falier  regndroppar. 

Det  haglar. 

Det  snoar;  del  falier  snO. 


64 


It  has  been  ^novving. 

It  snows  in  large  tlakes. 

It  freezes. 

It  has  frozen. 

It  begins  to  thaw. 

It  thaws. 

It  is  very  windy. 

The  wind  is  very  high. 

There  is  no  air  stirring. 

It  lightens. 

It  has  lightened  all  night. 

It  thunders. 

The  thunder  roars. 

The  thunderbolt  has  fallen. 

It  is  stormy  weather. 

We  shall  have  a  thunderstorm. 

The  sky  begins  to  clear  up. 

The  weather  is  very  unsettled. 

It 

It 

It 

It 

It 

It 

It 

It 


s  very  muddy. 

s  very  dusty. 

s  very  slippery, 

s  bad  walking. 

s  day -light. 

s  dark. 

s  night. 

s  moon -light. 
Do  you   think   it  will   be  fine 

weather? 
I   do    not    think   that    it  will 

rain. 
I  am  afraid  it  will  rain. 
I  tear  so- 


Det  har  snOat. 

Det  snOar  i  stora  flockar, 

Det  fryser. 

Det  har  frusit. 

Det  toar  upp. 

Det  ar  tovader. 

Det  ar  mycket  blasigt. 

Det blaser  en  ganska  hiiftig  vind. 

Det  blaser  ingen  flakt  en  gang. 

Det  blixtrar. 

Det   har  blixtrat   hela   natten. 

Det  dundrar. 

Askan  gar. 

Askan  har  slagit  ned. 

Vadret  jir  stormigt. 

Vi  f§  storm. 

Himmeln  bOrjar  klarna  upp. 

Vadret  sir  mycket  ostadigl. 

Det  ar  mycket  smutsigt. 

Det  ar  mycket  dammigl. 

Det  ar  mycket  halt. 

Det  ar  mycket  elakt  att  ga. 

Det  ar  dager. 

Det  ar  mOrkt. 

Det  ar  natt. 

Det  ar  mansken. 

Tror  Ni,   att  det  blir  vackert 

vader? 
Jag  tror  ej,  att  det  kommer  att 

regna. 
Jag  fruktar,  att  vi  fa  regn. 
Jag  fruktar  det. 


7. 
Salutations. 


Good  day,  Sir. 

I  wish  you  good  day. 

How  do  you  do? 

How  are  you? 

Do  you  continue  in  good  health  ? 


} 


God  dag,  min  Herre. 

Hur  star  det  till? 

Hur  ar  det  med  Er  helsa? 

ArNi  fortfarande  vid  god  helsa? 


05 


Pretty    good ;     anrl    how    are 

you? 
Are  you  well? 
Very  well,  and  you? 
I  am  perfectly  well. 
And  liow  is  it  with  you? 
As  usual. 

Pretty  well,  lliank  God. 
I  am  very  happy   to   see   you 

well. 


Sfi  tcmli^en,  och  hnr  star  del 

I  ill  nied   Kr? 
Mar  Ni  viil? 
Mycket  val,  ocli  Ni? 
Jag  mar  rortralfligt. 
Och  Ni,  hur  mar  M? 
Som  vanligt. 
Bra  nog,  Gudi  lot. 
Jag   ar  fOrjust   alt  se  Er    vid 

god  helsa. 


8. 
Visitii 


There  is  a  knock. 

Somehody  knocks. 

Go  and  see  who  it  is. 

Go  and  open   the  (hjor. 

It  is  Mrs.  B. 

Good  day,  Mrs.  B. 

I  am  happy  to  see  you. 

I  have  not  seen  you  this  age. 

It  is  a  novelty  to  see  you. 

I*ray  sit  down. 

Sit  down  if  you  please. 

Give  the  lady  a  chair. 

Will  you   stay   and  take  some 

dinner  with  us? 
1  cannot  stay. 
1   only   came   in   to   see   how 

you  are. 
I  must  go. 

You  are  in  a  great  hurry. 
Why  are  you  in  such  a  hurry? 
1   have   a   great    many   things 

to  do. 
Surely   you    can   stay   a   lillle 

longer. 
I    will    stay     longer    another 

ume. 

Lei\str6m's  Swedish  Grammar. 


Man  bultar. 

INSgon  bultar. 

Se  efter,  hvem  del  ar. 

Oppna  dorren. 

Del  iir  Fru  B. 

God  dag  Vvu  B. 

Jag  iir  glad  att  se  Er. 

Det  ar  en  evighet  sen  jag  sag 

Er. 
Det  iir  nSgot  nylt  att  man  ser  Ei-. 
Var  god  och  sitt,  jag  her  Er. 
Var  god  och  sitt  ned. 
Gif  Fru  ...  en  stol. 
Vill   Ni   stanna    qvar   hos    oss 

till  mid  da  gen? 
Jag  kan  icke  stanna. 
Jag  bar   Idott  kommit   in    for 

att  fa  bora  bur  Ni  mar. 
Jag  maste  ga  bort. 
Ni  bar  mycket  bradtom. 
Hvarl'or  skyndar  Ni  sa  lasligt? 
Jag  bar  mycket  att  gora. 

Ni    kan    viil    drOja    Snnu    elt 

Ogonblick. 
En  annan  gang  skall  jag  stanna 

qvar  litiigre. 

5 


66 

I  thank  you  for  your  visit.  Jag  tacker  Er  fOr  Ert  besOk. 

I  hope  to  see  you  sood  again.      Jag  hoppas  all  snart  aterse  Er. 


9. 
Breakfast. 


Have  you  breakfasted? 

Not  yet. 

You  have  come  just  in  time. 

You  will  breakfast  with  us. 

Breakfast  is  ready. 

Do  you  drink  tea  or  coffee? 

Would  you   prefer  chocolate? 

[  prefer  coffee. 

What  can  I  offer  you? 

Here  are  rolls  and  toast. 

What  do  you  like  best? 

I  shall  take  a  roll. 

How  do  you   hke  the  coffee? 

Is  the  coffee   strong  enough? 

It  is  excellent. 

Is  there  enough  sugar  in  it? 

If  there  is  not,  do  not  make 

any  ceremony. 
Act  as  if  you  were  at  home. 


Har  Ni  frukosterat? 

Annu  icke. 

INi  kommer  i  grefvens  tid. 

Ni  skall  frukostera  med  oss. 

Frukosten  ar  fSrdig. 

Dricker  Ni  th6,  eller  kafife? 

Dricker  Ni  hellre  chocolad? 

Jag  fOredrar  kaffe. 

Hvad  skall  jay  bjuda  Er? 

Har  har  Ni  mjolkbrod  och  ro- 

sladt  brOd. 
Hvilket  tycker  Ni  mest  om? 
Jag  skall  taga  ett  mjolkbrOd. 
Hvad  tycker  Ni  om  kaffet? 
Ar  kaffet  tillrackligt  starkl? 
Det  ar  fOrtraffligt. 
Ar  det  sott  nog? 
Om  det  ej  ar  nog,   sS   krus.t 

icke. 
Latsa,  som  Ni  vore  hemma. 


At  what  time  do  we  dine  to- 
day? 

We  shall  dine  at  four  o'clock. 

We  shall  not  dine  before  five 
o'clock. 

Shall  we  have  anybody  to 
dinner  to-day? 

Do  you  expect  company? 

T  expect  Mr.  B. 


10. 
Before  Dinner. 

Hiiru  dags  spisa  vi  i  dag? 


Vi  skola  ata  k  lock  an  fyra. 
Vi  ata  icke  fore  klockan  fem. 

Skola  Ni  hafva  nagou  till  mid- 

dagen  i  dag? 
Vantar  Ni  sallskap? 
Jag  vSntar  llerr  B. 


67 


Mr.  D.  has  promised  to  come 

if  the  weather  permits. 
Have    you    given    orders    lor 

dinner? 
What   have    you    ordered    for 

dinner? 
Have  you  sent  for  lisli? 
I  could  not  get  any  fish. 
I   fear   we   sliall    have   a  very 

indifferent  dinner. 
We  must  do  as  best  we  can. 


Ilerr  D.  liar  lofvat  komma,  om 

viiderleken  tillater  det. 
Har  Ni  bestallt  middagsmSlet? 

Hvad  har  Ni  bestallt  (Or  mid- 

dagsmalet? 
Har  Ni  skickat  att  kOpa  lisk? 
Jag  kunde  icke  fa  nagon   (isk. 
Jag  fruktar,  vi  f§  en  temligen 

dalig  middag  i  dag. 
Vi  fa  gora  som  vi  kunna. 


11. 
Dinner. 


To  what  shall  I  help  you? 
Will  you  lake  a  little  soup? 
No  1  thank  you.    I  will  trouble 

you  for  a  little  beef. 
It  looks  so  very  nice. 
W'hich  piece  do  you  like  best? 
I  hope  you  like  this  piece. 

Gentlemen ,    you    have   dishes 

near  you. 
Help  yourselves. 
Take  without  ceremony  what 

you  like  best. 
Would  you  like  a  little  of  this 

roast-meat? 
Will  you  have  some  fat? 
Give    me   some   of   this   lean, 

if  you  please. 
How  do  you  like  the  roast-meat? 
It  is  excellent,  delicious. 
What  will  you  take  with  your 

meat? 
May    1     help    you    to    some 

vegetables? 
Will  you   take  peas   or  cauli- 
flower? 


Hvarmed  skall  jag  servera  Er? 

Hehagar  Ni  litet  soppa? 

Nej  jag  tackar.     Jag   skall  be 

om  litet  oxkott. 
Det  ser  sa  bra  ut. 
Hvilket  stycke  vill  Ni  heist  ha? 
Jag    hoppas    att   detta   stycke 

skall  smaka  Er. 
Mina  Ilerrar,  I  ha'n  faten  for 

Er. 
Begagna  Er  deraf. 
Tagen    utan    omsvep    hvad    I 

tycken  mest  om. 
Behagar    Ni    nagot    af   denna 

stek? 
Tycker  Ni  om  det  feta? 
Behagade  Ni  gifva  mig  magert. 

Iluru  finner  Ni  steken? 
Den  ar  fOrtrafllig,  delikat. 
Hvad  tar  Ni  till  Ert  kiitt? 

Skall  jag  servera  Er  gron- 

saker? 
Behagar  Ni   arter   eller  blum- 

kal. 


68 


I  have  no  choice. 

I  shall   send   yoii    a  piece  of 

this  fowl. 
No   thank  you,  I  can    eat  no 

more. 
You  are  a  |)oor  eater. 
You  eat  nothing. 
I    heg    your    pardon,     I    do 

justice  to  your  dinner. 
You  may  take  away. 


Det  gOr  mig  det  samma. 
Jag  skall  skicka  Er  en  bit  a( 

detta  fjaderfa. 
Meg  jag  tackar  (Er),  jag  kan 

ej  fOrtara  mei". 
Ni  iir  en  klen  iilare. 
Ni  iiter  ingenting. 
Jag  her   om    ursakt,  jag  ater 

ratt  mycket. 
INi   kan  taga  bort.   (duka  al). 


12. 
Te 


Have  you  carried   in  the  tea- 
things? 
Everything  is  on  the  table. 
Does  the  water  boil? 
Tea  is  ready. 

They  are  waiting  for  you. 
Here  I  am. 

We  have  not  cups  enough. 
We  want  two  more  cups  and 

saucers. 
Bring  another   tea-spoon  and 

a  saucer. 
You  have  not  brought  in  the 

sugar-tongs.* 
Do  you  take  cream? 
The  tea  is  so  strong. 
1  shall  thank  you  for   a  little 

more  milk. 
Here  are  cakes  and  muffins. 
Do    you    prefer    some    bread 

and  butler? 
1  shall   take   a   slice  of  bread 

and  butter. 
Pass  the  plate  this  way. 
King  the  bell,  if  you  please. 
Will  you  kindly  ring  tlie  bell? 
We  want  some  more  water. 


a. 

Har  Ni   hemtat  allt,   som  be- 

hofs  till  t^et? 
Det  star  allting  pa  bordet. 
Kokar  vattnet? 
Teet  ar  alldeles  fardigt. 
Man  vantar  Er. 
Har  ar  jag. 

Vi  hafva  ej  koppar  tillrSckligt. 
Vi  behofva  tva  koppar  till. 

Skaffa  en  sked  och  ett  th^fat 

till. 
Ni   har   ej   hemtat   sockertan- 

gen. 
Tager  Ni  gradde. 
Teet  cir  ganska  starkt. 
Jag  skall  be  Er  om  litet  mjolk 

till. 
Har  aro  kakor  och  tartor. 
Tycker  Ni   mer  om   smOrgas. 

Jafif  skall  taga  en  smorgas. 


Behagade  Ni  gifva  hit  tallriken. 


Bing,  om  Ni  behagar. 
Vill  INi  vara  sa  god  och  r 
Vi  behofva  mera  vallen. 


69 


Bring  it  as  quickly  as  pos- 
sible. 

Make  haste. 

Take  the  plate  with  you. 

Is  your  tea  sweet  enough? 

Have  I  put  sugar  enough  in 
your  tea? 

It  is  excellent. 

I  do  not  like  it  quite  so  sweet. 

Your  tea  is  very  good. 

Where  do  you  huy  it? 

I  buy  it  at  .  .  . 

Have  you  already  done? 

You  will  take  another  cup. 

I  shall  pour  you  out  half  a 
cup. 

You  will  not  refuse  me. 

I  have  already  drunk  three 
cups  and  I  never  drink  more. 


Hemta    hit   dot   sa    fort    som 

mOjligt. 
Skynda  Er. 
Tag  med  tallriken. 
Ar  Ert  T6  sott  nog? 
Har  jag  lagt  nog  socker  i  Ert 

t6? 
Det  ar  fortriiffligt. 
Jag  tycker  ej  om  det  for  sOtt. 
Eit  t6  ar  mycket  godt. 
Hvar  kOper  Ni  det? 
Jag  kOper  det  hos  .  .  . 
Ar  Ni  redan  fardig? 
Ni  skall  dricka  en  kopp  till. 
Jag  skall  sla  i  at  Er   en  half 

kopp. 
Ni  skall  ej  neka  mig  det. 
Jag   har   druckit   tre    koppar, 

och  jag  dricker  aldrig  mera. 


SECOND  COURSE. 
PART  IL 


Verbs. 

The  Auiiliary  Verbs. 

1. 

Hafva,  to  have. 

Indicative.  Subjunctive, 

Present, 


1  have. 
Jag  hafver  or  har,  I  have 


du  hafver 
han  hafver 
vi  hafva 
I  hafven 
de  hafva 


har,  thou  hast 

har,  he  has 

ha,  we  have 

han,  you  have 

ha,  they  have. 


That  1  may  have. 
Jag  (hafve)  ma  hafva 
du  ma  hafva 
han  ma  hafva 
vi  ma  hafva 
I  man  hafva 
de  ma  hafva. 


I  had. 
Jag  hade,  I  had 
du  hade,    thou  hadst 
han  hade,  he  had 
vi  hade,     we  had 
/  haden,    you  had 
de  hade,    they  iiad. 

I  have  had. 
Jag  har  haft 
du  har  haft 
han  har  haft 


Imperfect. 

That  I  might  have. 
Jag  (hade)  skulle  hafva 
du  skulle  hafva 
han  skulle  hafva 
VI  skulle  hafva 
I  skullen  hafva 
de  skulle  hafva. 

Per  feet. 

That  I  may  liave  had. 
Jag  ma  hafva  haft 
du  ma  hafva  haft 
han  ma  hafva  haft 


71 


vi  ha  haft 
I  han  haft 
de  ha  haft 


1  had  had. 
Jag  hade  haft 
du  hade  haft 
han  hade  haf 
vi  hade  haft 
I  haden  haft 
de  hade  haft 

Future. 

I  shall  have. 
Jag  shall  hafva 
du  shall  hafva 
han  shall  hafva 
vi  shola  hafva 
I  sholen  hafva 
de  shola  hafva 


vi  ma  hafva  haft 
J  mail  hafva  haft 
de  ml  hafva  haft. 


Pluperfect. 

That  I  might  have  had. 
Jag  shdle  hafva  haft 
du  shulle  hafva  haft 
han  shulle  hafva  haft 
vi  shulle  hafva  haft 
I  shullen  hafva  haft 
de  shulle  hafva  haft 


Conditional. 

I  should  have. 
Jag  shulle  hafva 
du  shulle  hafva 
han  shulle  hafva 
vi  shulle  hafva 
I  shullen  hafva 
de  shulle  hafva. 


Future  past. 

I  shall  have  had. 
Jag  shall  hafva  haft 
du  shall  hafva  haft 
han  shall  hafva  haft 
vi  skole  (a)  hafva  haft 
I  shokn  hafva  haft 
de  shola  hafva  haft 


Conditional  past. 

I  should  have  had. 
Jag  shulle  hafva  haft 
du  shulle  hafva  haft 
han  shulle  hafva  haft 
vi  shulle  hafva  haft 
I  shullen  hafva  haft 
de  shulle  hafva  haft. 


Imperat  i  ve. 


haf,  have  thou 

hafve  han,  let  hiui  have 


(hafvom),  let  us  have 

hafven  (hafver)^  have  ye 
hafve  de,  let  them  have. 


Infinitive. 

Pres.  hafva  or  ha,   to  have. 

Perf.  hafva  haft,      to  have  had. 

Fut.     shola  hafva,     to  he  ahout  to  have. 


72 

Participles. 

Pres.  hafvande,  having. 
Perf.  haft,  had. 

Note.     In  general  conversation  jag  har,  vi  ha,  etc.,  is  al- 
ways used.    The  Imperative  hafvom  and  hafvei\  are  antiquated. 


2. 

Vara,  to  be. 


1  ndicative. 


Subjunctive. 


Present. 


I  am. 

Jag  dr,  I  am 

du  dr,  thou  art 

han  dr,  he  is 

vi  are  (dro),  we  are 

/  dretij  you  are 

de  drOy  they  are. 


That  I  may  be. 

Jag  (vare)  ma  vara 

du  ma  vara 

han  ma   vara 

vi  ma  vara 

I  ma  vara 

de  ma  vara. 


I  was. 
Jag  var,  I  was 
du  var,    thou  wast 
han  var,  he  was 
vi  voro,  we  were 
/  voren,  you  were 
de  voro,  they  were. 


Imperfect. 


That  I  might  be. 


Jag  vore 
du  vore 
han  vore 
vi  vore 
I  voren 
de  vore. 


Perfect. 


I  have  been. 
Jag  har  varit 
du  har  varit 
han  har  varit 
vi  hafva  (e)  varit 
I  hafven  varit 
de  hafva  varit. 


That  I  may  have  been. 
Jag  ma  hafva  varit 
du  ma  hafva  varit 
han  ma  hafva  varit 
vi  ma  hafva  varit 
1  ma  hafva  varit 
de  ma  hafva  varit. 


73 


I  bad  been. 
Jag  hade  varit 
du  hade  varit 
han  hade  varit 
vi  hade  varit 
I  haden  varit 
de  hade  varit. 

Future. 

I  shall  be. 
Jag  shall  vara 
du  shall  vara 
han  shall  vara 
vi  shola  (e)  vara 
I  sholen  vara 
de  shola  vara. 


Pluperfect. 

Tliat  I  might  have  bren. 
Jag  shulle  hafva  varit 
du  shulle  hafva  varit 
han  shulle  hafva  varit 
vi  shulle  hafva  varit 
I  shullen  hafva  varit 
de  shulle  hafva  varit. 

Conditional. 

1  should  be. 
Jag  shulle  vara 
du  shulle  vara 
han  shulle  vara 
vi  shulle  vara 
I  shullen  vara 
de  shulle  vara. 


Future  past. 

1  shall  have  been. 
Jag  shall  hafva  varit 
du  shall  hafva  varit 
han  shall  hafva  varit 
vi  shola  (e)  hafva  varit 
I  sholen  hafva  varit 
de  shola  hafva  varit. 


Conditio  nal  past. 

I  should  have  been. 
Jag  shulle  hafva  varit 
du  shulle  hafva  varit 
han  shulle  hafva  varit 
vi  shulle  hafva  varit 
I  shullen  hafva  varit 
de  shulle  hafva  varit. 


Var,  be  thou 

Vare  han,  let  biui  be 


Imperative. 

varom,  let  us  be 

vareu,  be  ye 

vare  de,  let  them  be. 


In  finitive. 

Pres.  vara,  to  be. 

Perf.  hafva  varit,  to  have  been. 
Fut.     shola  vara,    to  be  about  to  be. 

Participles. 

Pres.  varande,  being. 
Perf.  varit,        been. 


74 


Examples. 

Jag   har  glOmt*  atl  gora^  delta.  —   Har  ban   vagal*  alt 

leka^  med  mig?  —  Aldrig''  trodde'  jag   all   ban    bade  ett  s§ 

obevekbgl"  bjerta.  —  Har  ni  talal^  vid  bonom.  —  Jag  skuUe 

gerna®   bafva   baft   bonboken'°.   —   De    skola   bafva  hvad   de 

Onska".  —   Ell   skepp^^  bafvande   manga   malroser*^  —   Del 

var  fasligl*''.  —  Hans  minne*^  ar  som  elt   cbaos.   —   De   aro 

framsl^^  i  skolan".  —  Ni  ar  min  van.  —  Jag  ma  vara  under- 

gifven**.  —   Jag   soker'®   min   trOst^°  i  medvetandel"   all  jag 

varil  en  lydig^^  dolter.  —  Skulle  eden^^  vara  ett   intel^^?  — 

Bokvell^^  ocb  folkvetl^^  aro  inte  alllid^'  delsamma.  —  Han  ma 

nu  vara  an  sa^®  stor^'.  —  Jag   bar  varil  bos   bonom.  —  Jag 

glader^"   mig   aldrig   at   nagons   olycka^\    vore    det    och    min 

vSrsta  ovans^^.  —  Skulle  det  inte  vara  en  illusion?  —  Var  sa 

beskedligl  —  Han  skulle  vara  en  tyrann.  —  Flil^'  ocb  verk- 

sambet  aro  mina  forfaders  bragder^\ 

I  forgotten.  2  to  do.  3  ventured.  4  to  play.  5  never.  6  believed. 
7  immovable.  8  spoken.  9  willingly.  10  prayerbook.  11  to  wish. 
12  ship.  13  sailor.  14  terrible.  15  memory.  16  first.  17  school. 
18  submissive.  19  seek.  20  consolation.  21  consciousness. 
22  obedient.  23  oath.  24  nothing.  25  book  knowledge.  26  com- 
mon sense.  27  always.  28  yet.  29  great.  30  rejoice.  31  mis- 
fortune.   32  enemy.    33  industry.    34  deed. 


4. 

Exercises. 


Wbat  bave  you  to  tell'  me?  You  bave  tbe  book  wbicb 
I  bad  yesterday  ^  I  bave  never  bad  it,  and  you  will  not  bave 
it  eilber^  I  wish*  you  bad  tbe  ribbon ^  We  would  bave  bad 
it.  To  possess  (have)  is  better  tban  to  bave  bad,  or  to  expect 
(to  be  about  to  bave).  He  would  be  very  bappy®  if  be  were 
content.  Are  you  my  enemy?  I  bave  never  been  so,  I  am 
not  now'  and  sball  never  be.  You  will  be  wilb  me  to- 
morrow. You  bave  already^  been  tbere,  but®  my  brotber  has 
not  yet  ***  been ;  you  were  not  at  home  **.  I  had  been  tbere  when  " 
be  came.  They  will  bave  all  been  tbere  to-morrow  ^^  we 
would   already   bave  been   there  but  it  was  impossible'".     Be 

1  saga.  2  igur.  3  ej  heller.  4  jag  onskar.  5  band,  n.  6  lycklig. 
7  nu.  8  redan.  9  men.  10  annu  inte.  11  liemma.  12  nar. 
13  i  morgon.     14  omojligt. 


75 

happy    my    children  1      To    be    or"   not    to    be    thai    is    the 
question '". 

15  eller.     16  fraga,  f.  (sporsmal,  n.). 


5. 

Ma,  to  may,  to  like. 

Present.  Imperfect. 


I  may. 
Jag  ma 
du  ma 

hail,  hon,  det,  ma 
VI  ma  (oi-  mage,  a) 
I  ma  (or  magen) 
de  ma  (or  maga). 


I  might. 
Jag  matte 
du  matte 
hail  matte 
vi  matte 
I  matten 
de  matte. 


6. 

Skola,  to  be  obliged,  I  shall,  I  ought. 
Indicative. 
Present.  Lmperfect. 


1  shall. 
Jag  shall 
du  shall 
hail  shall 
vi  shola  (e) 
I  sholeii 
de  shola. 


I  shou!a. 
Jag  shulle 
du  shulle 
han  shulle 
VI  shulle 
I  shullen 
de  shulle. 


Perfect.    Jag  har  sholat,    I  have  been  obliged. 
P  hip  erf.  Jag  hade  sholat,  I  had  been  obliged. 

S  iibj  u  ncti  ve. 

Present.   Jaq  shulle]         .        ,.,      ,,      ,    ,.    ,. 
Imperf.    Jag  shdte]  '^""■'"S-  '''"'  "'«  'ndicalive. 
Perfect.  Jag  hafve  sholat,  1   that  I  may  have  been 

jag  ma  ha  sholat,]     obliged. 
Pluperf.Jag  hade  sholat,        1   that  I    might  have    been 

jag  matte  ha  sholat,]     obliged. 


76 


Infinitiye. 

Pres.  skola,  to  be  obliged. 

Perf.  hafva  skolat,  to  have  been  obliged. 

Participles. 

Pres.  skolande,  being  obliged. 
Perf,  skolat,      obliged. 


7. 

Blifva,  to  become. 


Indicative. 

I  become. 
Jag  hlifver  or  hlir 
du  hlifver 
han  hhfver 
vi  blifva  (e) 
I  blifven 
de  blifva. 


I  became. 
Jag  bkf 
du  blef 
han  blef 
vi  blefvo 
I  blefven 
de  blefvo. 


Subjunctive. 


Present. 


Thai  I  may  become. 
Jag  (blifve)  ma  blifva 
du  ma  blifva 
han  ma  blifva 
vi  ma  blifva 
1  man  blifva 
de  ma  blifva. 

Imperfect. 

That  I  might  become. 
Jag  blefve  or  skulle  blifva 
du  blefve  -  skulle  blifva 
han  blefve  -  skulle  blifva 
vi  blefve  -  skulle  blifva 
I  blefven  -  skullen  blifva 
de  blefvo     -  skulle  blifva. 


Perfect. 


I  have  become. 
S.  Jag  har  blifvit 
P.  vi  hafva  blifvit. 

I  had  become. 
S.  Jag  hade  blifvit 
P.  vi  hade  blifvit. 


That  I  may  have  become. 
Jag  ma  hafva  blifvit 
vi  ma  hafva  blifvit. 

Pluperfect. 

That  I    might   have  become. 
Jag  skulle  hafva  blifvit 
vi  skulle  hafva  blifvit. 


77 


F  utvre. 

1  shall  become. 
S.  Jag  shall  hlifva 
l\  VI  skola  hlif'im. 

1  ni  p  ('  r  a  I  i  ve. 

6///",  become  thou 

blifve  (Jtan),  let  him  become 

hlifvom,  let  us  become 

hlifven,  become  ye 


hlifve  (de),     lei  I  hem  bee  ome. 

Parti  c  i  p  1  es. 

Pres.  blifvandc,  btcoming. 
Perf.  hlifven,      become. 


Future  past. 

I  sliall  have  become. 
Ja(j  shall  hafoa  hlifvit 
vi  shola  hafva  hlifvit. 

I  n  fi  n  itive. 

Pres.  hlifva,  to  become. 
Perf.  hafva  hlifvet,  to  have 

become. 
Put.    shola    hlifva,   to    be 
about  to  become. 


k 


8. 
Varda,  to  become. 
Indicative.  Subjuocti  ve. 


Present. 

I  become. 

That  I 

may  become. 

Jag  varder 

Jag  varde 

or  ma  varda 

du  varder 

du  varde 

-    ma  varda 

han  varder 

han  varde 

-    ma  varda 

vi  varda  (e) 

vi  varde 

-    ma  varda 

1  varden 

I  varden 

-    man  varda 

de  varda. 

de  varde 

-    ma  varda. 

Impe 

rfect. 

I  became. 

That  I 

might  become. 

Jag  vardt 

Jag  vorde 

or  shulle  varda 

du  vardt 

du  vorde 

-    shille  varda 

han  vardt 

han  vorde 

-    shulle  varda 

vi  vordo 

vi  vordo 

-    shulle  varda 

I  vorden 

I  vorden 

-    shullen  varda 

de  vordo. 

de  vordo 

-    shulle  varda. 

78 


Pp.rfect. 

1  have  become. 
S.  Jag  dr  v  or  den 
P.  vi  dro  vordne. 

I  n  tin  i  live. 

Pres.   Varda,  to  become. 

Fut.     skola  varda^  to  be 

about  to  become. 


Future. 

I  shall  become. 
Jag  shall  varda 
vi  skola  varda. 

Participle. 
Vordeti,] 


P. 


Neut.   vordet,  j 


become. 


Note.    Varda,  is  obsolete  and  is  only  used  in  bibhcal  and 
juridical  language. 


9. 
Bora,  to  be  obliged,  I  shall,  I  ought. 

Indicat.     Present. 


Jag  Mr 
du  bdr 
han  h(\r. 


vi  bOre 
i  hOren 
de  bOra. 


Imperfect,  Indie,  and  Subj, 
Jag  borde,  I  ought. 
Par  tic.  Perf.  bordt. 


10. 

Examples. 

Hon  bad*  att  bli  ursaktad^  och  ville  taga'  barnet  fran 
sallskapet.  —  Slormen  skulle  fora  borf  dem  under  vagen*, 
om  de  blefvo  vid  sin  foresats.  —  De  maste  till  strafT^  rida 
omkring'.  —  Ofta  blir  man  tungsinnig®  och  sjuklig^  — 
Det  skall  vara  sS  morkt*°.  —  Han  lar  val  haft  stOrsta  del'*  i 
saken*^  —  Det  blir  tungt  for  honom.  —  Man  kan  alldeles'^ 

1  begged.  2  excused.  3  take.  4  to  carry  away.  5  on  the  way. 
6  punishment.  7  to  ride  about.  8  melancholy.  9  ill.  10  dark. 
11  part.     12  thing,  affair.     13  thoroughly. 


79 

bli  ledsen  vid  delta.  —  Er  kiirlck'^  ska'  lala*^  mig  glomnia'* 
allt.  —  Jag  (inskar  alt  Gud  ma  forl5la*'  dig  allt.  —  Det  fSr 
man  medge.  —  S5   l.'ir  det  ska'  vara  i  himnielriket'^  ocksa". 

—  Skiille  det  kunna  vara  lian?  —  Matte   det  vara  min  son  I 

—  Det  liade  han  skolat  gOra. 

14  love.     15   to   let.     16   to   forget.     17    to  forgive.     18  kingdom 
of  heaven.     19  also. 


11. 
The  Regular  Verbs. 


The  Swedish  Language  lias  three  conjugations,  which 
are  distinguished  by  the  termination  of  the  supinum. 

The  passive  voice  is  formed  either  by  adding  s,  or  often 
by  the  auxihary  verbs  „vara,  blifva".  The  difference  of  the 
conjugations  is  as  follows: 


The  ls»  Conj. 

The  2n«i  Conj. 

The 

V^  Conj 

Present  in     ar 

er 

er 

/mper  feet     ade 

de  or  te  • 

te 

Supinum       at 

t 

11 

Part,  Perf.    ad 

d  or  t 

en 

12. 

I«t  CONJUGATION. 

Aleka,  to  love. 
Active  \oice. 

Indicative.  Subjunctiye. 

Present, 


I  love. 
Jag  dlskar,     I  love 
du  dlskar,       thou  lovest 
han  dlskar,     he  loves 


That  I  may  love. 
Jag  dlske   or  ma  dlska 
du  dlske      -   ma  dlska 
han  dlske    -   md  dlska 


80 


vi  (ilske  (a),  we  love 
/  (Hhken,         you  love 
de  diska,         they  love. 


vi  (ilske  or  ma  dhka 
I  dlsken   -    man  dlska 
de  dlske    -   ma  dlska. 


Imperfect. 


1  loved. 
Jag  dhkade,  I  loved 
du  dlskade,    thou  lovedst 
han  dlskade,  he  loved 
VI  dlskade,     we  loved 
/  dlskaden,    you  loved 
de  dlskade,    they  loved. 


That  I  might  love. 
Jag  dlskade  or  matte,  skalle, 
du  skulle  dlska  [dlska 

han  skulle  dlska 
vi  skulle  dlska 
I  skullen  dlska 
de  skulle  dlska. 


Perfect. 


I  have  loved. 
Jag  har  dlskat 
du  har  dlskat 
han  har  dlskat 
vi  hafva  dlskat 
I  hafven  dlskat 
de  hafva  dlskat. 


That  I  have  loved. 
Jag  ma  hafva  dlskat 
du  ma  hafva  dlskat 
han  ma  hafva  dlskat 
vi  ma  hafva  dlskat 
I  man  hafva  dlskat 
de  ma  hafva  dlskat. 


1  hdd  loved. 
Jag  hade  dlskat 
du  hade  dlskat 
han  hade  dlskat 
vi  hade  dlskat 
I  haden  dlskat 
de  hade  dlskat. 


Pluperfect. 

Tliat  I  had  loved. 
Jag  matte  hafva  dlskat 
du  matte  hafva  dlskat 
han  matte  hafva  dlskat 
vi  matte  hafva  dlskat 
I  mat  ten  hafva  dlskat 
de  matte  hafva  dlskat. 


Future. 

I  shall  love. 
Jag  skall  dlska 
du  skall  dlska 
han  skall  dlska 
vi  skole  dhka 
I  skolen  dhka 
de  skola  dlska. 


Conditional. 

1  should  love. 
Jag  skulle  dlska 
du  skulle  dhka 
han  skulle  dlska 
vi  skulle  dhka 
I  skullen  dhka 
de  skulle  dhka. 


81 


Future  past. 
I  shall  have  loved. 
Jag  skall  hafva  dlskat 
du  skall  hafva  dlskat 
han  skall  hafva  dlskat 
vi  skola  hafva  dlskat 
1  skolen  hafva  dlskat 
de  skola  hafva  dlskat. 


Conditional  past. 

1  should  have  loved. 
Jag  skulle  hafva  dlskat 
du  skulle  hafva  dlskat 
han  skulle  hafva  dlskat 
vi  skulle  hafva  dlskat 
I  skullen  hafva  dlskat 
de  skulle  hafva  dlskat. 


Imperative. 


dlska  (du),    love  thou 
dlske  (han),  let  him  love 


dlskom  (vi),  let  us  love 
dlsken  (ov:  dlsker  I),  love  ye. 


Infinitive. 

Present,  dlska,  to  love. 

Perfect,  hafva  (ha)  dlskat,   to  have  loved. 
Future,    skola  dlska,  to  be  about  to  love. 

Participles. 

Present,  dlskande,  loving. 

Perfect,  hafvande  dlskat,   having  loved. 

Supine,  dlskat,  loved. 

Future,  skolande  dlska,     being  about  to  love. 


PasslTe  Voice. 


Indicative. 


I  am  loved. 
Jag  dlskas 
du  dlskas 
han  dlskas 
vi  dlskas 
I  disk  ens 
de  dlskas. 


I  was  loved. 
Jay  dlskades 
du  dlskades 
han  dlskades 


Subjunctive. 


Present. 


That  I  may  be  loved. 
Jag  dlskes  (ma  dlskas) 
du  ma  dlskas 
han  ma  dlskas 
vi  md  dlskas 
I  man  dlskas 
de  md  dlskas. 


Imperfec  ^ 

That  I  might  be  loved. 
Jag  dlskades   (matte  dlskas) 
du  matte  dlskas 
han  matte  dlskas 


Lenstrflm's  Swedish  Grammnr. 


6 


82 


vi  dhkades 
I  dhkadens 
de  dhkades. 


I  have  been  loved. 
Jag  har  dlskats 
vi  ha  dlskats. 


VI  matte  dhkas 
I  mdtten  dhkas 
de  matte  dhkas. 


Perfect. 


That  I  may  have  been  loved. 
Jag  ma  hafva  dhkats 
vi  md  hafva  dhkats. 


Pluperfect. 


I  had  been  loved. 
Jag  hade  dhkats. 

Fu  t  u  r  e. 

I  shall  be  loved. 
Jag  skall  dhkas. 

Future  past. 

I  shall  have  been  loved. 
Jag  skall  hafva  dhkats. 


Thai  I  might  have  been  loved. 
Jag  hade  dhkats,  or 
jag  matte  hafva  dhkats. 

Conditional. 

T  should  be  loved. 
Jag  skulle  dhkas. 

Conditional  past. 

I  should  have  been  loved. 
Jag  skulle  hafva  dhkats. 


Imperative. 


dhkas,  be  loved 

dhkes  (han),  let    him    be 
loved. 


dhkoms,  let  us  be  loved 
dhkens,    be  ye  loved. 


In  finitive. 

Pres.  dhkas,  to  be  loved. 

Perf.  hafva  dhkats.,  to  have  been  loved. 
Fut.     skola  dhkas,     to  be  about  to  be  loved. 

Participles. 

Pres.  dhkandes,  being  loved. 

Perf.  hafvande  dhkats,  and  dlskad  (iNeut.)  dlskadt ,   Plur 

dhkade,  •   have  been  loved. 

Fut.    skolande  dhkas,    being  about  to  be  loved. 

The  passive  voice,  as  already  staled ,  can  also  be  conju- 
gated with  the  verb  blifoa  or  vara,  as: 


83 


Present.    Jag  dr  (hlir)  dlsknd. 
Imp  erf.     Jag  var  (blef)  dlskad, 
Perfect.    Jag  har  varit  (blifvit)  dhkady 
Pin  J)  erf.  Jag  hade  varit  (blifoit)  dlskad, 


I 

am  loved. 

I 

was  loved. 

I 

have   been 

loved. 

\ 

had    been 

loved, 

etc.,  etc., 

etc. 

The  diflerence  between  the  Supinum,  and  the  Participle 
Perfect  past,  is  strongly  marked  in  the  Swedish  conjugations, 
the  former  serves  to  combine  the  active,  the  latter  the  passive 
tenses. 


13. 

2°d  CONJUGATION. 

Imperfect  ending  in  de. 

Hora,  to  hear. 

Active    Voice. 

Indicative. 


Present. 
1  hear. 
Jag  hdrer 
du  hOrer 
han  hOrer 
vi  hdre 
I  h6ren 
de  liOra. 

Perfect.  Jag  har  hdrt, 

Pin p erf.  Jag  ,iade  hart, 

Fnt\ire.  Jag  skall  hOra, 

Put.  past.  Jag  skall  hafva  (ha)  hort,  I  shall  have  heard. 

Subjunctive. 

Present.    Jag  hdre,  or  ma  hdra,  tliitl  I  may  hear. 

Lmperf      Jag  hOrde,  or  matte  hdra,    that  I  might  hear. 
Perfect.     Jag  ha  foe  hdrt,  or  jag  md  that  I  may  have  heard. 

hafva  hdrt, 
Plnperf.    Jag  hade  hdrt,  or  jag  matte  that  I  might  have  heard. 

hafva  hOrt, 
Condi t.      Jag  sknlle  hOra,  I  sliould  hear. 

Cond.  p.     Jag  skulle  hafva  hUrt,  I  should  have  heard. 


Imperfect, 

I  heard. 
Jag  horde 
du  hdrde 
han  hdrde 
vi  hdrde 
I  harden 
de  horde. 

I  have  heard. 
1  had  heard. 
1  shall  hear. 


84 


Imperative. 

horom,  let  us  hear 

hOren,  (hOrer  1),  hear  ye. 


hdr,  hear 

hdre  (han),  let  him  hear. 

In  fin  itive. 

Present.    hOra,  to  hear. 

Perfect,    hafva  hdrt,  to  have  heard. 
Future,     skola  hOra,   to  be  about  to  hear. 

Participles. 
Present.      hdrande,  hearing. 

Perfect.       hafvande  hOrt,   having  heard. 
Supinum.    hOrt,  heard. 

Future.        skolande  liOra,  being  about  to  hear. 


Passive  Voice, 

Indicative. 
Present. 

I  am  heard. 
Jag  hdres,  or  dr  hdrd 
du  hOres,      -     -      - 


han  hdres, 
vi  hOres, 
I  hOrens, 
de  hOras, 

Perfect. 
Pluperf. 
Fu  ture. 


-  dro  hdrda 

-  dren    - 

-  dro 

Jag  liar  horts, 
Jag  hade  h6rls, 
Jag  shall  hOras, 


Imperfect. 

I  was  heard. 
Jag  hordes  (var  hord) 
du  hordes 
han  hordes 
vi  hdrdes 
I  hOrdens 
de  hordes. 

I  have  been  heard. 
I  had  been  heard. 
I  shall  be  heard. 


Fut.  exact.  Jag  shall  hafva  hOrts,    I  shall  have  been  heard. 

Subjunctive. 

Jag  hOres  (md  hOras),    that  I  may  be  heard. 
Jag  hordes  (matte  hOras),  tliat  I  might  be  heard. 
Jag  hafve  hOrts  (md  ha  that    I    may    have    been 

hOrts),  heard. 

Jag  hade  hOrts  (matte  that  1  might   have   been 

ha  hOrts),  heard. 

Jag  shulle  hOras,  that  I  should  be  heard. 

Jag  shulle  hafva  hOrts,  that  I  should  have  been 

heard. 


Present, 

Imperf. 

Perfect. 

Pluperf. 

Condit. 
Cond.  p. 


85 


hdrs,  be  heard 

hOres  (han),  let  him  be  lieard. 


Imperative. 

hdroms,  let  us  be  heard 
hdrens,    be  ye  heard. 

Infi  n  itive. 

Present.  hOras,  to  be  heard. 

Perfect,  hafva  hOrts,   to  have  been  heard. 
Future,   skola  hOras,   to  be  about  to  be  heard. 

Participles. 

Present,  hdrandes,  being  heard. 

Perfect,   hafuande  hOrts,  having  been  heard  and  „hOrd'^ 

Neut.  hOrdt,  Plural  hOrde. 
Future,     skolande  hOras,   being  about  to  be  heard. 


14. 

2°<i  CONJUGATION. 

Imperfect  ending  in  te. 

Soka,  to  search. 

Active    Voice. 


Indicative. 


Present. 

I  search. 
Jag  sOker 
du  sOker 
han  sOker 
vi  soke  (a) 
I  sOken 
de  sdka. 

Perfect.  Jag  har  sOkt, 

Pluperf,  Jug  hade  sokt, 

Future.  Jag  skall  sOka, 

Fut.  exact.  Jag  skall  hafva  (ha)  sOkt, 

Subjunctive. 

Present.        Jag  sOke,  or  mii  sOka, 
Imp  erf.  Jag  sOkte,  or  matte  sOka, 

Perfect.         Jag  hafva  sOkt,  or  md 

hafva  sdkt, 


Im  perfect. 

I  searched. 
Jag  sdkte 
du  sOkie 
han  sdkte 
vi  sdkte 
I  sdkten 
de  sdkte. 

I  have  searched. 
I  had  searched. 
I  shall  search. 
I  shall  have  searched. 


that  I  may  search, 
that  I    might  search, 
that     I      may     have 
searched. 


86 

Plnperf.  Jag  hade  s^kt,  or  inalte  that  T  might  have  searched. 

hafva  sokt, 

Condit.     Jag  skulk  sOka,  I  should   search. 

Cotid.  p.  Jag  skulk  hafva  sGkl,  I  should  have  searched. 


sdk,  search 

sOkey  (han),  let  him  search 


Imperative. 

sOkom,  let  us  search 
sdken,    search  ye. 

Infinitive. 


Present.   sOka,  to  search. 

Perfect,    hafva  sokt,  to  have  searched. 
Future,    skola  soka,   to  be  about  to  search. 

Participles. 

Present.  sdkande,  searching. 

Perfect.  hafvande  sOkt,  having  searched. 

Sup  in  u  m.  sdkt,  searched. 

Future.  skolande  sdka,  about  searching. 


Passive  Voice. 

Indicative. 


Present. 

I  am  searched. 
Jag  sokes 
du  sokes 
han  sokes 
vi  sOkas  (es), 
I  sOkens 

* 

de  sOkas. 


Imperfect. 

I  was  searched. 
Jag  sOktes 
du  soktes 
han  sOktes 
vi  sOktes 
1  sOktens 
de  sOktes. 


Perfect.     Jag  har  sOkts,  1  have  been  searched. 

Plnperf.     Jag  hade  sOkts,  I  had  been  searched. 

Future.      Jag  skall  sOkas,  I  shall  be  searched. 

Flit.  past.  Jag  skall  hafva  sOkls,  I  shall  have  been  searched. 

Subjunctive. 

Present.     Jag  sOkes,  md  sOkas,     that  I  may  be  searched. 
Imp  erf.      Jag  sOktes,  mcUte  sOkas,  that  1  might  be  searched. 


87 

Perfect.     Jag  hafve  sokta   lli.il   I  mny  linve  been  searched. 

(ma  ha  sulds), 
Pluperf.    Jag  hade  sukts     that  I  might   have  been  searched. 

(matte  ha  sOkts), 
Con  (lit.      Jag  akulle  sokas,  I  shouhl  be  searched. 
Cond.  p.     Jag  skidle  hafva  I  should  have  been  searched. 

(ha)  sOkts, 

Imperative. 


s&ks,  be  searched 

sokes  (han),  lethim  be  searched. 


sdkoms,  let  us    be  searclied 
s6kens,    be  ye  searched. 


Infinitive. 

Present,    sdkas,  to  be  searched. 

Perfect,      hafva  .wkts,  to  have  been  searched. 
Future,      skola  sOkas,    to  be  about  to  be  searched. 

Participles. 

Present,     sdkandes,  being  searched. 

Perfect,    hafvande  sOkts,   having  been  searched,  s6kt  (PI. 

m.  sOkte,  fem.  and  n.  sOkia). 
Future,     skolande  sdkas,  being  about  to  be  searclied. 


15. 

The  3'«i  CONJUGATION. 

The  following  will  serve  as  an  example. 

Draga,  to  draw. 

Active    Voice. 

Indicative. 


Prese  n  t. 

I  draw. 

Jag  drager 
da  drager 
han  drager 


Imperfect, 

I  drew.. 
Jag  drag 
du  drog 
han  drog 


88 

vi  drage  (a)  vi  drogo 

I  dragen  1  drogen 

de  draga.  de  drogo. 

Perfect.      Jag  har  dragit,    I  have  drawn. 

Subjunctive. 

Present.     Jag  drage,  or  md  drage,  that  I  may  draw. 
Imp  erf.      Jag  droge,  that  I  might  draw. 

Imperat.     drag,     draw  —  dragen,  draw  ye. 
Supinum.  dragit,  drawn. 


Passive  Voice* 

Indicative. 


Present.     Jag  drages,  I  am  drawn. 

Imp  erf.       Jag  drogs,  I  was  drawn. 

Perfect.      Jag  har  dragits,  I  have  been  drawn.  t 

Subjunctive. 

Imp  erf,      Jag  droges,    that  I  might  be  drawn. 
vi  drogos,      that  we  might  be  drawn. 

Partic.       Perf.  dragen  (Neut.  draget,  PI.  dragne),  drawn. 


16. 

Examples. 


I  dag  har  jag  arbetat  for  tva  dagar.  —  Elden*  sprakar^ 
—  Se^  huru''  smeden  rar  pa^  metallen.  —  Friden  stores^  — 
Sitt  icke  sa  bedrOfvad.  —  Hvad  har  du  glomt'?  —  Jag  for- 
behSller^  mig  att  N.  inte  utdelar^  nagra  almosor*®.  —  Honom 
skuUe  jag  forOdmjuka ".  —  Helena  och  Axel  inkomma'l  — 
Han  ma  rSddas'^  —  Jag  spadde^*  alltid''  sa.  —  Gud  har 
skapat*^  verlden.  —  Barnen  hafva  blifvit  skapade.  —  Mennis- 

1  e/rf,  fire.  2  spraka,  to  crackle.  3  se,  see.  4  how.  5  ra  pa,  to 
get  the  better  of.  6  stora,  to  disturb.  7  glomma,  to  forget.  8  fdr- 
behalta  sig,  to  reserve  oneself.  9  vldela,  to  distribute.  10  at- 
mosa,  alms.  11  to  humble.  12  to  come  in.  13  rddda,  to  save. 
14  spa  J  to  foretell.     15  always.     16  skapa,  to  create. 


89 

korna  hafva  skapals.  —  J  haden  stiillt  till"  en  liten  bal.  — 
Skynda'*  dig  I  —  Skall  jag  kedjas'*  i  evighet?  —  Vi  skola 
losa  dina  kedjor'^".  —  I  niorgon  skolen  J  ha'  skattat^'.  — 
Glomiiien  aldrig^^,  mina  barn,  alt  alska  mig.  —  MStte  Gud 
lOna"  er  far.  —  Han  gar  bort  fran  sin  van.  —  Den  mOrda- 
des  blod  skulle  pryda  er  slagga^'.  —  Bandet  Sr  slitet^'  mel- 
lan^'  OSS.  —  Valan^^  sa  g§I  rym  bort^  med  bedragarn^'.  — 
Vi  aro  strafTade^"  nog^'.  —  Han  skyr  mig.  —  En  man  som 
friat  tilP''  henne.  —  En  alskad  maka.  —  De  voro  generade 
for  att  helsa  pa^'  mig.  —  Det  skulle  ha  varit  roligt^\  —  Det 
viintade  jag  inte.  —  Den  pjes^^  som  nu  lemnas  i  allmanhe- 
tens^^  bander  bar  bbfvit  dOpt"  och  kallad  med  det  namn.  — 
Giidi^®  klagadt^M  —  Jag  alskade  honom.  —  Om  ni  horde 
delta?  —  J  retadens. —  Tacksamheten ''"  for  alt"'  man  vardat 
min  barndom  och  beskyddat  min  mor  binder  mig  nu  vid  en 
slagf*^,  hvars  stollhet  jag  afskyr,  och  hvars  nadeg&lva,  det 
namn  jag  bar"',  maste  betalas  med  min  lefnads  lycka.  — 
Han  akte""  efter  hasten"^  —  Ett  vilddjurs"^  sinne  bodde"' 
inom  ''^  honom. 

17  stalla  till,  to  arrange.  18  make  haste.  19  kedja,  to  chain.  20  the 
chain.  21  skatta,  to  pay  taxes.  22  never.  23  reward.  24  the 
hammer.  25  slita,  to  tear.  26  between.  27  well  then.  28  rymma 
bort^  to  escape.  29  the  impostor.  30  straffu,  to  punish.  31  enough. 
32  fria  till,  pay  courtship  to.  33  to  salute.  34  agreeable.  35  piece 
(theatrical).  36  the  public.  37  dbpa,  to  baptize.  38  Gudi  (anti- 
quated Dative  from  „Gud''),  God.  39  klaga,  to  complain.  40  gra- 
titude. 41  that.  42  kindred,  family.  43  bara,  to  bear.  44  aka, 
to  drive.  45  hast,  horse.  46  wild  animal.  47  bo,  dwell. 
48  within. 

17. 

The  Kdleclive  Verbs. 

The  Reflective  Verbs  in  Swedish  are  formed  by  the  Per- 
sonal Pronouns:   mig,  dig,  sig,  oss,  er,  sig,  as: 

gifta  sig,  to  marry  oneself, 

Jag  gifler  mig,  I  marry  myself, 

/  giften  er,  you  marry  yourself, 

giften  I  er?  do  you   marry? 

Some  are  conjugated   as  Deponentia,    i.  e.  they  take  the 
terminations  of  the  Passive,  without  having  ils  definition,  as: 

glddjas,  to  rejoice  oneself, 

Jag  glddjes,    I  rejoice  myself. 


90 

18. 

The  Intraiisitife  Verbs. 

Many  intransitive  verbs  are  conjugated  in  Swedish  only 
with  Jiafva".  The  verb  to  strike,  is  used  in  Swedish  as  a 
transitive  and  intransitive  verb,  as: 

the  clock  has  struck:  klocken  har  slagit 

and:  klocken  dr  slagen. 


19. 

hnpersonai  Verbs 

are  only  used  in  the  3"^*^  Person  Singular  of  the  various  tenses, 

as:  blixtra^  to  lighten 

det  blixtrar,  it  lightens 

det  Uixtrade,  it  lightened 

det  skall  blixtra,     it  will  lighten. 


20. 

Examples. 


Vara  bOner*  skola  niotas^  i  den  hinimel,  som  hojer  sig 
Ofver  alia  folk^  och  lander.  —  Ett  enda  ord"*  behofdes  af  din 
far.  —  Nu  en  kyss,  innan''  vi  skiljas".  —  Under  ett  falskt 
namn  har  du  intrangt  i  mitt  bus.  —  Jag  minus'  detta  val.  — 
Det,  tycker  jag^,  kunde  han  gora.  —  Sansa^  er,  unge  man  I 

—  De  hadangangne  I'rojdas'"  icke  af  att  se  tarar  i  mina  Ogon. 

—  Han  bras  pa  far  sin.  —  J  hafven  trangts  i  dorrn.  — 
Hans  hopp*^  har  tyckts  hvila  pa  haus  faders  likkista^^;  redan 
han  ser  honom  nalkas^^  grafven.  —  De  ha'  kommit  pa  den 
tanken'^  —  Han  ar  inte  kommen  pa  den  tanken.  —  Det 
regnai-'^  och  haglar^^  —  Det  blixtrade  och  askade"  igar.   ■ 

1  prayer.  2  meet.  3  people.  4  word.  5  before.  6  depart.  7  min- 
nas,  to  remember.  8  it  appears  to  me.  9  recollect.  10  to  rejoice. 
11  hope.  12  coffin.  13  to  draw  near.  14  Die  thought.  15  to 
rain.     16  to  hail.     17  to  thunder. 


91 


tf, 

e 

CO 

S 

s  s 

<w 

04 

-^ 

<4^ 

QJ 

g 

Oh 

i-C 

-o 

xO 

-O*.^ 

•O 

••o 

~     ^  5U      S 

»^  ,^      - 

C*"  <>'      "^^ 

<-.  J^    s 

-O  -2>  1.0 


5ii    ^    **    »o    o 

■^  ~«  "^  'TS  -:' 


•:,       5U       *-. 
*..      r-      <4j 

J".      -^      ;2 


e 

s 
c 

•  mm 

s 
CO 


i;      .      .      .      . 

*o     •         -^     •'!?:.•<»»  .     .     .  ^,  -^  "O     .     .     •  .*- 


-S        -^  ':::  "i?    S  -^  •«  >-  ^        •'^  -i<; 


k 

o 

© 

V 

^ 

-e 

^ 

b. 

■-'?r5 

O) 

•o 

Ut 

04 

OS 

ff 

•«.* 

MH 

i^ 

bJD 


>0  (.O  ►o'nO  ►C>»<i"0"0<5^C>'^'^ 


535 


I      I 


I      i 


I      I 


I     I     I 


on 


a 

CO 


TO 

>     O 


•o 


-«  h 


^ 


5-. 


1^  ^ 


•to 


^••^ 


53 


.o  i«)  »o^i«>  fO"0»C)-«iS'>C5»c>~c:~s 


■as 


1^ 
<a) 


s  ^<t^< 


I       I       I 


a> 


CO 


.=  .ti    ^    S    t-    S    s    !-    «    ^^    "^^    -      -      -^  ^ 

.S^.«      Urn    J^    J^    JZ    -^      W 

ocoooooooooocoocooc 


s 
c 


Qi 
•o 


CM 

•'A 


e 
^ 

"« 


^    «    errs  g    « 

>•    s.»_    t^      *.      V5 


pO  kO  fO'xO  f"©  "O  -o  -o  -o  "O  ^:  ^5  ^!  ^!  ^i 


S    e    ~« 


r  tt    5J 


92 


4> 

a. 

CO 

ea 

Oh 

CO 

CL, 


"S. 


«3 


S5 
to 


^   S   "li  IP   ^   '^ 


CTi^cnoscrjcj^c^scrrj 


"e  ~«  "e  2i 

•<r^    S       ^      5 


^ 
« 


5^   i   s    i 


^ 


C5.    i' 


'C 


«S5    O^    O^    Ol 


^     S^     5-  ^53 
<S5  Os  ^  ^ 


o 

&J0 


^      V.      ^    _^      ^      !» 

sj     "^     _     _  "^^ 


«    *^    ^     R,c?i-» 
^    _     S    ••(3  '^    -« 

e^     'cw     •c**^  ^-^.i 


J*.    •«« 


••?3    V. 


I 

IS 


'53    SS 


,<  ^«£  -=:  -itf 


o  — ^  ** 

^    CO  '^ 

•<:~^     C      <ii      CS  G 


e  — ^ 

•O    53 


5«. 


OjCJ5&s53iC3l05&sOj 


=0 


OA 
d 


o 


•o 


•■c> 


I;  I;  ^ 


1^ 


-<  ^ 


53      I       • 

S  «  5ri 
t,  ixi  2^ 

> 

•^    000 

c 


*S 

> 


o  o 


-a 

CO 


Ci-jq   oa   «  '^    tie 


o   o   o   o   o   o 
■^^  ■♦J  *j  ■»-*  .t-i  ♦J 


•  •  -2     • 

•  05    re    t« 

O     ™     O)     03 

rs  ^  ^    eo 
0000 


^-^•H 


^  S^  2  5 

i^  ^  -s  .^ 

0000 


B     -  c  «  e  e  ^» 


53 

-as 

53 

53 

5? 

5? 

^ 

!3 

53 
5^ 

^ 

53 

^ 

■^j 

*=) 

e 

«o 

•■^ 

•^ 

3$ 

-53 

S 

5?5 

-SS 

1-^ 

^ 

-as 

i-SS 

^ 

9i 


93 


2    - 


CO 

a 

0^ 


S  ^  S 

5     Sin   ^ 

c>   s^   s 
-^  -ic  -is 


1  -"^ 


<u 


<4i 


e   -^   •=•  -^ 

_    53    S:    <ii  -:s  -^    — 
2^-^  ^  -2^  Oi  ^  ^i  ■•«o^   s  5r  ^   «   «  :^ 


s 

9 

.s 

"a. 

s 


tfe 


to 


^  -i;  -i-  -2^ 


o^. 


•^     *^     '^v.       2*      ■•^       V3 


■ii 


^ 


5C 


o 
o    5^    S 


a 

m 
9i 


« 

.^^'S 


o 


C35 


^  ^  -i;  ^ 


«} 


5^ 

an 


o   ^   J2   S 

.i:   -i<!   -^   r^ 


I 

O) 

-Q 

O 


.Z.      =    l>    >  — 

-     o  ^   £   5 

c      X    ~    C    *- 


«      o    «^ 


►5     o 


o  o  o 


o 


^  »    Si    s,  -S 

S      <&H   i~yH    Cj-<    i* 


"e 

^   i^j 


.  'as  "«    »  ^   i»   J*3 

S  -^  =o  ssi  >5  --Q  e  ^  § 


<5i 


•^    cl   .^     1-e    •■« 

S   ft   8   g   CM  <=jH 


<» 


5- 


<i> 


V 


^ 


•13 


A> 


s  s   S»  ^^  S-  S.  »  -^ 


>    s 


^ 
"« 


a; 


5»> 

c 
o 


«    S    O 
-1  O)    S    ®  ^    '^ 


O) 


-a 
p    to     .      .      .   *-'   -^ 

X     V     C  •—  .~     —     O   •  — 


3  ~ 


o   o   q   o   o   o 


oooooocooooocooc 


I  «  « 

*=>    -^    5S      •- 
-is  -ij  •i:  -^ 


•««  "".-i  •»<>  >>*J>  ~^-^»  •■>««' f^  ~^  o*^     $S     «5     S     «^     «^     ^^  O"  0^<  ^ 


5s     «  «3   «   e   -T 


^T    .  e     .  e  cT  ^ 

5   C:   ^  e   ^  -2  ^ 

V3 


94 


^ 

c^ 

CO 

ft- 

S 
<» 

fi 

so 

•o 

-6 
<>* 

•*> 

krifven 
kuren 

O 

s 

Oh 

*** 

5?^ 

5£ 

C/5 

VD 

Vi 

CO 

V5 

I       CO      >-. 

CO 

s 

s 
c 

s 
C/2 


CO 


CO 


CO 

o 


«*» 


~!S    S    S    sj  .s 


«ow5Cows'co'ecre»scocoeoco«5 


■i 

<o 

5?5  ^  -'^S    "te   ,»  i«is     5^ 
-2    §    S    S    o    S^  cu, 

CO      «0      C/J      CO      CO      CO      co^ 


e 

S 


^  ^ 


§^ 


-2    S    S    S    o    ?i,  S5h 
CO    CO    «c    eo     CO     «o^  co^ 


CO 


•  •          • 

•  •        • 

•  • 

•  • 

Ho 

•       CO 

•     '"^a 

o    o 

cj^-i;  -r- — s, 

S    S£    S    © 

co'   co-fis  ,4:; 

CO       CO 


ftj 


1^ 


S    S    S   ."lij  -^ 


CO 


o«    !S    «s  •'51 -^ -^ -^ -i<s -is -^ -is 

co&5''seo*'o*s«o«ocococo 


CO 


0:1 


CO 


CO 


O  — - 

■2  ,» 


CO 


<4i 

^  a  S  g 


CO    CO    ws    CO    CO    CO    CO 


I       I 


CO 


a. 

CO 


c 

en 


Ctt 


CO 


In. 


5n. 


^^^cocococo'cococococo     CO 


-is 

CO 


1^ 

-as 

CO 


CO 


CO 


^  ^  ^  ^  ^  ~ 

-5  a  §  s  o  ?i,  Si 

CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  co^ 


>    -a 
•-  I 

a      O 


CO 

O 


•  •    •    •  "^    • 

'        *   •   •  tp      ' 

•  •      •      •   "^^      • 


ooooooooooooo 


0? 
CO 

o 


o   o   c    o   o   o   o 


60 
a 
'iZ 

c 


.a 


e 
s 


S.      2;      cS    ^-^      «*»     .^^     i*id 

~5    ^     'c-i     -.^     •c-^'~»,  -s.^  l-SS    "«<:    riC    »iC    -iC    '"«i 
*»       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO       CO 


C^*^  3  e  e  £ 
_  §  S  s  o  ?5h  sa; 

CO   CO   CO   CO   CO   CO   CO 


ots 


1^ 

so 


95 


CA 


^^^         e^      c«      c^      e^      c^      ------       -         -^       ■«      ._ 


^   ^   -w  ft^ 


'^ 


V5       C/i      Oj       CC       CO       05 


o 


^^    -» 


S 

e 

'5- 

3 


5/5      «C 


'V 

a 


-is 


V5 


c:   2   »    »   s    « 

V-.       VJ       CC       CC       C/}       V5 


«5 


^ 


»  s 


-2^   »  -^ 

"T2 


f'^    *«i    '♦o    <»j'  »-j 


o 


CT5 


S 


V 


« 


5-  -"«  -^ 


^ 


^ 


o 
=0 


«»5 


^ 


=0 


CQCO»3V3CCV3CO^'>»^>^     '**»     '*>^     '**' 


o?3 


03 


o 


;::£>£>» 


Cm 


I 


I 


c 

CO 


^ 
V 


V3 


¥-8 


*.r^     ^*^        ^#^        r^\        C^^ 


•IS    Jn. 

^    s>   a   »  -IS  •■«  -e 


cip    V5</JCO«5«/35/5V5C/3tO<C!/S'»«"»>* 


^    5^    «S   ^ 


?^   *-   i- 


o   o 


•         •         •         •  (?j 

3;    c    >  --7    ^    o 


oooooo^^o 


0000000 


o    o 

tC     OJ     4J     C 

^  t:  -C  J2  -:* 


o   o   c   c   o 


a 
a 


°s 


a   a 


!S      

•a   ct5- 
a  -^s  ■■=: 


v;);c<QvjV3C/9«3<^V3V2Co«0 


^  ^    i    §    ^ 


96 


OJ 

''^ 

Cl, 

1 

■*-3 

1 

^ 

(/I 

s.^    ^_ 

f-id 

SO 

(*«• 

s 

nS 

• 

s 

s 

"« 

:2 

•« 

so 

CL, 

» 

s 

•^ 

^ 
s 

» 

S) 

» 

s> 

s> 

s> 

<» 


s 

s 
c 

'S- 

a 

WD 


e 
.«»» 


c 


s>   s>   s> 


Od    ^ — 


•^ 

i«,^ 


►le  r2  .5^ 

S     »     » 
C      I        I 


a 


o   ©   o 


ts   s   ^  >» 


.«c 


^  «^   «** 
•S   c  -^  ••«  >K<, 

S>    S)    S>    SioQ 


,  ^        OJ        ^ 

•S     •«    •«     ■   ^ 

s>   «^   s> 


•cs  ^ 


»   --(S 


1     I 


fc»  C«  C«  K, 

P  O  3  ^ 

O  O  O  O   *j 

-a  ^  o  !-   cc 

«n  o  TO  ijD  oj 

©  o  o  o   o 


e  e  s 
s>   S)   d 


.^    ^    es" 
•«  •«  5 


97 

22 

Examples. 

Skomakaren'  gOr  suloi^  —  llan  liar  sviirit  borgareden'. 

—  Han  har  fatt  lOn^  for  sin  liugfarcP.  —  Igar  salde  hon  sina 
nialmstakar^  och  satte  Ijusen^  i  en  Iriikloss.  —  Han  h(>ll  en 
predikan^  sS  att  de  grato  allesamman.  —  Jag  skref  mitl  mmn^ 

—  Det  ar  ratt  gjordt.  —  L)e  vilja  icke  fOrsla'°  delta.  —  Jag 
sag  honom.  —  Han  stod  der,  seende  eller  den  gaende.  — 
Den  som  sljal  min  ara,  han  tar  mitt  lif**.  —  Om*-  jag  kiinde 
fa  mina  manadspengar.  —  Det  liar  jag  icke  vetat.  —  Du 
gjorde  ratt.  —  Hvad  har  han  stulit  Iran  dig?  —  Ni  skall 
siiart'^  bli  bragt  pel  (till)  tiggarstafven'\  —  Hvem  lade  sten 
efler  sten  pS  detta  turn*^?  —  Han  log  at  min  fruktan*^  — 
De  hade  slagit  lager  i  staden.  —  Han  dt  milt  nadebrod.  — 
Hvad  har  ni  gifvit  honom?  —  Han  utdrog  en  lada  och  fram- 
tog  ett  eini.  —  Arma,  ofvergifna"  Laura  1  —  Loftet  ar  adagdt. 

—  Han  har  gjort  mig  en  vanljenst.  —  Hur  gerna  gafve  jag 
allt  liir  att  fa  detta.  —  Han  gaf  mig  intet.  —  Han  dog  pa 
friimmande'^  jord.  —  Vi  fingo  brefvet.  —  Hvar  bar  ni  fall 
delta.  —  Min  son  ar  alerfunnen.  —  Han  foil  ned  pa  sina 
kniin'*  och  grei  billcrt.  —  Ingen  tordes  siiga  sadant.  —  Han 
torkar^°  fiirstulet  en  lar  ur  sitt  Oga.  —  Vi  aro  bedragne.  — 
Det  fanns  mildbet  i  ditt  bjerta!  —  Han  dolde  sig.  —  Jag 
har  bundit   honom.    —   Hon   lag   der  och  ni  lat  henne  ligga. 

—  Sa  lange  bans  bjerta  slog.  —  Han  bade  afbrutit  nagot.  — 
Osedd  borer  han  hennes  ord.  —  Han  bar  dott  fOr  mig.  — 
Byran"  ar  iippbruten,  en  stohP^  ar  begangen.  —  Jag  ar  be- 
stulen  af  min  son  och  bedragen  af  min  doende  dotter.  — 
Han  klappar^^  pa  min  slutna  dorr.  —  Han  dolde  sitt  nyss 
skrifna  bref.  —  Det  blef  sagdt.  —  Hon  har  dragit  sin  sista 
suck.  —  De  aro  borldragne.  —  Har  ban  gifvit  dig  allt?  — 
Allt  iir  gifvet.  —  De  vundna  pengar.  —  Ett  langvuxel  skiigg". 

—  Jag  bar  funnit  min  son.  —  iMitt  barn  jlr  funnel. 

1  shoemaker.  2  sole.  3  allegiance.  4  reward.  5  pride.  G  bronze 
candlestick.  7  candle.  8  sermon.  9  name.  10  understand. 
11  life.  12  if.  13  soon.  14  beggar.  15  lower.  16  fear.  17  (o 
neglect.  18  strange.  19  knee.  20  to  dry.  21  desk.  22  theft. 
23  to  knock.     24  beard. 


Leiistrom's  Swedish  Grammar. 


98 


23 
Adverbs. 

1.  The  Adverbs  are  formed  from  the  adjective  by  taking 
the  neuter  of  ihe  adjective,  or  by  adding  to  the  root  Jigen" 
or  Jiga",  or  if  the  adjective  ends  in  lig,  by  adding  en  or  t. 

2.  Those  ending  in  ig,  without  an  J"  before  this  termi- 
nation, and  the  Partic.  l*erf.  past,  only  add  „«",  as:  klok, 
clever,  klokt;  —  sakta,  quiet,  sakta,  sakteligen  or  sakteUga. 

3.  Adverbs  admit  a  comparison,  as:  han  handlar  klokt, 
klokare,  klokast,  he  acts  wisely,  more  wisely,  most  wisely. 

4.  Irregular  are:  vdl  (bra,  godt),  good  —  bdltre,  better, 
bast,  best  —  ilia  (ddligt),  bad  —  vdrre  (sdm),  worse,  vdrst 
(sdmst),  worst  —  mycket,  much  —  mer,  more  —  mest,  most. 


24. 
1.  Adverbs  of  Place. 


AUestddes, 

everywhere 

hit. 

hither 

annorstddes, 

elsewhere 

hit  at. 

this  way 

bak,     1 
bakom, \ 

behind 

hitintill. 

hitherto,  to  this 

hdr. 

here          [time 

bland, 

between 

hdri, 

here  in 

bort, 

away 

hdrifrdn. 

from  hence 

borta,  borte. 

absent 

hdrvid. 

herewith 

ddr,  der. 

there 

hdr  och  der. 

here  and  there 

derifran, 

therefrom 

hvar  ? 

where  ? 

der  och  hvar. 

here   and  there 

hvarifran  ? 

whence? 

deremellan, 

betwixt 

hvarest, 

where 

dit. 

thither 

hvari. 

where-in 

dit  in. 

yonder  there 

hvaribland. 

among  which 

dit  ut, 

out  there 

hvarifran. 

whence 

fram, 

9 

forward 

hvaromkring. 

where  abouts 

fram  me, 

in  front 

hvarpd, 

where-upon 

framdt. 

forward 

hvar  till. 

whereunto 

framtill. 

before 

hvartunder. 

by  which 

framfOre, 

in  the  front 

hvaruti(hvanit 

-where-in 

fOrbi, 

by,  past 

innan), 

hem, 

home 

hvarutafver, 

where-at 

hemma. 

at  home 

hvarvid. 

whereto 

99 


hvardfver, 

al  which 

ofvanpd, 

upon 

in. 

ill 

of  van  ifrdn, 

down  from  above 

inne, 

within 

pa, 

on,  upon 

innanfdre, 

from  wilhiii 

pa  langt  hall, 

in  the  distance 

ingenstddes, 

nowhere 

pa   or   till  1 

hoger ,    pa   or   till 

langtf 

far 

venaler, 

to  the  right,  lelt 

midt. 

midst 

qvar, 

behind 

ned, 

down 

tillbaka,  tilli 

ygga,  hackwards 

nedanfOre, 

below 

till  motes, 

against 

nedantill, 

underneath 

widan, 

away 

nere  (nedre), 

below 

up, 

up 

nerf6re(nedf6 

re) 

,  downwards 

nppe, 

above 

nederst, 

lowest 

vppdt, 

upwards 

ndgonstddes, 

anywhere 

ut. 

out 

ndr  (ndra), 

near 

ute. 

without 

ndst  (ndrmai 

n), 

next 

utan, 

outside 

omkriiKj,  ikri\ 

«£/» 

about 

nt  an  till. 

from    outside 

opp  (upp). 

up 

utfOr, 

without,  out. 

25. 

Examples. 

Han  sUrider*  framat  och  vandrar^  upp  till  skogen,  och 
ner  till  kalian^  der  hloinnior''  viixte.  —  lion  dromde^  sig  in 
i  bergets  skOna  kryslallsalar.  —  Vi  gingo  ut.  —  Vi  hlefvo 
qvar.  —  Den  gigantiska  hergkedjan®  stracker'  sig  veslerut  och 
sOderut.  —  Har  stodo  vi  nara  forsen^  som  stortade  sig  ned  i 
djupen®,  hvar  morkret'"  herrskar^'  och  der  blolt^^  ormfOdan" 
bor.  —  Har  ar  min  van.  —  Forsarne  storta  sig  utfor  bergen 
ned  i  afgrunderna^*  och  jag  stSr  midt  ihland  dessa  scener.  — 
Det  var  roligtl  —  Haiitastenar  beraita  dunkelt  om  de  maktiga 
som  varil.  —  Har  bor  elt  folk.  —  Jag  gar  hem.  —  Ar  lian 
hemma?  —  Kom  hit  I  —  Vi  resa  hlirifran.  —  Pa  andra  sidan 
om  elfven^\  —  Bakom  huset,  deri  vi  bodde.  —  Hvarifran  kom 
du?  —  Vi  funno  honom  ingenstades.  —  Nagonstades  maste 
ban  vara.  —  Trakten'"  haromkring  ar  vild  och  dyster'^  — 
Du  gode  gifvare  der  ofvan.  —  Forsen  hvarvid  jag  lag. 

1  advance.  2  Mander.  3  spring.  4  flower.  5  dream.  6  mountain- 
chain.  7  extend.  8  stream.  9  depth.  10  dark.  11  reign. 
12  only.  13  vipers  and  serpents.  14  abyss.  15  stream,  river. 
16  tract,  region.     17  dark. 


IOC 


26. 

2.  AdTcrb 

of  Time. 

m, 

already 

Idngesen, 

for  some  time 

af  alder, 

of  old 

medan. 

during 

all  t  id, 

always 

nu, 

now 

aldrig, 

never 

nu  far  tiden, 

at  present 

hittida, 

early 

nyligen. 

lately 

derefter. 

afterwards 

numera, 

now 

derpd. 

thereupon 

nyss. 

just  now 

da, 

then 

ndnsin. 

ever 

da  och  da, 

now  and  then 

ofta. 

often 

emedlertid. 

meanwhile 

om  morgonen, 

in  the  morning 

da  fOrtiden, 

at  that  time 

om  mornarne, 

in  the  mornings 

for  do  m, 

formerly 

om  aftonen, 

in  the  evening 

fOrrdn, 

ere,  before 

om  aftnarne, 

in  the  evenings 

forut, 

before,  formerly 

om  f6rmiddagen,\n  the  forenoon 

framdeles. 

in  future 

omeftermidddgt 

m,  in  the  after- 

hit tills. 

hitherto 

noon 

hddanefter. 

afterwards 

om  aret. 

yearly 

innan, 

before 

om  veckan, 

weekly 

i  ons,  ihjons, 

lately 

om  dagen. 

in  the  day 

ibland, 

sometimes 

om  natten, 

at  night 

i  dag. 

to-day 

pa  nytt. 

newly 

igen, 

again 

pa  en  gang. 

at  once 

i  gar,  ^ 

yesterday 

pa  stunden, 

forthwith 

i  fOrgar, 

the   day    before 

i  dfvermorgon, 

the   day    a  iter 

yesterday. 

to-morrow 

imorgon(imorron),  to-morrow 

redan, 

already 

i  morse, 

this  morning 

rdlinu. 

soon 

i  afton,\ 
i  qvdll,] 

this  evening 

sedan, 
sent. 

afterwards 
late 

i  aftes  (i  gar 

afton),  yesterday 

snart. 

soon 

evening 

strax, 

directly 

i  fjor  (i  fjol), 

,  last  year 

sdllan, 

rarely 

i  veckan, 

weekly 

tills,  till, 

until 

i  dr. 

in  this  year 

undertiden, 

sometimes 

innan. 

within 

dnnu,  an. 

not  till  now 

innan  kort. 

shortly 

dter, 

again 

i  lid. 

in  time 

drligen. 

yearly 

i  otid, 

at  the  wrong  time 

dtiyo, 

again. 

Idnge, 

long 

101 


27. 
Examples. 
Han  gaf  aldrig  befallning*  om  nSgot.  —  Hon  salt,  som 
vanligt,  forsjiinken^  i  tyst^  svarmorr,  ocli  framfOr  henne  ISg 
en  bok  i  hvilken  hon  nyligen  hade  liist;  liiiiefter  Stertog^  hon 
sin  fOrra  slallning*.  —  Han  §ter  vagade  delta.  —  1  dag  fingo 
vi  elt  bref.  —  Jag  fick  brclvet  i  forger.  —  I  fjor  bar  jag  varit 
i  Paris.  —  Min  Onskan'  nnmera  ar  att  vara  allena.  —  Hon 
gick  nu.  —  Hon  skref  slutligen®  foljande'  bref.  —  Det  Hr 
lOr  sent.  —  Han  kan  ej  mera  se.  —  Jag  ser  iinnu  intet  mal. 
—  Delta  ar  ibiand  fOrfiirHgt  *".  —  Da  skuUe  ban  icke  do.  — 
Han  skall  komma  innan  kort.  —  Jag  grater  om  dagen  och 
om  natten.  —  Jag  onskar  dagen  vore  Ofver  igen.  —  Fordom 
alskade  jag  bonom,  nu  for  tiden  ar  ban  mig  bkgiltig"  och 
snart  skall  jag  bata'^  bononi.  —  Jag  sag  bonom  nyss.  —  Jag 
kommer  strax. 

1  order,  command.  2  sink  into.  3  still,  dumb.  4  melancholy.  5  to 
retake.  6  position.  7  the  wish.  8  finally.  9  following.  10  ter- 
rible.    11  indifferent.     12  hate. 


28. 
3.  Adverbs  of  Number  and  Comparison. 


Allenast, 

only,  solely 

lagom. 

just  enoug 

aUdramest, 

most 

inlet. 

nothing 

alldeles, 

entirely 

mera, 

more 

en  gang, 

once 

mindre, 

less 

en  annan  gang, 

another  time 

minst, 

least 

endast, 

only  alone 

mycke,  mycket,  very  much 

bara, 

only 

nog. 

enough 

bra, 

very 

nogsamt, 

sulficienlly 

blott, 

only 

ndgongdng, 

sometimes 

ytterst. 

extremely 

ndgot. 

something 

for, 

for  mycket. 

too 

too  much 

ndgorlunda, 

f  something 
\  somehow 

ganska. 

quite 

odndligen, 

infinitely 

hOgst, 

at  most 

rikeligen, 

sufficiently 

foga, 

little,  not  very 

rati. 

rightly 

just, 

just  so 

till. 

to,  till 

knappt, 

scarcely 

tcLmligen, 

tolerably 

litet, 

little 

Ofvermdttan, 

excessively. 

102 


29. 
Examples. 
Jag  sag  honom   en  gang   och  henne  nagongSng. 


En 

annangang  skall  du  icke  fa  detta.  —  Jag  ville  bara  se  honom 
annu  en  gang. 


-  Jag  skall  blott  fa  veta,  hvad  du  allid  bar 
nekat\  —  Han  begiirde^  mycket,  men  jag  gaf  bonom  intet. 
—  Hon  blef  bra  ond^,  ocb  bade  fOga  lust  att  fOrsvara'*  bo- 
nom. —  Sadant  ar  aldeles  icke  en  helig^  pligt®.  —  Del  ar 
nagorlunda  vigtigt'.  —  Han  lyckte  oandligen  derom. 

1  to  deny.     2  to  demand.     3  cross.     4  to  defend.     5  holy,  sacred. 
6  duty,     7  important. 


30. 

4.   AdTcrbs  of  Manner  and  Hind. 

Annars, 

else 

gOraenilag,  io  please  one 

annorlunda, 

olbervvise 

i  sender,       at  a  time 

bom, 

amiss 

/  sOnder,       asunder 

bra, 

well 

inbOrdes,       among  oneanotber 

hlindvis. 

at  random 

Iditeligen  (Idtt),  easily 

bakfram, 

awkwardly 

Idngt  ifrdn  att,  far  from 

hakldnges, 

backwards 

likasd,     \      ,., 

1.1   1  J     >     hkewise 

likaledes,] 

baJivdnd(, 

preposterously 

enligt. 

conformably 

miste,            amiss 

enkom, 

solely 

med  rdtta,    in  justice 

eljest. 

else,  otbervvise 

makligen,      comfortably 

fafdngt,    1 

noga,            exactly 

forgdfves,] 

111      Vdlll 

ofOrvarandes,  accidentally 

fort, 

quickly 

pa  ma  fa,      at  random 

for  intet. 

for  notbing 

rent  af,        outrigbt 

for  ro  skull. 

in  jest 

rent  ut,        simply 

falskt, 

falsely 

rdlt  frain,    straight  forward 

gerna, 

willingly 

sa   sdledes,  salunda,  so  tbus 

hogt, 

aloud 

sammalundd,  equally 

hdndelsevis, 

by  accident 

sa  der,         ibus  —  tbus     [by 

ilia, 

badly 

smaningom,  by  degrees,  by  and 

i  go  do, 

amicably 

sakla,            quietly 

i  synnerhet, 

especially 

sinsemellan,  amongst  each  other 

i  synen, 

in  Ibe  face 

svarligen,      wiib  difliculty 

i  smyg, 

secretly 

sa  vid  lag,  so  about 

103 


sOnder, 

broken 

tillfots, 

on   foot 

till  och  med, 

even 

ntrikes, 

aliroad 

tvdrt, 

all  at  once 

ntantill, 

hy  heart 

tvdrt  af. 

clean  of 

tyst. 

silently 

tvdrt  om, 

on   the  contrary 

vdl. 

well 

tillsalu, 

for  sale 

a  rad. 

in  turn 

tillkorta. 

too  short 

dfvensa , 

equally  so 

till  ho  pa,      1 
tillsamman,] 

together 

(jfverens, 
afverhufvud, 

agreed 

on  an  average 

till  handa,] 

at  hand 

Omsesidig, 

reciprocal 

till  hands,] 

Omsevis, 

variable. 

till  fata, 

at  the  feet 

31. 

Examples. 

SSledes  maste  jag  fa  doM  —  Det  Sr  val  gjordt.  —  Hon 
sade  sakta,  jag  ser  dig  gerna.  —  Det  var  fSfangt.  —  Kan  du 
se  din  far  arligt^  i  ogonen?  —  Jag  bar  just  ett  Srende^  till 
Er.  —  De  gingo  tillhopa.  —  De  vaxte  smaningom.  —  Det  ar 
sakert  en  stor  summa.  —  Det  kan  inte  bh  annorlunda,  det 
maste  vara  salunda.  —  Det  ar  bia. 
gen  om.  —  Vi  togo  misle'* 
Utan  tvifveP  kiinner  ni  honom.  —  Jag  ar  till  och  med  Ofver- 
tygad.  —  Alskens  inbOrdesl  —  Han  sade  det  pa  mafa.  — 
Tyst,  for  himlens  skull.  —  De  ofverfollo^  honom  oforvarandes. 

—  Vi  mottes   handelsevis  pa  gatan. 

3  commission.     4  to  go  astray.      5  without 


Han  vander  sig  makli- 
—  Han    sag   no;,^a    pS   mio^. 


Jag  kommer  tillkorta 


1  to  die. 
doubt. 


2  lionest. 
6  a  Hack. 


32. 
5.  Iiulefiiiite  Adverbs. 


Alldeles  inte  (icke),  by  no  means 
alls  inte,  not  at  all 

ej,  not 

ej  heller,  neither 

fdrmodlirjen,  probably 

hdller,  hdlire  (hellre),   rather 


hdlst  (helsl),  much  rather 

far  in  gen  del,  by  no  means 

icke  (inte),  not  (nothing) 

i  alia  fall,  at  any  rate 

icke  en  gang,  not  once 

ingalunda,  in   no  wise 


104 


icke  dess  mindre, 

not  withstand- 

manne? 

if  perhaps? 

ing 

min  sann! 

my  faith! 

icke  det  minsta, 

not  in  the  least 

ma  gdra, 

very  well  I 

ihjdl, 

to  death 

ndr,  sa  ndr, 

nearly  about 

jo,  yes  (in  replj 

'  to  a  negation) 

ndslan, 

almost 

ja, 

yes 

nej, 

no 

ja  men, 

0  yes 

sannerligen, 

surely 

ju, 

yes,  surely 

sdkert, 

certainly 

ju  —  ju, 

the  —  the 

nngefdr, 

about 

kanske, 

perhaps 

vida, 

far 

likvdl,  likvist, 

nevertheless 

vdlan, 

well  then. 

33. 

Exam 

pies. 

kv  ni  lyrklig?  —  Det  ar  jag  alldeles  icke.  —  Manne  det 
ar  sannt?  —  Koni  hit,  ju  forr,  ju  battre.  —  Det  vill  jag 
heller  icke  gOra.  —  Jag  ville  heist  resa*  till  Wien,  i  alia  fall 
blir  jag  icke  i  Hamburg.  —  Kanske  ni  reser  med  mig.  — 
Du  bar  min  sann  ralt'^  —  Nej,  jag  gar  icke  allena.  —  Hon 
foil  till  bans  fotter,  icke  dess  mindre  vagrade^  han  henne 
f(5rlatelse\  —  Heter^  det  icke  sa?  jo,  min  van.  —  Hvad  ar 
klockan  manne? 

1  travel.    2  right.     3  refuse.    4  pardon.     5  to  call,  to  name. 


34. 
Prepositions. 

1.  Simple  Prepositions. 


^f. 

from,  out 

bland, 

amongst 

efter, 

behind,  after 

enligt. 

according 

[ran, 

from 

for, 

for 

genom. 

through 

hos. 

with,  by 

if 

in 

jemte,  near,  by,  beside 

kring,  around 

Idngs,  along 

med,  with 

medelst,  by  means  of 

mellav,  between 

mot,  against,  towards 

om,  on,  over 


pa, 


on,  upon,  to 


105 


till,  to 

under,  under 

wr,  out 

utan,  ulom,  without 


vid,       near,  by 

at,         against,  on,  to 

afver,    over. 


Bakorriy 

ibland^ 

ifran, 

framfdry 

igenom, 

innanfOVy 

intill, 

Hiring,  omkring, 

utmed, 

formedelst^ 

imellan,  emellan^ 

emot, 

nedanfOr^ 

ofvarifOr, 


35. 

2.    Compound  Prcitositions. 

utaf, 

utanfOr, 

hredvidy 

(in da  till, 

oahadt, 

tvdrsOfver, 


behind 

between 

from 

before 

through,  by 

within 

until 

round,  about 

along 

by  means  of 

between 

against 

below 

over,  above 

upon 


from 
out  of 
near 

until  [ing 

noth  withstand- 
opposite 


pa  denna  sidan  om,   this  side 
till  foljd  (i  fOlje)  af,  accord- 


ing to 


for  —  skull,     on    account  of 
/  stdllet  for,      instead 
i  kraft  af         by  virtue 
ya  -  vdgnarA  ^_^  ^^,^^,f  „f_ 
for  —  skull,  J 


36. 

Examples. 

Fuktdroppens^  fall*  i  djupa  grufvor'  urhalkar*  den  mark', 
pa  hvilken  den  faller.  —  Backens^  sorF  der  den  leker  sig 
frani^  mellan  grona  briiddar'.  —  Det  ar  ett  rop'°  om  glildje" 
deri.  —  Skyar'^  draga  ofver  trakten,  under  sommailika'^  dagar. 
—  Den  skimrande*^  droppen*^  fOrskingrades*^  af  en  tillfallig*'' 
vind.  —  Vid  backens  braddar.  —  Domherrarne'*  med  purpur- 
brost  boppade'^  pa  den  klara  snOn'^".  —  Han  kom  at  alt 
ploja    upp'^*  sin   jord  mellan  snovallarne^*  rundt  omkring.  — 

1  rain  drops.  2  fall.  3  mines.  4  to  undermine.  5  ground.  6  the 
stream.  7  murmur.  8  to  wind  round  from.  9  bank.  10  cry. 
11  joy.  12  cloud.  13  summer-like.  14  glitter.  15  drop.  16  to 
scatter.  17  accidental.  18  bullfinch.  19  jump.  20  snow. 
21  plough  up.     22  snowwall. 


106 

Man  alvte  pa  skidor^'  Ofver  fjallen^\  —  Han  lyssnar^  till  min 
asigt^^  —  De  masle  arbeta  for  dagligt  brOd.  —  Del  ar  en  sak 
af  vigt^^  —  Hon  iir  dotter  af  (till)  baron  N.  —  Det  horde 
jag  af  honom.  —  Jag  kom  fran  Paris.  —  Susannas  lijerla 
slog  af  gladje''^  —  Elan  sade  delta  for  min  skull.  —  Jag  vill 
gOra  delta  i  stallot  for  honom.    —    I  krafl   af  lagens^^  ord^°. 

—  Enligl  sin  inslinkl.  —  De  undfagnade^^  inga  komphmenter. 

—  De  vaggade  fram  ofver  grasplanen.  —  Tva  skalor^^  blefvo 
qvar  vid  boel^^  —  De  logo  detta  ur  kojan.  —  Hon  slrackle 
halsen  at  honom.  —  Jag  brydde^*  mig  ej  om  delta.  —  Jag 
fOrlorade  all  vanskap^^  for  honom. 

23  snowskates.  24  mountain.  25  listens.  26  opinion.  27  im- 
portace.  28  of  joy.  29  law.  30  wording.  31  to  treat  eacli  other. 
32  magpie.    33  nest.     34  bry  sig,  to  care  about.     35  friendship. 


37 
Idiomatic  use  of  the  Prepositious. 

Af,  utaf.     By,  of,  on,  wilh,  off. 


Denne  malning  ar  utaf  Hr.  B. 
Gossen  skickades  af  sin  fader. 
Arbelel  ar  af  varde. 
Brefvct  af  den  6*®. 
Han  tog  af  till  venster. 
De  voro  ulom  sig  af  gladje. 


This  painting  is  by  Mr.  B. 
The  boy  was  sent  by  his  father. 
The  worl<  is  of  value. 
The  letter  of  the  6*^. 
He  turned  off  to  the  left. 
They  were  beside  themselves 
wilh  joy. 


In  the  following  sentences  af  cannot  be  translated: 


Del  blef  ej  af. 

jNog   af,   du   ser   honom   inte 

mer. 
Kan  herrn  icke  sla  af  nagot? 
Han  log  lil'vet  af  sig. 
De  kladde  af  sig. 
Han  kom  af  sig. 
He  pet  gick  af. 
Han  lut  taga  af  sig. 


It  did  not  take  place. 

Well,    you  will  see    him    no 

more. 
Can  you   not  deduct  a  hllle? 
He  killed  himself. 
They  undressed. 
He  forgot  his  part. 
Tlie  rope  broke. 
He  had  his  portrait  taken. 


107 

Efter.     After,  at,  by,  according  to,  for. 

flan  kom  elter  mig.  He  came  after  me. 

Jern  saljes  efler  vigt.  Iron  is  sold  by  wcigbt. 

Jag  lanar  efter  sex  procent.  I  lend  at  six  per  cent. 

Ar  kliidet  efter  din  onskan?  Is  the  clolii  accordinw  to  vour 

wish  ? 

Soldaten  hade  skickat  efter  sin  The  soldier   had    sent  for  his 
hiist.  horse. 

Efter  is  often  used  in  a  colloquial  style  as  a  conjunction, 
in  the  meaning  of  as:  Efter  han  vUl  sd  hafoa  det ,  as  he 
will  have  it  so. 

Emot.     Against,  towards,  contrary  to. 

Jag    sprang    emot    honom    i  I  ran  against  him  in  the  dark. 

mOikret. 

De    voro    myckct    goda    emot  They  were  very   kind    to    the 

barnet.  child. 

Klockan  var  emot  12  da  han  II  was  towards  12  o'clock  when 

kom.  he  came. 

Flickan  gick  dit  emot  min  on-  The  girl  went  there  contrary 

skan.  to  my  wish. 

Vi  gingo  emot  honom.  We  went  to  meet  liim. 

For.     For,  from. 

111".  B.  rostar  icke  for  mig.         Mr.  B.  does  not  vote  for  me. 
Ingen  menniska  ar  fri  fran  fel.      No  human  being  is  free  from 

faults. 

F6r  is  used  in  the  following  idiomatical  expressions: 

Hvad  liar  hon  for  sig  nu?  What  is  she  about  now? 

Han  ville  vara  for  sig  sjelf.  He  would  be  by  himself. 

Del  skall  vlil  ga  for  sig.  That  will  surely  succeed. 

Han  rar  icke  for  det.  He  cannot  help  it. 

Tag  dig   till  vara   for  honom.  Beware  of  him. 

Det  gick  mycket  ilia  for  mig.  I  was  very  unfortunate. 

Jag  anklagade  honom  for  det.  I  accused  him  of  that. 

Genom,  igcnom.     Througli,  by. 

Barnet  gick  igenom  rununeU       The   cliilil    went   through   the 

room. 


108 


Ilan  vann  sitt  Sndamal  genom  He  gained  his  object  by  per- 

ihardjoliet.  severance. 

Genom   bonom   fick  jag   veta  I  heard  of  this  through  him. 

detta. 

Hos.     At,  witli,  in,  to,  by. 


De  hade  frammande  hos  Hr.  S. 
Boktryckaren  var  hos  bonom 

i  gar. 
Han  bor  hos  Ur.  L. 
De  hafva  aWrig  varit  hos  mig. 

Han  var  i  liira  hos  Hr.  B. 
Jag  skickar  hosfoljande  href. 
Han  hade  inga  pengar  p§  sig. 
Vi  gora  inte  sa  hos  oss. 

Kom  och  sitt  hos  mig. 

Han  afundas  dygder  hos  andra. 


They  had   a  party  at  Mr.  S*s. 

The  printer  was  with  him  yes- 
terday. 

He  lives  at  Mr.  L's. 

They  have  never  been  at  my 
house. 

He  was  apprenticed  to  Mr.  B. 

I  send  the  accompanying  letter. 

He  had  no  money  about  him. 

We  do  not  do  so  in  our  coun- 
try (family). 

Come  and  sit  by  me. 

He  envies  virtue  in  others. 


/,  in.     In,  at,  to,  on,  up,  a,  next. 


Kapten  S.  bar  varit  i  Bom. 
I  bOrjan  sag  jag  ingenting. 
Sommerskan  var  har  i  dag. 

Gesallen   far  tjugu  riksdaler  i 

veckan. 
Karlarne   satte  huset  i  brand. 
Jag  skall  packa  in  mina  saker. 
De  kommo  in  en  i  sender. 
Du  skall  dricka  i  bolten. 
1  pingst  skall  jag  fara  dit. 

I  vintras  var  del  mycket  kalll. 
Var  du  der  i  fjol? 


Captain  S.  has  been  in  Bome. 

At  first  I  saw  nothing. 

The  seamstress  was  here  to- 
day. 

The  journeyman  has  twenty 
riksdalers  a  week. 

The  men  set  the  house  on  fire. 

I  will  pack  up  my  things. 

They  came  in  one  at  a  time. 

You  shall  drink  it  all. 

Next  Whitsuntide  I  shall  go 
there. 

Last  winter  it  was  very  cold. 

Were  you  there  last  year? 


Ibland,  bland.     Among,  sometimes. 

Boken  ISg  ibland  mina  saker.      The  book  lay  among  my  things. 
Vi  liisa  Tyska  ibland.  We  read  German  sometimes. 

Ibland  kom  ban  till  oss.  Sometimes  he  came  to  us. 


109 


Med.     With,  of,  also,  to,  in,  at. 

Officeren     hade     Iva    soklater  The    officer   iiad    two  soldiers 

iiied  sig.  wilh  him. 

Taflaii  var  full  med  hal.  The  picture  was  full  of  holes. 

Var  du  iclie  der  med?  Were  you  not  also  there? 

Gossen  fir  slcigl  med  dem.  The  boy  is  related  lo  them. 

God  natl  med  er.  Good  night  to  you. 

Jag  s3g  intet    fel  med  henne.  I  saw  no  fault  in  her. 

Han   fidlde  oxen   med  ett  slag.  He  felled  the  ox  at  a  hlow. 

Om.     Of,  ahouf,  at,  in,  for. 

Han  tog  honom  om  lialsen.  He  put  his  arms  round  his  necL 

Hvad  var  det  hon  take  om?  What  was  it  she  was  speal\ing 

about? 

Du  fSr  gOra  om  delta.  You  must  do  this  again. 

De  kommo  om  nalten.  They  came  at  night. 

Hvad  skola  vi  spela  om?  What  shall  we  play  for? 

Du   kan   komma    igen    om  en  You    can    come    again    in    a 
vecka.  week. 


Pd.     On,  of,  for,  by,  in,  at. 

Det  ligger  pS  bordet.  It  lies  on  tiie  table. 

Han  var  afundsjuk  pS  honom.  He  was  jealous  of  him. 

S3som  bevis  p^  sanningen.  As  proof  of  the  truth. 

De  hade  vantat  pa  vagnen.  Tiiey  had  waited  for  the  car- 


nage. 


Jag  kSnde  bonom  pa  giingen.  I  knew  him  by  bis  walk. 

Ar  det  icke  pa  modet  nu?  Is  it  not  in  fashion  now? 

Han  sade  det  pa  skamt.  He  said  it  in  jest, 

Att  vara  viss  pa  nagot.  To  be  sure  of  any  thing. 

Jag  var  icke  Ijeredd  pa  det.  I  was  not  prepared  for  that. 

iNar  var  du  pa  spektaklet?  When  \Yere  you  at  the  theatre? 

Vi  sutto  pa  liiktaren.  We  ^at  in  the  gallery. 

Gossen    kastade    en    sten    pa  The  boy  fking  a  stone  al  her. 

henne. 

Han  blef  snart  trOlt  pa  det.  He  was  soon  tired  of  that. 

Till  {tills,  conj.).     To,  by,  at,  till,  in,  on,  another. 

Ofversten  skickade  honom  till  The  colonel   sent  him  to  me. 

mig. 

Vill  du  icke  bafva  en  kopp  till?  Will  you  not  have  another  cup? 

B.  ar  snickare  till  yrket.  B.  is  a  carpenter  by  trade. 


no 


Jagltanner  lionom  tillutseeTide. 
Hr.  B's  son  ar  till  sjOs. 
Jag  ar  till  er  tjenst. 
Han  var  till  hast. 
V^anta  tills  pg  kommer. 
Hans    egendom    griinsade    till 

min. 
Vi  voro  der  till  klockan  elfva. 


I  know  him  by  sight. 

Mr.  B's  son  is  at  sea. 

1  am  at  your  service. 

He  was  on  horse-back. 

Wait  until  1  come. 

His  estate  bordered  on  mine. 


We    were 
o'clock. 


there     till    eleven 


In  the  followino^  sentences  till  is  not  translated. 


Han  lag  till  sangs. 

Jag   skall   lagga   mig  till   den 

hoken. 
Han  var  icke  till  da. 
Oscar  krOntes  till  konung. 
Huru  star  det  till? 
Jag  har  gjort  honom  till  viljes. 
Han  tecknade  det  till  minnes. 


He  kept  his  bed. 

1  shall  get  that  book. 

He  did  not  exist  then. 
Oscar  was  crowned  king. 
How  do  you  do? 
I  have  done  as  he  wished. 
He  made  a  memorandum  of  it. 


Vid.     At,  of,  from,  near,  by,  on. 


Vi  sutto  vid  bordet. 

Han  har  blifvit  ledsen  vid  den 

hoken. 
Jag  skildes  vid  honom. 
Huset  hgger  vid  floden. 

En  person  vid  namn  S. 
Vid  (pa)  min  heder. 
Vid  borjan. 
Vid  soldalens  ankomst. 


We  sat  at  the  table. 

He   has  become   tired    of  that 

book. 
I  was  separated  from  him. 
Tlie    house    stands    near    the 

river. 
A  person  by  name  S. 
On   my  honour. 
At  the  beginning. 
On  the  soldier's  arrival. 


Under.     Undei',  beneath,  below,  during. 


Han  har  lefvnt  under  mitt  tak. 
lion    ar    under    sin    syster    i 

franskan. 
Det  var  under  bans  vardighet. 
Under  Georg  IV  tid. 
Det  var  under  fOrevandnine:  att. 


He  has  lived  under  my  roof. 
She   is   not   up   to   her  sister 

in  French. 
It  was  beneath  his  dignity. 
During  the  time  of  Georg  IV*^. 
It  was  under  pretence  of. 


Utom.     Beyond,  besides,  beside,  without. 

Fangen  gick  utom  vallarne.         The  prisoner  went  beyond  the 

walls. 


Ill 


Han  har  lv§  rum  utom  denna 


vaning. 


Manneii  var  utom  sig. 

Vi  spatserade  utom  griinserna. 


He  lias  two  rooms  besides  \h\i 

floor. 
The  man  was    beside  himself. 
>Ye  were  walking  outside  the 

boundaries. 


38. 
Conjunctions. 


Och, 

and 

eljest. 

else 

ock,  ocksa,  dfven 

,  also 

alUsdj  sdledes. 

so,  also 

bade — och,     \ 
sd  vdl — som,] 

as — as 

derfOre, 
fOljakteligen, 

therefore 
consequently 

ju—ju,    1 
ju — dess,\ 

the — the 

da, 
ndmligen, 

tliere 
namely 

som  ock, 

as  also 

sdsom,            viz,   for  example, 

eller, 

or 

lor  instant 

deels — deels, 

partly-parlly 

fdrst. 

firstly 

antingen— eller. 

either — or 

for  del  andra. 

secondly 

hvarken— eller, 

neither — noi 

samt. 

1  at    the    same 
,j       time,  also 

ej  heller. 

nor 

med  detsamma 

vdl, 
nog, 

indeed 
certainly 

vidare,        1 
ylterligare,] 

further 

fast,  fastdn. 

dnnu  vidare. 

further  more 

ehnni,  ehuruvdl, 

>  although 

derpd. 

thereupon 

antingen. 

%H«    &    V    ■  '     V     X-9   M^    AA 

i  Ofrigt, 

moreover 

dnskdnt, 

ding 

dndlligen, 

at  last 

oaktadt, 

notwiths 

tan- 

slntligen, 

finally 

men. 

but 

dessutom, 

besides 

dock. 

yet 

ty,  for. 

for 

likvdl,          how 

ever,  although 

erne  dan,  efier. 

because 

deremot,  1    on  the  contrary 
tvartom,]  on  the  other  hand 

att, 

that 

for  att. 

that 

utan, 

but 

pd  det. 

that 

am, 

if 

hvarfOrey 

therefore 

sdframtA 
derest,    J 

if  in  how  far 

ndr, 
da. 

if,  when 
there,  as 

i  fall, 

in  case 

i  det. 

whilst 

bara, 

if  only 

me  dan, 

during  which 

ndr^ 

if,  when 

sedan. 

after 

112 


hvarefter^  whereupon 
fOrrdn,       before 
som,  how,  since 


sa  som, 

as 

likaledes,  likewise 

(in, 

as, 

when. 

39. 

Examples. 

Han  gick  ut  med  drangar,  och  stalfolk  och  sysselsatte  sig 

med  att  borlrOdja  stenarne,  samt  upprOjde*  giasmarker.  —  Mitt 

hjerta  slog  ocksS  af  nOje,  nar  jag  sSg  honom  eller  henne.  — 

Jag  besOkte  henne,   for   att  erballa  ett   glas  mjOlk^;   deremol 

gaf  jag  henne  en  blonima.   —   Bara  ban    inte  vore  s§  hiiftig; 

men  i  bjertat  sitter  det  ej,  ty  battre  hjerta  finnes  ej.  —  Skulle 

vi  ej  med  detsamma  kasta^  en  l)lick  in  i  Susannas  hjerta?  — 

Jag   var   der   medan  1   voren    bemma.  —   Slulhgen   blef  han 

qvar.  —   Saval  katten*  som  lejonet^  aro  rofdjur.  —   Jag  bar 

hvarkeu  tid  eller  lust,   sade   han  andthgen ,    i  det   han  vande 

honom  ryggen.  —   Jag  ar  ombytlig    emedan  de  inte   aro  be- 

standiga.  —  Fastan  jag  ar  lycklig.  —  Da  jag  kiinner  dig  skall 

jag  saledes  icke  klaga,   dessutom  Sr  du  nu  lugn.   —   Hon  ar 

lyckligare  an  bade  du  och  jag.  —  Det  ar  nog  sannt.  —  Oak- 

tadt  din  hand  darrar*.  —  I  fall  han  ser  mig.  —  Jag  vill  dela 

dina  qval,  ty  jag  ar  din  van,  om  an  du  ej  tror  delta.  —  Tror 

ni  sadant,   da  skall  ni  engang  vakna  med  fasa.   —   Antingen 

jag  vaa*  eller  ej  askadare'. 

1  to  make.     2  milk.     3  to  throw.     4  cat.     5  lion.     6  to  tremble. 
7  spectator. 


40. 

Interjections. 

Ah^  ah^  aj\  ack. 

Hh,  fy,  ha,  hi,  hej\  ho,  hUj  hut 

0,  St,  ve,  aha. 

Korsl  what  the  deuce! 

Bevarsl  Gu'  bevars!  God  forbid! 

Gunas!  Mercy  on  me!    Vdlan!  well! 

Nana  da!  well,  well!  thanks! 

Hor  nu!  listen!  hitdt!  this  wayl 

Tyst!  silence! 


PART  III. 


Reading  LessoniJ. 


I.  Prose. 
1. 

Det  ganila  Norge, 
By  Bremer. 

Forr  a'n  nagon  sang  af  gladje  eller  af  sorg  blifvit  uppsand 
ar  Norges  dalar,  loir  an  nagon  rok  uppsligit  nr  (less  hyddor, 
nagon  yxa  fallt  ett  trad  i  dess  skogar,  fOrr  Sn  konung  Nor 
gick  ul  fran  Jotunhem  fOr  alt  soka  sin  bortrOfvade  syster  och 
drog  genom  landet  och  gaf  det  sitl  nnnin,  ja,  forr  an  nagon 
INorrnian  var  till,  stod  lioga  Dovre  uied  SnOhatlan  infor  Ska- 
parens  anlete. 

Veslerut  stracker  sig  den  gigantiska  bergskedjan  till  Roms- 
dalshorn ,  bvars  lot  vesterhafvet  badar.  Soderut  bildar  den 
under  olika  nauin  (Langljeld,  Sognefjeld,  Filefjeld,  Hardanger- 
fjeld  m.  tl.)  den  ofanlliga  fjelll)ygd,  som  i)a  en  striicka  af  elt- 
biindrafemtio  geogradska  qvadratmil  foretcr  allt  hvad  naturen 
eger  slort,  fruktansvardt,  skont  och  fortjiisande.  Hiir  aiinii, 
soni  pa  verldens  forsta  dagar,  star  i  olVe  Teleniarken  Fjell- 
stugan,  byggd  af  osynlig  hand,  och  bvars  isvallar  och  torn  en- 
dast  denna  hand  kan  storta;  annu,  som  vid  lidens  morgon, 
molas  vid  niidsoninuirlid  |)a  iirhergens  snotackla  tinnar  ,.mor- 
gonrodnad  och  aftonrodnad  till  llygtig  broderkyss";  iinnu  som 
da  dana  forsarne,  stortande  sig  ned  i  djupen ,  annu  atergifva 
Joklernas  (glaciererni  s)  is-speglar  sanima  foremal,  an  tjusande, 
an  fasaviickande,  och  iinnu  i  dag  sasom  da,  tinnas  alp-riickor 

Lenslrdm's  Shwedish  Grimmar.  8 


114 

^Idrig  af  menniskofol  besligna,  dalar  och  sliogar  „ensliga  na- 
Imceller",  dit  bloU  orneii  och  niidsommarsolen  hlicka  ned. 
Hiir  ar  del  gamla,  det  evigt  unga  Norge,  har  hapiiar  betrak- 
tarens  blick,  men  bans  bjerta  vidgar  sig,  ban  glOmmer  egen 
smiirta,  egen  gladje,  glummer  all  litenbet,  i  det  ban  med  beb'g 
rysning  anar  alt  „Guds  skugga  genoinvandrar  naturen". 

I  bjertat  af  Norge  ligger  denna  bygd.  Ar  din  sjal  trOtt 
vid  veildens  buller,  eller  utnott  vid  smaaktigbelerna  af  ett  fat- 
tigt  bvardagsbf,  ar  den  qvald  af  la])pt  kammarbift,  af  bokdamm, 
sallskapsdamm  eller  annat  damm  (det  finnes  i  veiiden  sa  manga 
sorter  deraf,  alia  betiickande  sjalen  med  gra  stoltkappa)  eller 
ar  den  sonderslilen  af  djupa,  Iratande  lidelser,  —  da  fly,  fly 
till  Norges  bjerla ,  ocb  der,  lyssnande  till  naturens  friska, 
makliga  bjerteslag,  ensam  med  de  stora,  lysta  och  dock  sa 
valtahga  naturforemalen ,  skall  du  inbamta  nya  krafler,  nylt 
111!  Har  faller  inlet  damm.  Friska  ocb  klara  sta  lifvets  lan- 
kar,  som  pa  deras  skapelses  dag.  Vill  du  se  det  stora,  ma- 
jestalliga?  Se  Gausta  bojande  sig  pa  sina  kolossala  knjin, 
sextusen  fot  Ofver  jordylan  ;  se  Hurungernas,  Fanaraukens, 
Mugnaljelds  vilda  jatteskepnader;  se  Rjukan  (den  rykande), 
Vorings-  och  Vedals-forsarne  skummande  ocb  dundrande  storta 
sig  uUOr  bergen  ned  i  afgrundernel  —  Och  vill  du  hvila  dig 
vid  det  tacka,  det  Ijufva?  Det  lefvei  midt  ibland  dessa  fruk- 
tansvarda  scener,  i  fredad  ensligbci  Siiterhyddan  star  i  den 
Irauga  dalen ,  flockar  af  kreatur  beta  pa  skona  grasmarker, 
sateipigan  med  frisk  by,  bla  ogon  ocb  Ijusa  barflalor  valiar 
dem,  under  det  hon  sjunger  bygdens  enkla,  mildl  vemodiga 
melodier,  och  som  en  spegel  for  den  tacka  bilden,  ligger  midt 
i  dalen  en  liten  sjo  (Kjoern)  djup,  stilla  och  af  en  klar,  bla 
farg,  egen  for  de  flesla  glaciervatlen.    Allt  andas  en  idylbsk  frid. 

Men  en  aning  om  doden  tyckes  ren  i  skapelsens  mor- 
gonslund  ha  tryckt  silt  insegel  pa  denna  nejd.  De  morka 
fjellmassornas  stora  skuggor  falla  ofver  dalar  der  endast  mossa 
vaxer,  ofver  sjoar  bvars  stilla  vatfen  aro  fulla  af  aldrig  smal- 
tande  is  —  sa  Koldedalen,  Koldesjon  med  dess  doda,  gra- 
gula  braddar.  Dodstystnad  berrskar  i  denna  odemark,  afbru- 
ten  blott  af  lavinernas  askor  och  af  det  brak  som  glacierernes 
rOrelser  fororsaka.  Ingen  fagel  ror  sin  vinge  eller  bojer  silt 
qvitter  i  denna  sorgliga  nejd;  endast  gokens  melodiska  suckar 
ditforas  af  vinden  vid  midsommartid. 

Men  vill  du  se  lifvet  i  dess  prakt  ocb  Ijufvasle  berrlighet, 
se  da  vintcrns  och  sommarens  omfamning  i  det  ganda  ^orge, 


115 

ga  ned  till  Svalems  sliitler,  se  Aamaadts  och  Siljords  dalar, 
cUer  den  paradisisia  skOna  Veslljorddalcn,  genom  hvilken  Man- 
clfven  flyter  stilla  och  spegelklar,  omramnandc  i  sitt  lopp  sma 
ljusgrona  Oar,  beviixta  med  blaklockor  och  valluktande  skogs- 
liljor,  se  hum  siirverclfvarne  hiir  slingra  sig  ned  fran  fjellen 
mellan  Iriidgrupper  och  bordiga  fait,  se  hiirii  bakom  de  niir- 
maste  bergen  med  deras  lofskogar,  resa  sig  snOfjallen,  som 
vordiga  palriarker  blickande  iied  pa  yngre  slagten;  —  he- 
trakta  i  dessa  dalar  morgontns  och  aftonens  fargspel  pa  hoj- 
derna,  i  djupen;  se  ovadrens  fiukfansvarda  prakt,  se  legn- 
bagens  stilla  herrlighet,  der  dtn  livali'ver  sig  ofver  vattenfallet 

betryckta  sjal,  sc  detla,  fornim  och andasi 

Fran  dessa  skOna,  niera  allmant  kiinda  scener,  draga  vi 
OSS  nu  till  en  mera  obekant  trakt,  till  den  stora  dal-slrackning, 
der  Skogshornet  hojer  sig  bland  skyarne,  der  Urunda  flyter 
klar  bland  klipporna  och  Djupadals  vatlenlall  forsa  icke 
mindre  strida  och  stolta  lor  del  de  siillaa  beuudras  af  ny- 
likna  framhngars  blickar. 


2. 

From  the  Work:  Skizzcr. 

Jag  hade  myiket  tidigt  p4  morgonen  lemnat  Frii  A.  ty 
jag  langlade  ifran  hennes  arliticiella  atmospliere  och  hiltdigra 
vanskapsyttringar.  Jag  kiinde  mig  andas  liitt  nar  jag  i,ter  be- 
fann  mig  ute  pa  landsvjigen,  der  ingen  sade  mig  alt  jag  var 
„en  sol  som  uppgaU  p4  vanskapens  horizonl",  der  ingen  spe- 
lade  rollen  af  en  hiild  maka,  en  om  och  omliinksam  moder, 
en  framat  striilVande  nienniska,  der,  med  elt  ord,  ingen  fanns 
som  visste  —  till  punkt  och  j)ricka  vissle  —  alia  sina  skyl- 
digheter,  och  dock  forsumniade  dem;  ty  forlaten  vare  hvar 
och  en,  som  iirakthllcr  det  riitta,  af  ovetenhet  derom.  Jag 
akie  hela  dagen.  Vagnens  hjul  gingo  evigt  och  onpphorligl 
omkring,  just  som  tidens,  men  och  nu  upphorde  likhelen  med 
tidens,  ty  det  trottnar  aldrig.  Ja  —  ett  hjul  ledsnade  och 
sade  nej,  men  ea  decideiadi,  alt  aldrig  nagot  fullstiindigare 
„nej"  legal  i  en  qvinnas  blick  en  gang.  Vagnen  stadnade. 
Jag  ryste  fur  att  fraga,  ty  jag  langtade  olieskrifligt  eller  natt- 
qvarteret,  emedan  det  led  mot  aftonen.  Men  jag  beholde  icke 
fraga.  Kuskens  nodrop  gaf  mig  tillrackligt  tillkiinna,  att  bar 
var  stor  olycka  a  fiirde.     Iljulet  var  sonder,  ohjelpligt  sonder. 


116 

Rdflslag  fOretogos  med  skjutsbondcTi ,  och  ban  visste  icke  en 
enda  annan  iitviig  an  att  ga  fram  till  „HeiTegardL'n"  och  be 
atl  fa  l^iia  ett  hjiil  till  niista  gaslgifvaregaid,  eller  till  den, 
der  nattqvarteret  var  hestalldt.  Aftonen  var  ovanligt  vacker. 
Kiisken  kunde  ej  ga  fran  vagnen,  vagnon  kunde  icke  ga  ett 
steg.  Anna  hade  icke  vagat  ga  tio  alnar  fran  mig,  betjenten 
var  rest  som  forebud,  skjutsbonden  var  ej  vardt  at  skicka, 
ty  hvem  hade  val  brytt  sig  om  bans  begaran,  Hetregarden  var 
belt  nara  ocli  sag  mycket  vacker  och  inbjiidande  ut;  af  skjuts- 
bonden underrattades  jag  att  der  bodde  en  Major,  men  namnet 
hade  ban  alldeles  forgatit,  eller  kanske  aldrig  hurt.  Mitt  parti 
var  snart  tagef,  iitan  att  gifva  mig  ro  fraga  hvad  berregarden 
bette,  iitan  at  kunna  fa  veta  hvad  Majoren  bette,  vandrade  jag 
iitaf,  atfoljd  af  Anna,  som  forundrades,  sa  att  lion  kunde  digna 
ned,  kl  detta  foretag,  at  alt  „Hennes  nad  ville  ga  upp  till  en 
franimande  herregard  och  af  frammande  personer  bedja  att  fa 
lana  nagot",  lika  som  om  ett  annat  medel  statt  mig  till  budsl 
Vi  kommo  snart  till  tvenne  stora  jernportar,  och  genom  dessa 
i  en  mork  skuggrik  alle  af  gamla,  jemna,  val  ansade  lindar 
och  askar.  „Ack  hvad  bar  ar  vackertl"  sade  Anna,  och  jag 
kande  en  af  dessa  barndomsfornojelser  ofver  ett  olyckligt  af- 
ventyr,  som  kan  gifva  anledning  till  ett  romantiskt  dito.  Jag 
kande  en  liingtan  fram  till  denna  „herregard",  som  jag  icke 
formar  beskrifva,  och  hjertat  slog  af  en  viss  Ijuf  och  oroligt 
behaglig  aning,  at  bar  skulle  mota  mig  nagot  angenamt,  na- 
got ovanligt.  En  liten  vanlig  bund  kom  oss  emot  i  den  por- 
ten ,  som  fOrde  in  till  garden ,  och  strax  derefter  horde  jag 
en  barnrost  saga:  „mamma !  hvem  iir  det  som  kommer  der?" 
—  och  en  syn,  sadan  man  beskrifver  den  i  idyllen,  lag  for 
mina  ogon.  Stora  triid  med  rika  lofkronor  omgafvo  hela  den 
vackra  garden  och  bortskymde  nagot  litet  det  i  enkel,  men 
smakfull  ocli  prydlig  stil  uppforda  landlhuset.  Under  ett  af 
dessa  trad  stod  ett  bord,  och  vid  detta  intog  en  fOrtjusande 
familj-grupp  sin  sista  maltid  pa  dagen.  Man  sag  den  fina 
svarta  te'kannan  med  nun  nan  )ja  locket,  man  sag  det  guld- 
gula  smoret,  de  sviillande  brodbullarne,  det  kalla  kotlet,  kront 
med  siiiigt  lagd  persilja,  man  sag  pankakor  och  sylt,  och, 
l)attre  an  allt  detta,  man  sag  en  fryntlig,  iin  och  j)r()per  landt- 
junkare,  ur  hvars  oga  godt  bjerta  och  rik  sjal  franilyste,  och 
hvars  minsia  rorelse  just  var  den  man  Onskade  bos  en  vard, 
i  bvais  bus  man  amnade  anropa  bad(^  giistfrihet  och  bjelp. 
Hans  blolla  asyn  intog  mig.     Fyra  alskvarda,  enkelt  men  val 


117 

ocli  siiyggl  kliidila  barn  sprun^^o  iipp  fran  bordct  pA  samma 
gang  som  I'adren.  Odi  modern,  —  lion  lay  redan  nied 
oskrynitad,  ororfalskad  i^liidje  om  niin  ha!s.  Dtt  var  Fru  B. 
Ocli  nar  jag  ville  se  pa  lienne,  for  alt  riktigl  ofverlyga  nng 
om  denna  lyckliga  slump,  da  ville  lion  icke  sliippa  niig,  icke 
se  npp,  men  niir  jag  sliitligen  lick  se  lienne^^  hlida,  milda  an- 
lete,  da  liangde  ell  par  sa  vackra  tarar  i  de  lialloppna  (igonen, 
alt  jag  kiinde  Imr  iilVen   mina   hlefvo  liilla  och  vala. 


3. 
ITlora-hcmmet. 

From:  Nya  teckningar  ur  hvardagslifvet,  af  Fredrika  Bremer. 

Medlemmar  af  en  I'amilj  horde  emellanat  skiljas  p^  nagon 
tid.  Det  verkar  en  i  manga  fall  helsosam  fornyelse,  och  aler- 
foreningen  ar  —  niir  kiirlek  ligger  i  giiuiden  —  sa  rik,  sa 
rolig,  eu  ny  var.     Vi  ga  ej  sa  laiigt,  som  visan,  den  der  siigor: 

„Allt  samma  och  samma  var  lefnad  gor  sur, 
Omvexling  forskonar  var  hela  natur! 
Jag  vande  jag  agde  den  skonasle  mo, 
Jag  leddes  alt  lefva,  om  lion  giomle  do." 

Men ,  sa  der  halfviigs  —  d.  v.  s.  med  de  Iv^  forsta  ra- 
derna  —  ga  vi  anda. 

Under  det  Maj-lif,  som  uppstod  i  Mora-hemmet  i  den 
forsta  liden  efter  husiadrens  ankomst,  blommade  alia  sinnen; 
iifven  den  slutna  VaJborg  tycktes  vackna  upp  till  lilet  lif  och 
dekagande;  Olof  var  lycklig  i  kiinslan  af  att  nu  vara  sin  far 
narmare  an  nagonsin,  och  Brigitfa  var  belt  yr  i  hulvudet  af 
gladje  och  dansade  om  med  sin  morbror,  sin  moster,  sin  ad- 
junkt  och  med  hvem  lion  tick  lag  uti.  Endast  Siri  delade  icke 
den  allmanna  gladjen,  lion  tycktes  bli  skyggare  an  forr,  flyddc 
den  lyckliga  familjen,  vistades  nte  i  skog  och  mark  —  man 
visste  sallan  livar  —  och  en  slai^s  vild  melankoli  kaslade  ol'la 
sin  skngga  ofver  hennes  unga  ansigte  och  gaf  elt  nattligt  tycke 
at  hennes  blick.  Man  sag  henne  sallan  hemma,  utoni  vid 
maltiderna,  och  det  kostade  pa  fru  liigeborg,  som  sag  bur 
ofta  prolessorns  blickar  sokle  den  unga  flickan,  eliuru  ban  icke 
sade  nagot;  och  de  andras  formaningar  till  henne,  alt  vara 
mera  hemma,  verkade  ingenling.  Tvenne  aftnar  i  veckan  fOr- 
samlades  dock  vanligen  alia  inom  huset  i  en  ftirliolig  krets, 
och  det  var  de,   da  fru   Ingeborg   hade   s3,   kallad   spinnstuga. 


118 

Dk  samlades  alia  Iiiisets  qvinliga  rnefllemmar,  hvnr  mod  sin 
spinnrock,  i  den  stora  salen,  der  elden  var  tand  pa  spisen. 
Och  kring  denna  eld  salte  man  sig  och  spann  och  spann. 
Och  snarl  spann  man  herrarne  fram,  ty  det  gick  muntert  till 
vid  spinnrockarne;  der  sjOngs  visor,  beiiittades  historier,  gafs 
och  gissades  gator.  Fru  Ingeborg  hade  ett  outtOmhgt  forrad 
af  sadana,  och  roade  sig  med  att,  sittande  ibland  spinner- 
skorna  eller  vandrande  fram  och  ater  i  salen,  bry  deras  huf- 
vuden  med  alia  de  under  och  ting,  som  hon  „sett  i  konun- 
gens  gard",  en  galformel  som  hon  ofia  nyttjade.  Fru  Ingeborg 
var  vanligen  sjelf  myckel  glad  under  dessa  aftnar  och  uppHf- 
vade  alia,  och  tillat  icke  gerna  nagon  att  undandraga  sig  bi- 
draget  „till  det  allmiinna  basta"  af  en  beriittelse,  sang  eller 
gata.  Siri  sjong  vanligen  nagon  liten  lustig  visa,  och  utmarkte 
sig  i  ofrigt  blott  vid  gatornas  gissning,  som  mycket  roade 
henne.  Dessa  roade  ocksa  Olof  och  paminte  honom  de  ural- 
di'iga  tiderna  i  norden,  da  gator  och  sinnrika  sporsmal  voro 
de  klokas  karaste  noje;  da  alVen  gudarne  drogo  ut  fran  sina 
Ijusa  boningar,  fCr  att  i  sadana  amnen  tafla  med  jordkretsens 
jattar  och  sjelfva  Oden  ej  gaf  sig  ro  fOrran  ban  haruti  hade 
matt  sig  med  och  besegral  den  kloka  jatten  Vafthrudner.  Olof 
sjelf  hade  nu,  i  sina  reseminnen,  dyrbara  bidrag  att  lemna 
till  spinnslugans  nojen.  Han  och  lojtnant  Lasse  voro  alltid 
der  narvarande;  de  forsokte  till  och  med  att  spinna,  men  dels 
gick  traden  sa  ofta  af,  dels  ruskades  spinnrockarne  dervid  sk 
obarmhertigt,  att  fruntimmerna  undanbado  sig  detta  slags  bi- 
trade  af  herrarne. 

Sednare  pa  afton  kom  vanligen  afven  professorn.  Hans 
ankomsl  bland  de  sina  verkade  alllid  ett  forhojdt  hf,  ett  ste- 
gradt  interesse;  ock  iifven  i  „spinnstugan"  var  det  sa,  antin- 
gen  ban  der  blott  var  askadare  och  ahorare,  eller  —  hvilket 
ofta  var  fallet  —  sjelf  med  nagon  berattelse  gaf  sin  tribut  till 
„det  allmanna  basla". 

Fa  dagar  efter  Olofs  aterkomst  var  „spinnstuga"  i  hem- 
met,  och  alia  voro  fOrsamlade  i  husets  stora  sal.  Fru  Inge- 
boig  hade  gifvit  konstiga  gator,  som  Olof  och  Siri  gissat  i 
kapp.  Valborg  hade  sjungit  en  visa.  Adjunkten  hade  harinat 
obo6  och  spruckna  trumpeter.  Lojtnant  Lasse  hade  fOreslidIt 
ett  angfarlyg  som  satler  sig  i  rorelse,  hvarvid  flera  spinnrockar 
rakade  i  slor  fara,  och  Drigitta  hade  bcraltat  alskilliga  anek- 
dolcr  om  „Karingen",  en  |)ersonligliet,  sum  utriitlar  och  siiger 
manga  ting  i  Sverige,  sasom  till  exempel: 


119 

„Dcl.  vill  jng  sel"  sa'  karingen  ocli  kr»pte  korpcn  for  ntt 
se  om  liau  lelde  i  tvaliiindra  ar. 

„Tack  nil  vdr  herre,  nu  lijelper  jag  mig  sjelCI"  sa'  kii- 
ringen,  se'n  lion  kom  iipp  pa  sina  loller  igcn. 

„Ja,"  sa'  kiiiingen,  „nagonting  pa,  ral"  var  det,  ocli  var 
det  inte  aniiial,  sa  var  del  korporal." 

Om  into  om  liade  vnrit  emellan ,  sS  hade  karingen  l>ilit 
hjOrn"  m.  m.  m.  m. 

Alia  hade  gilvit  sin  skiirf  till  aftonens  underliallniiig,  och 
professorn  hade  skrallat  och  af  hjertans  grand  njulit  sitt 
hemlif.  Upprymd  och  varm  svarade  han,  pa  de  ungas  hoiu-r 
att  heriitta  u^got,  med  foljande  drag  ur  Dal-allmogens  lit': 

„En  fader  gick  med  sina  hada  dottrar,  en  vinteraCton, 
ufver  Siljans  is.  I  skymningen  togo  de  miste  om  sin  viig  och 
kommo  ut  pa  en  svag  is,  som  brast  under  deras  folter.  Den 
hrast  iilVen  for  deras  bemOdandcn  att  lialla  sig  fast  och  att 
komma  upp  igen.  Blolt  en  af  dotlrarne  lyckades  alt  halla  sig 
uppe  vid  elt  nagot  fastare  isstycke,  och  vid  hennes  axlar  taste 
sig  i  dodsangest  den  andra  system  och  hull  sig  uppe  vid  henne. 

„Slapp  mig,  Margrelal"  bad  denna,  „eljest  gar  jag  under 
Jag  orkar  knappast  halla  mig  uppe  sjelf." 

Men  den  unga  tlickan,  i  sin  dodsangest,  sliipple  icke, 
utan  hoU  sig  fast  som  forut. 

Da  hordes  den  sjiinkande  faderns  allvarsamma  rOst: 

„Hor  du  icke,  Margreta,  hvad  Anna  siiger?" 

Och  i  Ogonblicket,  som  (lickan  horde  de  orden,  sliippte 
hon  system  och  liit  sig  sjunka  i  djupet  med  fadern. 

System  lyckades  att  riidda  sig;  men  ofta  derefler  kom 
hon  till  mig,  i  behof  af  trost  fOr  sina  samvetsqval;  ty  hon 
tillrakiiade  sig  Margrelas  dod. 


„En  fader  rodde  med  sin  unga  son  pd  Siljan.  En 
storm  viixte  upp;  deras  lilla  bat  blef  omkullkastad  och  slun- 
gad  langt  ifran  dem.  Men  elt  hrade  flot  niira  dem ,  och  vid 
detta  fastade  sig  fader  och  son.  Men  det  kunde  icke  biira 
dem  bada.  Och  niir  sonen  det  sag,  sade  han:  „Gud  viUsigne 
dig,  min  farl  Lef  for  min  mor  och  mina  syskonl"  Och 
han  lat  sig  ga  till  botlen." 


„Under   det    forskriickliga    hungersnods-aret   hiir,    1838, 
kom  en  dag  till  mig  en  Dalkail,  Iran  en  aunan  socken,    och 


sade  till  mig: 


120 

„Salj  mig  ett  par  skeppund  lialml" 

Mannen  var  af  dessa  stora,  lesliga  gestalter,  som  man 
icke  sallan  ser  liar;  dock  liade  lian  tydligen  lidit  af  liungers- 
noden.  Halten  med  sina  breda  skyggen  hade  han  dragil  djnpt 
ncd  i  ansigtet. 

„Jag  kan  icke  sSlja  halm  at  dig,"  svarade  jag  pa  hans 
begaran:  ,.jag  har  icke  mer  an  jag  behofver  fOr  mig  och  de 
fattiga  af  mina  socknebor." 

„Salj  mig  ett  skeppund  blotti"  bad  karlen. 

„Icke  del  heller  kan  jag,"  svarade  jag;  „hvad  jag  nu  har 
qvar  maste  jag  hehalla  for  mig  och  mitt  folk." 

,,Ett  halft  skeppund  da  I"  vidblef  Dalkarlen  entrSget. 

„Det  gor  mig  ondtl"  sade  jag;  „men  icke  en  gang  ett 
halft  skeppund  kan  jag  lemna  dig." 

Den  stora  karlen  tog  ett  steg  narmare  mig,  sade  icke  ett 
ord,  men  skot  upp  batten  ur  pannan  och  sag  stinnt  pa  mig. 
Han  ^lat  mig  se  att  —  han  grdt. 

Asynen    af  denna  smarta  kunde  jag  icke  ulharda.     „Kom 
med  mig",  sade  jag;  „du  skall  fa  hvad  du  villi" 

Han  foljde  mig  och  fick  halmen,  som  han  begarde. 

„0m  det  vore  for  m?(/",  sade  han,  „sa  skulle  jag  val  icke 
vara  sa  bar.  Ty  om  vi  menniskor  lida  och  slita  ondt,  sa  ar 
det  icke  mer  an  vara  synder  forljena  och  hvad  vi  bora  och 
kunna  bara;  men  de  arma  krealuren  —  hvad  hafva  de  val 
forskyllat?!" 

4. 

Ur  ett  tal  till  miniie  af  konuiig  Oustaf  111. 

By  W.  G.  Bottigei. 

Kort  efter  Hertig  Carls  hemkomst  fran  sin  utlSndska  fard 
fOretog  kronprinsen  i  bOrjan  af  1771  en  dylik,  atfoljd  af  sin 
yngste  broder  och  sin  fordne  Guvernor,  Riksiadet  Grel've 
Scheffer.  De  begge  Grefvarne  af  Gotland  och  Oland  hade 
uppgjort  till  sin  reseplan,  att  tillbringa  vinlren  i  Gailiens  huf- 
vudslad,  sedermera  med  varen  ofversegla  till  England,  njuta 
sommaren  under  Italiens  blida  sol  och  med  hosten  hvila  ut 
vid  Rhens  drufvokullar.  Efter  att  i  Danmark  hafva  besokt 
anforvandterna  till  Sophia  Magdalena,  i  Holstein  en  bror  till 
Adolf  Fredrik,  i  Brunsvig  en  syster  till  Lovisa  Ulrika,  fortsatte 
de  Ofver  Nederlanderna   vagen    till  Paris,   der   de   i  slutet  af 


121 

Februari  iiitra(r;ul«'.  Silt  liopj)  i  afseeiKlc  pa  (1(3  tillernade  po- 
litiska  underliandlingarna  med  Frnnska  kal)ineUet  hade  Guslaf 
till  en  slor  del  byggt  pa  Fiankrikcs  d^vcraude  Premier-Mini- 
ster, Herligen  af  Choisene;  men  till  sin  ledsnad  erholl  ban 
redan  i  Zvveibriicken  lidning  on)  denna  ministers  olOrmodade 
fall,  genom  en  at"  de  manga  hof-intriger,  som  kring  den  svage 
Ludvig  XV  sj)unno  sina  qvinliga  tiadar.  Fiir  denna  miss- 
rakning  fann  ban  en  ersilttning  i  den  personliga  viinskap, 
hvarmed  ban  at  Franska  konnnga-familjen  blef  omfattad,  ocb 
i  den  beundiande  uppmarksamhet,  som  bans  siillsynta  egen- 
skaper,  bans  alskvarda  umgange,  bans  intagande  snille  till- 
vnnno  bonom  OlVerallt.  Pariserboerna  forvaiiades,  att  bland 
nordens  isar  kunnat  vaxa  en  Furste,  som  i  forfinad  bildning 
ej  tog,  men  gaf  monster:  allt,  bvad  Paris  egde  ulmiirkt  ocb 
lysande,  taflade  om  bans  ynnest,  ocb  i  en  af  Franska  Akade- 
miens  sessioner,  som  Gustal"  bevislade,  upplaste  A.  Alembert 
en  dialog  ur  Elyseen,  der  ban  lat  Drottning  Cbristina  ocb 
Des  Cartes  utol'va  sitt  smicker  p4  den  snillrika  Grefven  af 
Gotland.  Hvilken  sorglig  bild  af  det  menskliga  lifvets  ombyt- 
ligbet  framstaller  ej  laflan  af  det  da  sa  lysande  liofvet  i  Ver- 
sailles! INar,  under  de  dagliga  skadespelens  glans,  alias  blickar 
riktades  mot  den  kongliga  loge,  som  tyckles  innesbita  lyckans 
iiogsla  fOremdl,  —  bvilken  inbillning  var  viil  da  nog  mork  att 
ana  ett  sa  tragiskt  slut  bakom  Iramtidens  ouppdragna  tiickelsel 
Der  satt,  onjgifven  af  det  mest  skimrande  bof  i  Europa,  en 
aldrig  konung,  med  balfsliickt  lif;  —  at  bans  sista  dagar  voro 
beta  qval  sparda.  Der  satt,  stialande  af  ungdoni  ocb  prakt, 
det  nyss  formalda  tbronfoljarparet,  Ludvig  ocb  Marie  Antoi- 
nette; —  de  sago  IVamfor  sig  en  tbron ,  men  ej  bakom  den 
scbavotterna  ocb  bilan.  Der  syntes,  vid  deras  sida,  de  unga 
Prinsarna  af  Provence  ocb  Artois,  i  blomman  af  ett  irrande 
lifs  fridlosa  utveckling;  ocb  slulligen,  der  ses  Gustaf,  arf- 
vingen  till  en  krona  i  norden,  beundrad,  firad,  lycklig,  utan 
aning  att  nyss  bans  fader  iir  i  Sverge  atliden,  ban  sjelf  i  delta 
ogonblick  konung,  ocb  att,  sasom  sadan  ban  en  gang  skall 
falla  ett  blodigt  offer  for  silt  folk,  aret  innan  bans  van  ,  den 
sextonde  Ludvig,  med  lika  tankesiitl  delar  ett  lika  Ode.  Adolf 
Fredrik  var  dod  —  ocb  pa  Seinens  strand  belsades  Gustaf  fOr 
Sverges  konung. 


122 

5. 
Ur  STonska  Folkels  llisforia. 

By  E.  G.  Geijer. 

Men  konungen  lade  sjelf  hand  vid  verket;  och  del  ar 
bans  enskilda  frikostighet  som  Upsala  Universilet  har  alt  tacka 
for  sitt  bestand.  Genoni  gafvobref  af  den  31  August!  1625 
forarade  Gustaf  Adolf,  af  de  nu  i  bans  hand  fOrenade  Gusla- 
vianska  arfvegodsen ,  trebundrade  femtio  bemman  till  Upsala 
Akademi,  med  fOrklaring,  att  som  dessa  bemman  voro  bans 
arf  och  egne,  ban  forunnade  dem  at  Akademien  till  dess 
evardliga,  alltid  blifvande  egendom.  Utom  sin  donation  anslog 
Konungen  till  Universitetet  kronotionden  af  flera  socknar  i 
Westmanland  och  Helsingland,  gaf  prsepende-pastoraler  atTbeo- 
logerna,  samt  ett  bondebemman  i  lonetillukning  at  bvar  och 
en  af  de  ofiige  Professorerna;  dessutom  tre  tusen  ivabundrade 
femtio  daler  arligen  till  ett  communitet  for  Studenter,  med 
sarskildt  anslag  for  inkop  af  inventarier,  samt  Ion  for  styres- 
man  och  betjening,  vidare  tva  tusen  fembundiade  daler  arli- 
gen till  underbail  fOr  Stipendiater,  och  bundrade  daler  till 
arbga  beloningar  at  dessa;  bvarjemte  ban  skankte  Universitetet 
sitt  eget  Boktryckeri,  stiftade  dess  Bibliotbek  genom  foriiring 
af  sin  egen  boksamling,  forordnade  del  en  arlig  inkomst,  och 
lat  bygga  det  (sedermera  af  Carl  XI  tillokta)  bus,  som  annu 
kallas  Academia  Gustaviana.  —  Till  rikets  Gymnasier  ar  af- 
ven  Gustaf  Adolf  uppbofsman;  ty  eburu  af  alder  den  inratt- 
ning  fanns,  att  vid  Domkyrkorna  visse  Lectorer  hade  under- 
bail af  kyrkotionden,  gjorde  konungen  deraf  forst  ordentbga 
liirobus,  med  flere  larare  och  stOrre  inkomster.  Det  fOrsta 
Gymnasium  i  Sverige  inraltades  i  Westeras  1620  (tillOkt  1623 
och  1627):  det  andra  i  Strengnas  1626:  det  tredje  i  Liii- 
koping  1628,  och  samma  ar  erholl  Finland,  som  redan  1618 
fatt  ett  Gymnasium  i  Wiborg,  annu  ett  i  Abo. 

Sa  blef  denne  store  konung  midt  under  kriget  stiflare  af 
Sverges  Undervisningsverk,  och  paminner  derigenom,  att  afven 
bans  vapen  fordes  fOr  den  menskliga  odbngens  beliga  sak. 
Derfiire  offrade  ban  pa  dess  altare  hvad  andra  skulle  anvandl 
pa  vapen.  Och  i  hvilken  tid?  Det  finns  intet  bOgre  och  ad- 
lare  bopp,  an  det  som  Gustaf  Adolf  nedlagt  om  Sveriges  fram- 
tid  i  dessa  sina  sliftelser.  De  blefvo  ej  mindre  politiskt  an 
velenskapligt  vigtiga.  Ty  om  Sverige  frdn  denna  tid  framgent  s4 
ofla  sett  man  ur  byddaii  sliga  genom  kunskaper  och  fortjenst 
till  rikets  bOgsta  vardigbeter,  s&  Jir  delta  ock  Gustaf  Adolfs  vei  k. 


123 

6. 
Vr  „eii  vainlriiig  i  Rom'*. 

By  Bernh.  von  Beskow, 

Vi  togo  Viigen  iippfor  Tarpejiska  klippan  till  Capitoliiim. 
Man  liar  nii  Forum  nied  (less  fornleninin^ar  under  sina  I'Otter. 
Fran  lornet  kan  man  urskiija  de  sju  kiillarnas  belilgenliet. 
Det  panorama,  som  omger  askadaren,  iir  den  rikasle  forntids- 
liiifd,  alllid  oppen,  niistan  alltid  hestralad  af  en  moinlVi  liim- 
mel.  Man  skulle  der  dagligen,  under  ett  dr,  kunna  tillbringa 
nagra  interessania  timmar.  Pa  nedvagen  gar  man  fOrbi  iMarci 
Aurelii  slaty  till  iiiist,  af  forgyld  hrons,  och  de  segertecken, 
som  egnadcs  at  Marius,  efter  bans  seger  Ofver  Cim])rerna  ocli 
Teutonerna,  samt  stadnar  ett  Ogonblick  framfOr  Micliel  Aiigelos 
bus.  Det  ar  en  liten  envaningsbyggnad,  med  endast  tva  fon- 
ster,  nil  bebodd  af  ett  fattigt  handtvcrkarrolk. 

En  smal  gata  forer  till  Forum  Trajani.  Af  all  dess  ford- 
na  prakt  bar  blott  en  enda  lemning  trolsat  seklerna;  men 
det  jir  afven  den  skOnaste  segerkolonn  i  verlden.  Basrelie- 
ferna,  som  iilgoras  af  2500  figurer,  tecknade  al"  mastareliand, 
bafva  varit  en  kiilla  for  Rafaiils  ocb  Giulio  Homanos  studier. 
I  kolonnens  fot  forvarades  fordom  den  gyllne  urna,  som 
gOmde  Tiajani  stoft,  ocb  pa  spetsen  hojde  sig  segrarens  ko- 
lossala  bild,  af  forgyld  brons.  JNu  synes  der  Aposleln  Petriis, 
iipplord  af  Sixliis  V. 

Da  man  vill  fortsiilla  sin  vandring,  Oppna  sig  Ivenne  vM- 
gar:  den  ena  till  Mons  Qvirinalis,  som  prydes  af  de  kolossala 
hastarna,  pa  hvilkas  fotslallning  liisas  namnen  Pbidias  ocb 
Praxiteles  (ocb  bvilka,  om  de  an  ej  biirrora  Iran  dessa  ma- 
stare,  dock  aro  Grekiskt  arbete  af  forsta  ordningen),  samt  der- 
ifran  till  Diocleliani  Termer  ocb  flera  berrliga  villor;  den 
andra  ofver  Tibern,  till  Adiiani  ryktbara  grafvard.  Vi  vidja 
denna  sednare  ocb  befinna  oss  snart  pa  Roms  bufvndgata,  il 
Corso,  genom  sin  striickning  ocb  palalsernas  miingd  mabdnda 
den  skonaste  i  Europa.  Vi  bafva  knappt  biinnit  den  balfvjigs 
(la  var  uppmiirksambet  dnyo  lastes  af  en  segerkolonn.  Det 
iir  den,  som  Romerska  folket  lat  uppiesa  at  Marcus  Aurelius, 
efter  bans  seger  ofver  Marcomannerna.  Den  ar  mindre  skon 
an  Trajani,  men  i  anseende  till  fotstallningen  bogre.  Den  bar 
fordom  verldsbeberrskarens  bild  af  foigyld  brons,  ocb  bar  nu 
Aposteln  Paiili,  upprest  af  Sixtiis  V.  Invid  denna  plats  Opp- 
nar  sig  en  an  nan,  som  prydes  af  August!  Sol- obelisk,  bvilken 


124 

kcjsyren  liit  fOra  fran  Ileliopolis  ocli  iipi)r()ra  pA,  Campus  Mar- 
tins samt  helga  at  solen  (soli  donwn  dedit,  som  orden  iiti  in- 
skriften  lyda). 

EftiT  en  vjig  af  nagra  minuter,  genom  obetydliga  gator, 
befinna  vi  oss  pa  en  plats,  i  hvars  I'urgriind  ett  aldiigt  tempel 
langslar  vara  blickar.  Denna  byggnad  ar  lika  enkel  som  ma- 
jeslatisk.  P^ian  dess  panna,  bvilken  tvenne  artusenden  med 
vordnad  forbigalf,  alerspeglas  annu  samma  hign,  bvarmed  den 
sett  triuml'bagar  och  tlironer,  kejsardomen  och  folkvalden  falla 
och  deras  spillror  spridas  som  leksaker  for  barn.  Det  var 
fordom  alia  Gudars  boning  ocli  iir  nil  alia  belgons;  det  iir 
nu,  som  lordom,  fromhetens  ocb  konstens  belgedom.  Det  iir 
Pantheon. 

Da  man  intrader  i  templet,  kiinner  man,  att  den  Ijus- 
strom,  som  flodar  ned  fian  knpolen,  varit  amnad  att  bestrala 
Gudai',  icke  blott  dodliga.  Dessa  ma  bafva  varit  bvilka  som 
belst;  deras  anletsdrag  bara  dock  spar  af  forgangelsen.  Nar 
man  uti  inbillningcn  flyttar  sig  tillbnka  till  den  tid,  da  Olym- 
pens  bilder,  framtroUade  af  den  Grekiska  mejseln,  blickade 
ned  fian  nicberna  i  denna  sal,  bvilka  nu  fyllas  med  grafvar 
och  belgonaben,  skyndar  man  dier  ut  att  beundra  de  yttre 
lemningarna  skonade  af  tiden. 


7. 

Torparfainiljcrna. 

From:  Penningar  och  Arbete  af  Onkel  Adam.  (Dr.  We tterbergh.) 
Det  finnes  ett  drag  i  svenska  nationallynnet,  som  saltan 
fOrnekar  sig,  det  Sr  allmogens  kansla  for  en  viss  grad  afkom- 
fort,  prydiighet.  och  snygghet.  Det  ar  endast  vid  de  begge 
iindpunkterna,  hos  den  rike  bonden,  som  gOr  ett  olyckligt 
forsok  att  haima  de  biittre  standen,  och  hos  stat-torparen 
eller  sadane  jord-torpare,  som  digna  under  palagor,  man  mar- 
ker motsatsen. 

Hos  medelklassen  af  bonderna  ater,  der  hvarken  rikedom 
eller  fattigdom  biingat  dem  ur  deras  nationela  stiillning,  iir 
stugan,  oaktadt  all  sin  enkelbet,  ett  monster  af  natthet  och 
prydiighet.  Den  hvitmenade  spiseln  med  sin  sopade  hidl,  och 
som  om  sommaren  klades  med  fiiska  lof'ruskor;  det  grof'va, 
men  dock  rena  golfvet;  de  simpla  gardinerna,  som  hiinga  pa 
f(^nsterkanterna,  ocb  pryda  hyllorna,  och  som  besla  af  sa  kal- 


125 

lad  „kn5|)pling"  ellor  „ii|)|)kny(or",  det  vil!  sH^r  andan  af 
linrieviil'varne,  livars  losa  liadkiiippor  hopknylas  till  elt  slags 
gallci':  allL  fondilcr  en  slrid  niellan  skuiilKilssinnet  och  de 
snia  tillgangarnc,  i   livilken  det  lorra  vinnei-. 

Om  man  jemCOr  sin  inre  Ixilalcnhet,  da  man  inlriict  i 
ctl  i)iaktiiim,  (\i^v  siden,  giild  och  sammet ,  der  trymacr  och 
kronor  Ofverrallt  gliinsa,  med  den  man  kanncr,  da  n)aii  he- 
tiaktar  del  inre  at'  en  svensk  hondstnga ,  der  ingen  mfilning, 
intet  guld  doljer  tradet,  som  skiiradt  och  tint  lyckes  vinna 
genoni  sin  alder,  ty  lU't  hhr  med  hvarje  ar  hvitare;  om  man 
da  ser  nagra  hlanka  koppaiklirl,  nagra  lenntallrikar,  som  skina 
som  speglar,  och  hiisels  m(Ml  l)joik-kada  sammansalta  porslin 
l)redvid  en  liel  rad  Icrfat  med  artal  i  bottncn,  sla  kompagni- 
vis  pa  iiyllan,  hilar  jemlorelsen  at  den  hlla  kojan,  ocli  man 
beklagar  hlott,  att  man  ej  kan  sla  rikligt  rak  lor  atl  ej  str>ta 
i  takhjelkarne. 

Dit  man  saledes  heist  trader,  ar  i  en  s5,  kallad  ryffg-^- 
stnga  i  del  lalliga  Smaland,  (\gv,  liogt  under  tak,  halVekakorna 
hiinga  pa  sina  sliinger  och  der  kanljiinda  att  en  kiihng,  har- 
nens  van  och  lekkamrat,  kommer  en  till  mote  och  Uditar  pa 
lianden  lor  att  la  nagot,  och  hjuder  sina  hornspetsar  till  strid, 
niir  han  linner  sig  hedragen.  Men  delta  tretliga  hem  har 
en(hist  sjelf-egaren,  som  hor  jia  sin  lilla  hemmans(h'l,  och 
den  trie  hackstugusitlaron,  som  iir  konung  i  sin  koja,  sa  lilen 
hon  iu*.     Begge  desse  ega  sig  sjeHVe. 

Deremot,  sa  snarl  vi  ifilrada  |)a  lierigaids-gebiten,  finna 
vi  storre  eller  mindi-e  afsikelscr  Iran  den  iirsprungliga  karak- 
teren.  Det  finnes,  till  all  lycka,  manga  egendomsegare,  som 
gora  myckel,  om  icke  allt,  for  sill  folks  trefnad;  men  endasl 
den  omstilndighelen,  all  lorparens  stallning  ej  iir  saker,  att 
han  kan  nppsiigas,  atl  hans  konlrakt  kan  hojas,  gor  atl  lian 
konmier  i  en  annan,  i  en  I'alsk  stallning,  som  den  lalliga  sjcll- 
egaren,  eller  den,  som  hlolt  har  lilstidsbesitlning  pa  en  stuga, 
undviker.  Del  ar  nendigen  en  fiamlid,  som  lelas  hela  denna 
helolkning;  ty  for  alt  ega  en  framtid  fordras  sakerhet.  Om 
lorparen  saledes  sandar  loimogenhet,  sker  delta  icke  derfore, 
att  lian  sjelf,  hans  barn  och  harnharn  skola  (jvarhlilVa  pa 
samma  lorl'va,  ulan  pa  del  att  han  md  kunna  llytla,  om  be- 
hofvet  sa  i)akallar. 

Denna  nomad-id6  lyser  igenom  Ofverallt  i  hans  lefnads- 
satt  och  kastar  nagonling  vardslost  och  olretligt  in  i  hans 
koja;  han  behandlar  den,  som  den   vore  blolt  elt  natlqvailer; 


126 

ty  (let  lOnar  ej  modan,  att  for  iiagra  ar  blott  gOra  sig  besvar 
alt  putsa  den  ocli  gOra  den  prydlig.  Och  dock  framlelVer  ban 
hela  sin  tid  i  samma  stuga;  lian  blir  ej  iippsagd,  bans  kon- 
trakt  bbr  ej  bojdt,  men  bkval  bar  denna  osakerbet  som  ett 
Daniocles-svard  bestlindigt  bangt  Ofver  bans  bufvud,  ocb  in- 
slinktbkt  kanner  ban,  att  ban  ej  ar  saker,  faslan  ban  mycket 
sallan  tanker  derpa. 


8 
From  tbe  play:  Master  Sniilh. 

Feiiele   Aktcu :    I'orsta  .Sceiien, 

(Alia  Smiths  fordna  arbetare  framkomma  i  sina   smedsdrdgter, 

glada  och  soilande.) 

Verkgesdlln.  Ma,  min  kara  Kolmodin,  sa  rakas  vi  igen 
sS,  bar  oformodadt.  Hvem  skuUe  ba'  trott  det,  nar  olyckan 
slog  ner  i  Master  Jacobs  bus,  ocb  vi  spriddes  alia  omkring, 
som  agnar  for  vinden. 

Kolmodin  (vppntsad  i  rena  lOskragar  och  en  shiskig  halt, 
fdr  dfrigt  klddd  i  forskinn  och  samma  afsigkomna  svarta  frack, 
som  han  tillforene  hegagnal.)  Sa  ska  det  vara  i  verldeu,  ja; 
skiijas  ki  ocb  ses  igen  annars  blef  det  for  ledsamt  i  langden. 
Men  se  nagonting  sa  bar  erkelretligt,  det  kunde  inte  fanken 
dromma  om,  nar  jag  for  elt  balft  ar  se'n  gick  ocb  badda  lik- 
sangar  pa  korgal'n.  Nu  tyckcr  jag  Master  Jacob,  ska*  bb  sa 
glad,  som  JN'apolion,  nar  ban  raka'  silt  gamla  garde,  sasom 
jag  sag  i  glasbalet  pa  en  saiuler  kos-kosmotik  en  gang. 
Hejsan,  smedsgubbarl     Har  ska'  bli'  lilla  lifvet. 

En  Gesdll.  Men  bvad  knafveln  gick  det  at  dej  Kolmo- 
din,  som   gick  Jfran  yrket  ocb  blef  dodgrafvare  en  tid? 

Kolmodin.  Ab,  man  ska'  alltid  lefva  busligt  bar  i  vcrl- 
den,  ocb  stalla  sej  sa  alt  man  kan  biidda  sin  cgen  sang  om 
det  galler  ocb  derfor  blef  jag  dodgrafvare.  Ser  ni,  Cbrisline 
bos  Kaspersons,  bon  gick  in  vid  lullverket,  ocb  sa  blef  jag 
litet  trakig  till  lynnet,  ocb  sa  gick  jag  ocb  sma'sop  en  tid, 
ocb  se'n  blef  jag  dodgrafvare  i  brist  pa  arbete.  Sa  ska'  det 
vara  i  verlden,  del  ska'  alllid  ga  rasande  for  somliga. 

Verkgesdlln.  Vi  skulle  viinta  pa  brukspatron  bar  bredvid 
hcicken,  fOr  Master  Jacob  far  inte  vela  af  nagonting  om  att  vi 
a'  samlade  bar.     (Ndgra  bondflir.kor  ga  fOrhi.) 


127 

Kolniodin.  lia,  sm^  lOsornal  liiil  Elt  lite  ordi  (Drar 
ett  par  flickor  in  framfOr  Jidcken,  de  andra  foija  nyfiket  efter.) 
Kiinncr  ni   Napolions  ganila  ganle? 

Flickorna  (forJdgna).     ^'cej  I 

Kolmodin.  Na  ^a  har  har  ni  hcla  balaljon.  Jag  ii*  Ser- 
jeant for  bussarna,  jag  skulle  Oduijukast.  Iraga,  hvilken  af  er 
del  var,  som  nodvandigt  ville  ha'  mej  till  lastman? 

Flickorna  (seringa  alia  skrattande  sin  vcig  under  utrop). 
Fy  vali  1 

Verkgesdlln.  Di  der  va'  vist  alia  slagtingar  lill  Christine 
hos  Kaspersons. 

Gesdllerna  (skratta). 

Kolmodin.  h  jag  kan  val  skratta  jag  ocksa,  en  vacker 
dag,  niir  jag  akor  som  hriikssmed  till  kyrkan,  med  huslru  min 
i  skrindan  och  snOrmakartofl'sarna  utanpa. 

Verkgesdlln.  Tyst,  gossar,  derborta  kommer  Bruksjialron^ 
med  sin  unga  frii. 

Kolmodin.  Med  Mamsell  Gertrud?  (Spriller  af  gJddje). 
Nej  dethiir  blir  sa  roligt  sa  jag  star  into  ul  me't.  Tyst  i  le- 
derna,  gubbar.     IlOger  ratta  erl 

Andra   Sceiien. 

Bruk  spa  Iron.     Gertrud.     De  FOrra. 

Brukspaiion.  Goddag,  goddag,  mina  viinnerl  (Ilel^ar 
hjcrlligt  pa  arbetarne). 

Gerirud.  Valkmnnal  viilkomna  I  Goddag,  kara  Kolmodin  I 
(Nickar  vdnligt  at  Kolmodin). 

Kolmodin.  Mamsell,  —  Frii  Gertrud  I  Kanner  igen  Kol- 
modin, last  ban  vaiit  en  ^a'n  lorbannad  sudder.  Ah  Herre 
Gud,  sa  roligl. 

Gertrud  (klappar  honom  vdnligt  pa  axeln).  Man  glommer 
inte  sa  latt  sina  gamla  viinner. 

Kohnodin.  Ack,  om  jag  bara  tordes  be  alt  fa  ta'  Mam- 
sell Gerirud  i  hand  florkar  sigj.  Ja , .  jag  ar  aldeles  ren  om 
klometerna. 

Gertrud  frdcker  honom  leende  handenj. 

Kolmodin  (hoppar  till  i  glddjej.  Lefvc  Koiuingenl  .  .  . 
Nej  lefve  llennes  IVdd,  skulle  jag  saja,  fast  jag  halka  i 
bradskan. 

Brukspatron  (till  Verkgesdlln).  De  ha'  ju  alia  lati  veta 
de  VJllkur,  jag  oibjuder  dem,  och  H'   nojda   dermed? 


128 

Alia.     Ja  be\ars,  mycket  mer  an  nOjdal 

Brukspatron.  'Sk  val,  minn  vannerl  Er  gamla  Maslarti, 
inin  svarfar,  trifs  icko  i  sitt  nuvarande  slilla  lif,  utan  gar  nu 
och  sorjer  af  brist  pa  sysselsattning.  .lag  liar  derfore  latit 
inreda  en  smedja,  sa  lik  son.  mojligl  er  fordna  verkstad;  och 
jag  ville  ocksa  samla  omkring  bonom  bans  gamla  viinner, 
bans  biisla  arbetare.  Ar  det  ingen  af  er,  soin  angrar  sig  och 
tycker  mer  om  det  glada  stadslilVet? 

Alia.     Nej,  nej. 

Kolmodin.     K on) mer  inte  i  fraga. 

Brukspatron.  Tack,  lack,  mina  vanner  1  Da  ska*  ni  4ler 
beisa  master  Jacob  som  er  gamla  busbonde.  Ingen  bar  att 
befalla  ofver  er,  ntom  ban. 

Kolmodin.  Ja,  Gud  gifve  hela  landet  s&'na  belallnings- 
bafvande. 

Brnkspatron.  Gor  mig  da  till  viljes,  ocb  slamm  upp  er 
gamla  smedvisa,  nar  jag  ger  er  tecken  dertill,  ocb  fragar  om 
arbetet  for  morgondagen. 

Verkgesdlln.     Det  ska'  ske. 

Brnkspatron.  Och  ballen  er  nn  gomda  i  grindstugan  bar 
bredvid.     Ni  ska'  fa  fnlU  upp  med  forfriskningar. 

Kolmodin.  Lefve  brukspatron  I  Lefve  brukspatronessan, 
ocli  lefve  hela  lilla  brukliga  familjeni 

Alki  (hviftande  med  mOssorna).  Ja  lefve  v^rt  goda  berr- 
skop  1 

Brnkspatron  (med  Gertrnd  nnder  arnien).  Tack,  och  far- 
val  nu  sa  iiinge.     (De  gd  nl  fOrhi  hdcken  till  hoger). 

Verkgesdlln.  Nu  var  Kolmodin  dum  igen.  Inle  finiis  del 
nagon  familj  annu,  inte.  Derrskapet  bar  ju  bara  varil  gifta 
i  fyra  manader. 

Kolmodin.  Nana  da.  Ilvad  som  inte  ii'  kan  val  bli.  S& 
ska'  det  vara  i  verlden.  Nu  ga  vi  te  grindstugan  och  dricker. 
men  den  som  inte  skoter  grinn'  det  blir  jag.  (Alia  gd  ul 
fdrbi  hdcken  till  venster). 


II.    Poetry. 
1. 

Jenifdrelse. 

By  P.  D.  A.  Atterbom. 

Hvad  blanlier  p4  j,Tenen  af  rosens  trad? 
En  dioppe,  som  tillrar  ocli  tindrarl 
Hur  ringa  ban  iirl  liur  skiilfvande  spadi 
Men  en  sol  i  den  lilla  dock  glindrar. 

Hvad  blanker  p^  grenen  af  Lifvets  trad? 
En  sjiil,  som  lider  och   njuterl 
Hur  traijg  hon  sig  kannerl  hur  arm  till  och  mo.dl 
Men  en  Gud  hon  inom  sig  dock  sluter. 

Si  iiro  de  bada  speglar,  fOrvisst, 
Af  elt  Ijus,  som  fyller  all  verlden; 
Och  bada  bland  tornen,  fOrst  hksora  sist, 
Tillbringa  blicken  af  fardeu. 

Men  droppen,  hvad  Ar  ban?    En  dagg,  en  tir, 
Som  vinden  fOraklar  att  spara. 
At  sjalen  blott  gafs  ett  lif,  som  bestdr; 
En  Ijusbild,  som  hon  kan  fOrvara. 

Och  glanser  den  klar  —  hur  Ijufligt  Sr  d4, 
Att  vara  en  droppe  af  Lifvet! 
Ma  vindarne  komma,  m4  vindarne  ga: 
Dig  ar  det  evdrldliga  gifvet 


Lenstrftm'g  Swedisli  Grammar. 


130 

2. 

Den  lilla  Kolargosseo. 

Dy  E.  Geij  er. 

„I  skogen  vid  mi  Ian  sitter  far, 

Mor  sitter  hemma  och  spinner. 

Vanta,  jag  blir  val  ocksa  karl, 

Far  en  fastemO  efter  mitl  sinnel 

Dct  ar  sd  mOrkt  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen. 

Tidigt  med  solen  jag  hemifian  gick:  — 
Friskt  lif,  medan  solen  glimmarl  — 
Till  far  skall  jag  bara  mat  och  dryck, 
Nu  komma  snart  qvallens  timmar. 
Det  ar  s4  mOrkt  langt,  Idngt  bort  i  skogeo. 

Jag  ar  radder  p&  liten  grOn  stig, 

Der  jag  ensam  i  skogen  mand'  ganga; 

Men  furorna  se  sd  mOrkt  pa  niig, 

Och  bergen  kasta  skuggor  sa  langa. 

Det  ar  s§L  morkt  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen. 

Tra  la  la  I  —  Friskt  sinne  som  fogel  i  flygtl  — 

Nu  vill  jag  springa  och  sjunga  — 

Hul    Utur  berget  det  svarar  sd  styggt, 

Och  ordena  komma  sa  tunga. 

Det  ar  s4  morkt  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen. 

Ack,  vore  jag  hos  min  gamle  far: 
Jag  bjornen  hOr  brumma  och  sjunga. 
Och  bjOrnen  ban  ar  den  starkaste  karl, 
Och  skonar  hvarken  gamla  eller  unga, 
Det  ar  sd  mOrkt  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen. 

Och  skuggan  den  faller  s4  tjock,  sa  tjock, 

Som  en  fall  Ofver  ensamma  leden. 

Det  tassar,  det  braskar  ofver  sten  och  stock 

Och  trollena  trada  pa  heden. 

Det  ar  s^  mOrkt  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen. 

Ack,  Gud,  der  ar  ett,  der  ar  tval  —  1  sitt  garn 
De  mig  ta  —  se,  bur'  granna  de  svingal 
De  vinkal  —  Gud  trOsta  mig,  fattiga  barnl 


131 


liar  galler  for  lifvel  att  springa. 

Del  ar  si  morkl  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen.** 

Och  natleii,  deu   nedstcg,  och  timman  blef  si-n, 

Ocli  villare  och  villare  Mef  leden. 

Del  tassar,  del  rasslar  Ofver  stock  och  sten  — 

Den  HUa  springer  pa  heden. 

Del  ar  si  mOrkt  lingt,  lingt  borl  i  skogen. 

Med  pickande  hjerta,  med  rosblommad  kind, 
Vid  milan  hos  sin  far  ban  faller  ner. 
Valkommen,  valkommon,  kar  sonen  mini 
„Ack,  jag  bar  sett  irollen  och  val  merl" 
Del  ar  ea  mOrkt  langt,  langt  bort  i  skogen. 

„Min  son  1    Jag  salt  bar  si  mangel  ar 

Och  ar  med  Guds  bjelp  viil  belialleu. 

Den  rail  kan  liisa  silt  Fader  Var, 

Han  raddes  bvarken  fan  eller  Irollen ; 

Fast  del  ar  mOrkl  langt,  langt  borl  i  skogen.** 


3. 

I'lyttfaglarne. 

By  Stagneliiis. 

Se  faglarnes  skara! 
Till  frammande  land 
De  suckande  fara 
Fran  Gaulhiods  stiand. 
Med  vjidren  de  blanda 
Silt  klagande  Ijud: 
„Hvar  skola  vi  landa? 
Hvarl  for  oss  dill  bud  ?" 
t5i  ropar  den  fjadrade  skaran  till  Gud. 

„Vi  lemna  med  oro 
De  skandiska  skar." 
Vi  trifdes,  vi  voro 
T  blommande  lindar, 
Der  nSslet  vi  byggt. 


Balsamiska  vindar 
Oss  vaggade  tryggt. 
Nil  strackes  mot  okanda  ryriider  vSr  fly^;!. 

Med  rosiga  hatten 
Pa  lockar  af  guld 
Salt  midsommarsiiatten, 
I  skogen,  sa  huld. 
Ej  kunde  vi  somna,  — 
Sa  dejlig  hon  var  — 
Af  vallusl  blott  domna, 
Tills  moigonen  klar 
Oss  viickte  pa  nytt  fran  sin  brinnande  char, 

Ljuft  traden  da  sankte 
Kring  tufvor  silt  hvalf, 
Dem  perlor  bestankte, 
Der  tornrosen  skalf. 
Nil  skoflad  ar  eken, 
Och  rosen  bar  flytt. 
Af  vindarna  leken 
I  storm  sig  forbytt. 
Af  frostblommor  bvita  ar  majfaltet  prydl. 


Hvad  gora  vi  langre 
I  norden  ?  —  Dess  pol 
Blir  dagligen  trangre, 
Mer  dunkel  dess  sol. 
Hvad  batar  att  qvida? 
Vi  lemna  en  graf. 
Att  fly  i  del  vida, 
Gud  vingar  oss  gaf. 
SS  vaien  oss  helsade,  brusande  haf* 

Sa  (aglarna  qviida 
Pa  skyndaude  fard. 
Snait  mottar  de  spada 
En  skonare  veiid, 
Der  rankorna  skalfva 
I  almarnas  topp, 
Der  backarne  hviilfva 
Bland  myrlen   sitt  lopp, 
Och  liindarna  klinga  af  njiUiiing  och  hopp. 


133 

Nar  grymt  sig  fOrhytcr 
Ditt  jordiska  val, 
Nar  hOstvinden  ryler, 
Gril  icke,  o  sjall 
Del  ler  bortom  liafven 
Mot  fdgeln  en  strand , 
P4  hinsidan  grafven 
Ar  afven  ett  land, 
Forgyldt  al  den  eviga  morguneos  brand. 


4. 

Lappeus  saug. 

By  Franzen. 

Spring  min  snSlla  Uen, 
Ofver  berg  ocb  i^UI 
Vid  min  (Hckas  tJilt 
Fkv  du  krat'sa  se'u. 
Ymniij  mossa  der 


'b 


Under  drifvan  Sr. 

Dagen  iir  sa  kort, 
Vagen  ixr  sa  lang: 
Spring  du  vid  min  s&ng! 
Ldt  OSS  skynda  boitl 
Har  iir  ingen  ro, 
Har  blolt  uHvar  bo. 

Se,  der  flOg  en  Orn: 
Sail  den  vingar  barl 
Se,  bur  molnet  farl 
Salt  jag  i  dess  horn, 
Sag  jag  re'n  kanske, 
Di}?  der  borla  le. 


'o 


Dul  som  bjertat  bar 
Fingade  i  bast: 
Sa  en  vild-ren  fast 
Vid  en  tarn  man  snar; 
01  du  drar  niig  mer 
An  en  fors  dit  ner. 


134 

Se*n  jag  Pick  dig  se, 
Tuseu  tankar  jag 
Har  bdd'  natt  och  dags 
Tusen  aro  de, 
Och  blott  en  Snda: 
Att  dig   ega  iL 

Du  m§L  gOmma  dig 
Bakom  daldens  sten, 
Eller,  nied  din  ren, 
Fly  till  skogs  fOr  mig: 
Undan,  undan  skall 
Bade  sten  och  lall. 

Spring  min  snalla  ren, 
OtVer  berg  och  fait! 
Vid  min  flickas  lalt 
Far  du  kral'sa  se'n. 
Yninig  mossa  der 
Under  drifvan  ar. 


5. 
Fursakelse. 

By  Vitalis. 


Hvi  skulle  jag  ej  mota  glad  min  plSgn? 
Hon  ar  en  engel,  sand  till  mig  Iran  Gud. 
Hvi  skulle  jag  den  gode  Fadren  fraga, 
HvarfOr  han  valde  henne  till  sitt  bud? 

Som  fageln  under  modrens  vingar  hvilar,' 
Intill  bans  brost  jag  lutar  mig  i  ro, 
Och,  kommer  duden  an  med  lusen  pilar, 
Jag  segrar  dock,  och  segren  clr  min  tro. 

Liksom  en  dulva  mild  sig  bOnen  hojer 
Emot  min  Faders  sljerneliiste  bid, 
Och,  nSr  min  Fader  i  sitt  Ijus  hon  rOjer 
Hon  bviskar  stilla  i  bans  Ora  sk: 


135 

Ldt  offret  af  min  vilja  Dig  beliaga, 
0  Dii,  som  cljijpet  al"  mitt  hjerta  serl 
Jag  Till  af  Dig  min  kalk  mod  kSilek  taga, 
Liksom  Du  hoiiom  ulaf  kiirkk  ger. 


6. 
Somiiiurfrdjd. 

By  N  i  c  a  ii  d  e  r. 

Salens  barn,  clu  skona  Summar, 
Kladd  i  gyllne  skrud  och  kransar. 
Glad  jag  dig  till  mote  dansar, 
Nar  du  Oppnar  mig  din  famn. 

Se,  hur  hela  joiden  blommar, 
Hor  hur  alia  biickar  sjiinga. 
F^glarna  pi  grenar  gunga, 
Qvitiranile  ditt  Ijufva  namo. 

Sorl  af  bi'n  kring  blumsterkalkar. 
Solskin  Ofver  grona  lagen, 
Stilla  lugn   |»d  I)l4a  vagen, 
ROda  smuUron  mellan   blad. 

Och  en  lofsal,  som  oss  svalkar 
I  hvars  skugga  vestanvinden 
Kysser  rosorna  frdn  kinden, 
Och  Ayr  bort  med  rofvet  glad. 

Blomman  ar  jn  mer  an  knoppeo, 
Sommaren  cir  mer  an  vdreii 
Med  sin  blomsterkrans  i  hdien, 
Och  fullboidan  mer  an  hopp. 

Solen  somnar.     Ungdomstroppen 
Samlar  sig  i  aftonstunden 
Mellan  lindarna  i  lunden; 
Minen  vaknar  och  gar  opp. 

Arm  i  arm  med  muntia  sinnen; 
Genom  Floras  slott  och  dalar, 


136 

Ofver  perlbekladda  salar 

Taget  gar  med  skSmt  och  sang. 

Ljufva  aningar  och  niinnen 
Spricka  iit.     I  ram  at'  stialar 
M&nen  sknggportratter  malar, 
Som  ledsaga  skarans  gang. 

Bakom  silfvermolnet  sitter 
Jcigarn  Amor  tyst  och  smilar, 
Brynar  sina  rosenpilar, 
Lagger  an  och  gifver  fyr. 

AlU  ar  frOjd.     1  dagens  glitter 
Ha  de  skOna  hvar  sin  spogel, 
Till  dess  Amor  sina  segel 
Bakt  mot  manens  skitVa  styr. 

Nu  man  snafvar  otVer  tufvor, 
Plockar  lysmask  opp  kring  hatlen 
Skiljes  at  och  gifver  nalten, 
Somnar  in  vid  vaktelslaff. 


"©• 


Dragen  sist  af  sma  sm&  dufvor, 
ROrande  med  perletommen, 
Kommer  lilla  Silfen  DrOmmen 
Med  inbillningens  behag. 

Vecklar  ul  fOr  sjalens  Oga, 
Sina  landskapstaflor  grOna, 
Sina  englar  underskona  — 
Var  vSlkommen,  bhda  dromi 

Alsklingsbarn  af  solen  hOga, 
Miste  vi  dig  snart  forsaka. 
Sommarl  skynda  dig  lillbaka, 
Och  din  bruUopsskrud  ej  glOni. 


137 

7. 
Den  Ijufva  offorddflen. 

By  Nicander. 

Det  ord,  som  fOr  mig  sjelf  jag  djupast.  (ioljer; 
Jag  ensam  ser  och  kiinner  och  lOrstA,:-. 
Med  eldsdrag  ristad  i  mitt  lijerta  sl&r 
Den  skrift,  som  sliijan  blolt  for  verlden  doljer, 

Och  ingen  tdr,  som  mina  kinder  skOljer, 
Alt  plina  ut  dess  innelidll  fOrmir. 
Ilvad  <ir  mot  sjalens  brand  en  ensam  l&r? 
Ijlott  oija,  hvarp&  slOrre  14ga  foljer. 

Men   ackl  om   Id^jan  slackles  i  mitt  brOst, 
Och  se'n  i  andra  hjertan  dtervacktes, 
Jag  dog  af  sorg  derOfver  att  hon  slScktes, 

Atl  ensam   brinna,   offras  —  Sr  min  IrOst. 
Jag  stolt  och  glad  vill  martyrkronan  biira, 
Om  Dina  ligor  endast  mig  fOriara. 


8. 
From  the  tragedy:  Runesfardet. 

By  Nicander. 

Alrik  (sakta). 
Som  Surtur  —  jal  den  liknelsen  var  hl^rlig. 

(hdgt). 
Mig  tyckes,  (^&  jag  ser  den  slora  biblen, 
S4  stitligt  piydd  med  guld  och  silfverkedjor, 
Med  kopparhatt,  st&lhandskar  och  ett  svSrd, 
Som  vore  jag  ett  barn  annu.     Jag  niinnes, 
Hur  jag  en  afton  till  Upsala  l.lnde, 
Alt  se  en  ofTerhOgtid,  med  min   Fader. 
Jag  kom  sd  in  i  gullbeprydda  templet, 
Der  folkt'ts  mangd  i  dunkel  andakt   trangdes, 
Och  varseblef  langst  fram  i  Ostra  hvalfvet 
Thors  gudabild,  s&  stor  och  vOrdifjl   bildad, 
Af  stjernor  och  af  facklor  Ofverstralad. 
Den  bilden  trodde  in^nga  vara  Thor, 


138 

Den  hOgfi  Asen  sjelf,  och  follo  neder, 

Och  dyrkade  den  stora  bilden  trogel, 

Ehiiru  vi  och  alia  mer  invigda 

1  bilden  endast  se  en  bild  af  Thor, 

Som  bdller  folkets  andakl  der  lillsammans. 

Mig  fattade  en  obegriplig  langtan 

Alt  sis  den  sOnder,  for  alt  fa  besk&la, 

Hur  gudens  innandOme  var  beskaffadt. 

Ty  dS  jag  nSgot  ser,  som  synes  konstigt 

FOrfardigadt,  som  glanser  uppH  ytan, 

Jag  tanker  strax:  hur  ar  det  innanfOre? 

Och  tingens  hjerta  vill  jag  alltid  skada. 

Just  nu  rann  Ofver  mig  den  sarama  tanke; 

Det  vore  roligt  se  den  gamle  Erik 

1   bolten  battre,  och  fOrvisst  fOrnimma, 

Om  ban  sS  maktig  ar,  som  det  forkunnas. 

Du  SkaggegudI  drag  svardet  ut  till  kamp, 

Ty  Alrik  vill  din  gudakrafl  fOrsOka: 

(Han  slar  bilden  i  stycken.     En   del  af  foJket   drar 
sig  af  fasa  undan.     Bifallsrop   hakifran.) 
S&  baren  nu  hvar  en  sitt  stycke  hadan, 
Ty  jag  bar  delat  Guden  ibland  eder. 
En  harbg  upplacktl  att  af  etl  belate 
1  hast  framskapa  mSnga,  mdnga  Gudar, 
Af  hvilka  hvar  och  en  ar  lika  god 
Ock  lika  maktig,  som  den  hela  var. 
Tillbedjen  flitigt,  Svearl  Sjungen,  Presterl 
Ty  val  jag  ser,  alt  viia  faders  minne 
Oar  dunslat  bort  i  edert  dufna  sinne. 


9- 
Frithiof  kommer  till  Kuiig  Ring. 

From:  Tegner's  Frithiofs  Saga. 

Kung  Ring  han   salt   i   hOgbank   om  julen   och   drack   mjod, 
bos  honom  salt  bans  drotlning,  sa  bvit  och  rosenrOd. 
Som  var  och  hOst  dem  bUda  man  sag  bredvid  hvarann, 
hon  var  den  friska  vaien,  den  kulna  bOst  var  han. 

Da  tradde  uli  salen  en  okand  gubbe  in, 

Iran  hulvud  och  till  fOtter  han  insvepl  var  i  skinn. 


139 

Han  hade  staf  i  handen  och  lutad  s&gs  han  p:?., 
men  hOgre  an  de  aridra  den  gamle  var  iinda. 

Han  satte  sig  p^  banken  langst  ned  vid  salens  dOir 
der  ar  de  armas  stiille  iinnu,  som  det  var  fOrr. 
De  hofman  logo  smadligt  och  sago  till  hvarann. 
och  pekade  med  fingret  pa  ludeii   bjornskinnsnian. 

D&  Ijungar  med  tva  Ogon  den  liammande  sa  hvasst, 
med  ena  handen  grep  han  en  ungersven  i  hast, 
belt  varligen  han  vande  den  hofman  iipp  och  ned, 
dS  tystnade  de  andre;  vi  hade  gjoil  sa  med. 

„Hvad  ar  for  larm  der  nere?  Hvem  hryter  kungens  frid? 
Kom  npp  till  mig,  du  gamle,  och  lat  oss  talas  vid. 
Hvad  ar  ditt  namn?  Hvad  vill  du?  Hvar  kommer  du  ilrdn? 
S4  talte  kungen  vredgad  till  guhben,  gumd  i  vran. 

„Helt  myc^et  spOr  du,  konung,  men  jag  dig  svara  vill. 
Mitt  namn  ger  jag  dig  icke,  det  hOr  mig  ensam  lill. 
I  Anger  ar  j.ig  uppfodd,  min  arfgard  heter  Brist, 
hit  kom  jag  il'ran  Ulfven,  bos  bouom  lag  jag  sist. 

Jag  red  i  fordna  dagar  s4  glad  p4  drakens  rygg, 
han  bade  starka  vingar  och  llOg  s&  glad  och  trygg; 
nu  ligger  han  forlamad  och  trusen  jemte  land, 
sjelf  ar  jag  gammal  voiden  och  biiinner  salt  vid  strand. 

Jag  kom  alt  se  din  vishel,  i  landet  vida  spord, 

da  mOtte  man  med  ban  mig,  fOr  ban  ar  jag  ej  gjord; 

jag  tog  en   narr  fOr  brostet  och  vande  bondui  kring, 

dock  steg  ban  opp  belt  oskadd,  fOrlat  mig  det,  kung  UingI"  - 

„Ej  ilia,  sade  kungen,  du  lagger  dina  ord; 
de  gamle  bor  man  iira,  kom  siitt  dig  vid  mitt  bord. 
Lat  din  fOrkladning  falla,  lat  se  dig  som  du  ar, 
lOrkladd  tril's  gladjen  icke,  jag  vill  ha  gladje  bar." 

Och  nu  fr^n  gastens  hufvud  I'Oll  luden  bjornbud  ner, 
i  stallet  for  den  gamle,  enbvar  en  yngling  ser. 
IlVun  don  luiga  pannan,  kring  skullran  bred  och  lull 
de  Ijusa  lockar  floto  liksom  ett  svall  af  gull. 


140 

Och  praktig  stod  han  fOr  dem  i  sammetsmantel  MA, 
i  handsbredt  silfverbalte  med  skogens  djur  uppa. 
I  drifvet  arbel  alia  den  konstnar  bragt  dem  an, 
och  rundt  kring  bjeltens  midja  de  jagade  hvarann. 

Och  ringons  gyllne  smycke  kring  armcn  salt  sa  rikt, 
vid  sidan  hang  bans  slagsvcird,  en  stannad  Ijungeld  likt. 
Den  lugna  bjelteblicken  kring  sal  och  gaster  for, 
skOn  stod  han  der  som  Balder,  och  hOg  som  Asa-Thur. 

Den  hSpna  drollnings  kinder  de  skifta  farg  sd  snallt, 
som  rOda  norrsken  m^Ia  de  snObetackta  fait: 
som  tvenne  vattenliljor  inunder  slormens  larm 
std  gungande  p&  vagen,  sA  bafdes  hennes  barm. 

Nu  bidste  lur  i  salen  och  tysl  blef  Ofverallt, 
ty  nu  var  loftets  timma  och  in  bars  Frejers   gait. 
Med  kransar  omkring  bogen,  och  apple  uti  inund, 
och  fyra  kngn  han  bojde  pa  silfverfatels  rund. 

Och  konung  Ring  sig  reste  i  sina  lockar  ^rd, 
han  rOrde  galtens  panna  och  gjorde  lofte  s&: 
„Jag  svSr  att  Frilhiof  vinna,  fastan  en  kSmpe  stor-, 
sk  lijelpe  Frej  och  Oden,  derhos  den  starke  Thor!" 

Med  trotsigt  loje  reste  sig  frSmlingen  s4  hOg, 
en  biixt  af  hjeltevrede  bans  anlet  ofverflOg; 
han  slog  sid  svard  i  bordet,  s4  det  i  salen  klang, 
och  upp  fran  ekebSnken  hvarenda  kampe  sprang. 

„Och  hOr  du  nu,  Herr  Konung,  mitt  lofte  afvenval: 
ung  Frilhiof  ar  min  frSnde,  jag  kanner  honom  vail. 
Jag  svar  att  Frithiof  skydda,  och  var  det  mot  en  verld; 
sa  hjelpe  mig  min  Noma,  derhos  mitt  goda  svard  1" 

Men  Kungen  log  och  sade:  „Helt  dristigt  ar  ditt  tal, 
dock,  orden  aro  fria  i  nordisk   kungasal. 
Fyll  honom  hornet,  droltning,  med  vin  som  du  bar  bSst, 
den  framhng,  vill  jag  hoppas,    i  vinter  ar  var  gastl" 

Och  droltningen  tog  hornet,  som  framfOr  henne  stod, 
af  urens  panna  brutet,  en  koslehg  Ulenod, 


141 


p^  l)lanka  silfverfotter,  med  ni^ngen  gyllne  ring, 
med  forntids  bilder  sirad   och  runeskrift  omkriiig. 

Med   nederslagna  Ogon   hon  rUckte  hornet  dd, 

men  darraiide  var  handen,  och  vin  hlef  spildt  derp^. 

Som  afioiirodnaiis  purpur  pd  hijorna  iblaiid, 

de  dunkla  dropj)ar  brunno  pa  hennes  hvita  hand. 

Och  glad  tog  gSi^ten  hornet  utaf  den  adla  fru; 
ej  tvenne  man  det  tOmde,  som  manner  aro  nii; 
men  latt  och  ulan  tvekan,  den  drottning  till  l)C'hag, 
den  vjildige  det  tomde  uli  ett  andedrag. 

Och  skalden  tog  sin  harpa,  han  satt  vid  kungens  herd, 
och  sjOng  ett  hjertligt  qvade  om  kiirleken  i  Nord, 
cm  Hngbart  och  skon   Signe,  och  vid  hans  djupa  rOst 
de  h&rda  hjertan  smalte  i  stalbekladda  brost. 

Ilan  sjOng  om  Valhalis  salar  och  om  Einheriers  lOn, 
om  tappre  fadeis  brngder  pa  faitet  och  p4  sjOn. 
Da  grep  hvar  hand  at  sviirdet,  da  flammade  hvar  blick, 
och  flitigt  omkring  laget  det  djupa  hornet  gick. 

HelL  skarpt  blef  der  nil  drucket  aill  i  det  kungahus, 
hvar  enda  kampe  tog  sig  ett  arhgt  julerus, 
gick  sedan  borl  att  sofva  fOrntan   harm  och  sorg; 
men  kouuflg  King  den  gamle  sof  hos  skon  Ingeborg 


10. 

Rings  Drapa. 

From: 

T«gner's  Fiilliinfs  Saga. 

Sitter  i  hcigen 
hOgattad  holding, 

Nu  rider  rike 
Ring  ofver  Bifrost, 

slagsvard  vid  sidan, 
skolden  pa  arm. 
Gangaren  gode 
gnaggar  derinne, 
skrapar  med  guldbor 
grundmurad  graf. 


svigtar  tor  bordan 
bagiga  bron. 
Upp  springa  Valhalis 
hvairdorrar  vida; 
Asarnas  hiinder 
hanga  i  hans. 


142 


Thor  ar  ej  hemma, 
Iiarjar  i  harnad. 
Valfader  vinkar 
vinbagarn  tVam. 
Ax  Qatar  Frej  kring 
konungens  krona. 
Frigg  binder  blaa 
blomnior  deri. 

Brage,  bin  gamle, 
griper  i  guldstrang, 
stiilare  susar 
sangen  an  fOrr. 
Lyssnande  hvilar 
Vanadis  bvita 
barmen  mot  bordet> 
brinner  och  hOr: 

„Hogt  sjiinga  svardon 
stcindigt  i  hjehiiar; 
brusande  boljor 
blodas  alltjemt. 
Rraften,  de  gode 
Gudarnas  gal'va, 
bister  som  Berserk 
biter  i  skold. 


Ord  valjer  vittra 
Valfader  dk  ban 
sitter  bos  Saga, 
SOqiiabacks  mO. 
Sa  klungo  kungsord, 
klara  som  Mimeis 
boljor,  och  derbos 
djupa  som  de. 

Fridsam  foilikar 
Forsete  tvisten, 
domarn  vid  Urdas 
vallande  vag. 
Sa  salt  k  domstca 
dyrkade  drotten, 
blidkade  bander 
blodhamden  bjod. 

Karg  var  ej  kungen, 
kring  sig  ban  strOdde 
dvergarnas  dagglans, 
drakarnas  badd. 
GatVan  gick  glad  fran 
gifmilda  handen, 
liitt  fran  bans  lappar 
lidandets  trOst. 


Dei  for  var  dyre 
drotten  oss  kar,  som 
stod  med  sin  skold  for 
fredliga  fait: 
Sansade  styrkans 
skOnaste  albild 
steg  som  en  olfer- 
aiiga  al  skyn. 


Valkommen,  vise 
Valhalla -arfvingl 
Lange  lar  Norden 
lofva  ditt  namn. 
Brage  dig  belsar 
hOfviskt  med  horndryck, 
Nornornas  fridsbud 
nerilVau  NordI" 


Hachette's  New  Series  of  Popular  German  Authors. 

For  Elementary  and  Intermediate  Classes,  with  Introductions,  Vocabularies 
(including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  Idiomatic  Expressions),  and  Questions 
arising  out  of  the  Text  for  Oral  Practice  and  Test  Purposes. 

General  Editor:  ALOYS  WEISS,  Ph.D.,  M.A.  (Tubingen), 

Professor  of  German  Language  and  Literature,  Royal  Military  Academy,  Woolwich,  and  the 

Royal  Indian  Engineering  College,  Cooper's  Hill ;  President  of  the  London  Branch 

of  the  General  German  Language  Association,  etc. 

Price  per  Volume,  Small  8vo,  bound  in  cloth  limp,  6d. 

Gerstacker,  Herrn  Mahlhuber's  Reiseabenteuer.  With  Introduction, 
Vocabulary  (including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and 
Questions,  by  LUDWIG  IIiKSCH,  Ph.D.  (Bonn),  German  Master  at  Alleyti's 
School,  Diihvich,  the  Batter  sea  Polytechnic^  etc. 

Hauff,  Die  Geschichte  Almansors.  With  Introduction,  Vocabulary  (includ- 
ing Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and  Questions,  by  the 
Genkral  Editor. 

Hauff,  Die  Geschichte  von  Kalif  Storch.  With  Introduction,  Vocabulary 
(including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and  Questions, 
by  the  General  Editor. 

Hauff,  Der  junge  Englander.  With  Introduction,  Vocabulary  (including 
Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and  Questions,  by  the 
General  Editor. 

Heyse,  Paul,  Das  Waldlachen,  from  *  In  der  Geisterstunde. '  With  Intro- 
duction, Vocabulary  (including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases, 
etc.),  and  Questions,  by  Geo.  Meslop,  M.A. ,  Headmaster  of  Sevenoaks  School. 

Immermann,  Die  Wunder  im  Spessart.  Waldmiirchen.  With  Introduction, 
Vocabulaiy  (including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and 
Questions,  by  the  General  Editor. 

Schmid,  Die  Ostereier.  With  Vocabulary  (including  Notes  and  Renderirgs 
of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and  Questions,  by  the  General  Editor. 

Seidel,  Heinrich,  Drei  Geschichten  :  Rothkehlchen,  Hunde  Geschichten, 
Eine  Sperlings-Geschichte.  With  Introduction,  Vocabulary  (including 
Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and  Questions,  by  W. 
Ahrens,  M.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  the  County  School,  Bedford. 

Storm,  E.,  Immensee.  With  Introduction,  Vocabulary  (including  Notes  and 
Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and  Questions,  by  the  Rev.  C.  N. 
Nagel,  M.A. ,  Headmaster,  St.  Marh's  School,  Windsor. 

Wildenbruch,  Vergniigen  auf  dem  Lande.  Humoreske.  With  Introduction, 
Vocabulary  (including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  difficult  Phrases,  etc.),  and 
Questions,  by  the  General  Editor. 

The  Texts  in  the  above  Series  consist  mainly  of  short  attractive  works  by  standard  German 
writers,  judiciously  selected  for  the  use  of  Middle  Forms.  They  comprise  a  pleasing  and 
instructive  variety  of  subjects,  thus  introducing  an  unusual  number  of  words  and  expressions, 
and  offering,  consequentlj',  an  advantage  seldom  to  be  obtained  by  the  continuous  study  of 
more  lengthy  works.  At  the  same  time,  the  selections  are  not  mere  fragments,  but  complete 
episodes,  and  afford  an  opportunity  of  forming  a  fair  estimate  of  the  characteristics  of  each 
author's  style.  They  are  all  of  modern  date— many  quite  contemporary — and  the  numerous 
colloquialisms  in  the  text  will  furnish  ample  material  for  the  teacher  to  exercise  his  pupils  in 
practical  conversation  and  elementary  translation. 

The  Series,  though  primarily  intended  for  Intermediate  pupils,  will  likewise  be  found 
eminently  suitable  for  Elementary  classes,  since  all  unfamiliar  words,  and  those  offering  some 
difficulty,  as  well  as  many  idiomatic  phrases,  have  been  touched  upon  and  discussed  in  the 
Vocabulary.  Junior  Students,  therefore — who  have  mastered  the  elements  of  German  Accidence 
and  Syntax — will  be  quite  capable  of  perusing  these  tales  with  pleasure  and  profit. 

A  further  feature  will  be  found  in  the  Questions  appended.  These  afford  abundant  material 
for  Oral  Exercises  and  Recapitulation,  as  well  as  excellent  tests  of  the  pupils'  acquirements. 
In  all  cases  where  the  questions  are  given  in  German,  full  answers  in  the  same  language  should 
be  insisted  upon,  and  the  wording  of  the  questions  should  be  embodied  in  the  replies  as  far  as 
practicable.     Teachers  can,  of  course,  vary  the  questions  to  any  extent. 


G£RMAN    PRIMERS,   GRAMMARS,    AND 
EXERCISE    BOOKS. 

UlUStrated  German  Primer.  First  Steps  in  German.  An  easy 
Introduction  to  the  study  of  German  for  Beginners.  Entirely  new 
and  enlarged  Edition  with  a  German- English  Vocabulary.  lOO  pages. 
Crown  8vo.     Cloth,  is.  6d. 

The  essential  elementary  nature  of  this  volume  has  led  to  the  exclusion  of  all 
grammatical  rules,  and  of  reference  to  the  structure  and  idiom  of  the  language. 
But  though  the  little  volume  has  been  entitled  a  Primer,  it  is  intended,  though  its 
subject-matter  is  suitable  for  the  young,  to  prove  useful  to  those  who,  though  not 
children  in  years,  may  vk^ish  to  learn  the  German  character  as  it  is  printed  in  the 
present  day.  In  the  case  of  Beginners,  who  are  of  an  age  when  the  mind  more 
readily  receives  instruction  through  the  eye,  it  is  hoped  that  the  accompanying 
illustrations  will  produce  the  wished-for  effect  of  arousing  the  interest,  and  aiding 
in  the  retention  of  words. 

Backer,  The  First  German  Book.  Grammar,  Exercises,  Con- 
versation, Reading  Lessons,  and  Translation.  With  a  List  of  useful 
Words  to  be  committed  to  Memory,  and  a  comprehensive  German- 
English  and  English-German  Vocabulary,  by  the  Rev.  A.  L.  Becker, 
Member  of  the  Philological  Society  of  L(mdon.  New  edition,  printed 
in  the  new  German  Official  Spelling.     184  pages.     Cloth  is. 

'  It  is  not  often  that  so  perfectly  satisfactory  a  first  book  as  this  comes  in  our 
way.  Though  it  is  strictly  confined  to  the  essential  elements  of  the  language,  these 
are  so  clearly  stated  and  so  admirably  arranged  that,  provided  the  lessons  are,  as 
the  author  requires,  "  thoroughly  mastered,"  a  good  practical  knowledge  may  be 
acquired.  The  classification  of  nouns  and  verbs  is  at  once  theoretically  correct 
and  practically  easy.' — The  AtheneEUtn. 

—  One   Hundred   Supplementary  Exercises   to  the  '  First 

German  Book,'  with  German-English  and  English-German  Vocabu- 
laries.    Cloth,  IS. 

'  Many  teachers  have  requested  me  to  publish  a  number  of  Supplementary  Exer- 
cises to  the  First  German  Beok,  and  this  little  book,  which  contains  over  one 
thousand  sentences  on  all  the  chapters  of  that  German  Primer,  is  confidently  ex- 
pected to  supply  the  desideratum.  Many  useful  words  have  been  introduced  into 
these  exercises,  and  the  examples  on  the  Adjectives,  Numerals,  Verbs,  and 
Adverbs  will  be  found  very  much  fuller  than  those  in  the  First  Book.' — Extract 
from  Preface. 

Key  to  tlie  'First  German  Book'  and  the  'Hundred 

Supplementary  Exercises.*    {For  Teachers  and  Private  students 
only.)     Cloth,  2s.  6d. 

Happ^,  Questions  and  Exercises  on  German  Grammar  and 

Idioms ;  with  Answers  to  the  most  important  Questions.    Compiled 
for  Candidates  for  the  Higher  Examinations  and  for  Upper  German 
Classes  in  Schools,  by  L.  HappA,  Assistant  Master  at  Dovtr  Colligt 
150  pages.     Demy  8vo.     Cloth,  3/. 


GERMAN   PRIMERS,   ETC.~{oontinued.) 
Hermann  Lange's  Household  German,  containing  Graduated 

Reading  Lessons  and  Conversations  with  Grammar  and  Exercises. 
A  practical  Combination  of  the  Observation  and  Oral  Method  with 
a  systematic  Study  of  Grammar  for  training  Students  to  understand, 
speak,  read,  and  write  German.  Composed  and  compiled  on  an 
entirely  new  plan  by  Hermann  Lange,  Lecturtr  at  the  Municipal 
Technical  Schtol  and  the  Municipal  Central  Commercial  School^ 
Manchester^  etc.  etc. 

Part  I.,  with  Specimens  of  German  Handwriting,  and  2  Illustrations. 
200  pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth,  2j.  ^d.  net. 

Part  II.,  with  Specimens  of  German  Handwriting,  and  3  Illustra- 
tions.    300  pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth,  is.  bd.  net. 

'  Excellently  designed  to  train  students  of  German  by  easy,  natural,  graduated, 
and  interesting  processes  to  understand,  speak,  read,  and  write  the  language  ol 
every-day  life  ;  to  lead  them  to  think  in  German,  and  to  express  their  thoughts  in 
the  foreign  idiom.  .  .  .  This  is  the  work  of  a  singularly  able  and  eminently  practical 
teacher,  and  is  bound  to  be  a  success.' — Educational  News. 

Meissner,  Dr.  A.  L.,  The  Public  School  German  Grammar, 

With  Exercises,  Composition  and  Conversation,  a  List  of  Irregular 
Verbs,  and  two  complete  Vocabularies,  by  A.  L.  Meissner,  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  D.Litt.,  Librarian  and  Professor  of  Modern  Languages  in 
Queen^s  College,  Belfast,  etc.  Revised  Edition,  printed  in  the  new 
Official  Spelling.     434  pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth,  3^.  dd. 

'  Instead  of  starting  ofiF  with  the  declensions  of  nouns  and  adjectives,  and  the 
many  difficulties  which  they  present,  and  requiring  the  pupil  to  master  long  lists 
of  exceptions,  which  is  enough  to  disgust  him  with  the  language  for  ever,  Dr. 
Meissner  introduces  him  at  once  to  the  simple  tenses  of  the  auxiliary  verbs.  The 
extracts  for  translation  and  conversation  are  also  arranged  on  a  definite  and  intelli- 
gent system.  Instead  of  being  mere  collections  of  words  strung  together  with 
utter  disregard  of  sense,  or  at  the  best  vulgar  and  hackneyed  anecdotes,  these 
exercises  are  extracts  chosen  from  modern  German  authors,  with  a  view  to  impart- 
ing some  information  about  Germany  and  the  Germans.  The  type  is  clear  and 
legible,  a  great  improvement  on  the  old  style  of  German  school  book.' — Saturday 
Review. 

Key  to  the  'Public  School  German  Grammar.'    {For 

Teachers  only.)     Cloth,  35. 

The  Public  School  German  Grammar.    Part  I.  separately. 

Containing  Accidence,  Exercises,  Composition,  Conversation,  and  a 

List   of    Strong   and    Irregular   Verbs.       196   pages.      Crown   8vo. 

Cloth,  2J. 

10 


GERMAN   COMPOSITION,  TRANSLATION,  Etc. 

Primer  of  German   Composition.      Short    Stories,    Anecdotes, 

Fables,  etc.,  in  Easy  English  Prose,  with  Notes,  Vocabulary,  and  a  List  oi 
Strong  and  Irregular  Verbs,  by  A.  L.  Meissner,  M.A>,  Ph.D.,  D.Lit., 
Professor  of  Modern  Languages  in  Queen's  College^  Belfast^  tic.  etc. 
86  pages.     Small  8vo.     Cloth,    .......        i 

Contains  a  series  of  easy  and  interesting  stories  and  anecdotes  which 
any  pupil  who  has  a  fair  knowledge  of  the  accidence,  and  some  acquaint- 
ance with  the  principal  rules  of  the  syntax,  will  be  able  to  translate  into 
German.  All  the  further  help  he  requires  is  a  list  of  the  strong  verbs, 
which  he  will  find  in  the  appendix.  The  Vocabulary  is  complete,  and  in 
some  instances  supplies  several  words  suggesting  various  renderings  requiring 
different  constructions. 

German  Prose  Composition.    Part  I.    Introductory  Hints,  Rules, 

Examples,  etc.  ;  Introductory  Exercises,  Principal  Sentences,  Dependent 
Clauses,  Grammatical  Phrases,  etc.,  and  footnotes.  Part  II.  Graduated 
Phrases  from  Standard  English  Authors,  with  notes  to  facilitate  translation, 
with  English- French  Vocabulary,  by  A.  L.  Meissner,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  D.Lit., 
etc.  etc.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth,  .  .  .  .  .3 

Key  to  the  German  Prose  Composition.     {For  Teachers 

oniy),  .  ,  .  ...  3 

'  A  useful  and  well-written  volume.  The  introduction  contains  some  very 
judicious  and  suggestive  pages,  and  will  be  read  with  advantage  by  many 
teachers.  Dr.  Meissner  has  had  extensive  experience,  and  here  shows  once 
more  how  well  he  knows  the  English  language,  and  the  difficulties  of  English 
students  of  German.  A  number  of  "  selected  graduated  passages  "  for  trans- 
lation are  given,  to  which  Dr.  Meissner  adds  some,  but  not  too  many  hints, 
further  information  being  supplied  by  an  English-German  Vocabulary,  which 
appears  to  have  been  compiled  with  great  care.' — Educational  Times. 

'The  selection  of  extracts  is  excellent,  and  the  vocabulary  will  be  found 
very  helpful.' — University  Correspondent. 

Graduated   German   Prose   Writing,    including    Extracts  from 

Standard  English  Authors,  Copious  Notes,  Grammatical  Questions,  a  Cor- 
respondence Part,  and  an  English-German  Vocabularj',  by  Franz  Lange, 
Ph.D.,  Late  Professor  at  the  Royal  Military  Academy,  Woolwich,  etc.  etc. 
200  pages.     Post  8vo.     Cloth,        .  .  .  .  .  .  .3 

'  The  book  is  divided  into  four  parts  :  (i)  Juniors'  Part,  (2)  Intermediate 
Part,  (3)  Seniors'  Part,  and  (4)  Correspondence  Part.  The  arrangement  in 
the  Junior  and  Intermediate  Parts  is  similar.  First  comes  a  series  of  gram- 
matical rules  both  in  accidence  and  syntax,  which  are  to  be  committed  to 
memory.  These  are  followed  by  a  large  number  of  short  but  continuous 
passages  for  translation  into  German.  The  notes  at  the  end  of  each  of  these 
passages  are  precisely  what  the  young  pupil  requires.  There  is  also,  at  the 
end  of  each  part,  a  well-selected  collection  of  grammatical  questions  to  be 
answered  in  writing.  The  Seniors'  Part  contains  no  special  sections  in  gram- 
mar, the  passages  for  translation  are  longer  and  more  difficult,  and  the  notes 
are  fewer  in  number.  The  fourth  part  of  the  book  deals  with  the  writing  of 
letters  in  German,  and  is  arranged  under  two  separate  heads,  Familiar  and 
Formal  Correspondence.  This  is  a  most  important  part  of  the  Manual,  and 
will  be  found  especially  useful  to  candidates  for  commercial  certificates.  This 
book  is  equally  well  adapted  for  school  purposes  and  for  the  use  of  private 
students,  and  it  is  evident  throughout  that  it  embodies  the  results  of  a  large 
and  varied  experience  in  the  teaching  of  German  to  English  students.'  — 
School  Guardian. 


Hachette's   New  Series  of  German  Authors. 


(7"A^  Editors    Names  are  placed  in  parenthesis.) 

Compiled  from  the  best  Texts  available,  and  edited  for  Schools  and 
Candidates  preparing  for  Examinations. 

'The  well-known  firm  of  Hachette  and  Company,  who  have  done  so  mucli  to  facilitate  the 
study  of  French,  are  by  their  German  publications  rivalling  the  success  they  had  long  ago 
attained  in  regard  to  French.  Assuredly  the  acquisition  of  a  modern  language  is  now  a  very 
much  easier  matter  than  it  used  to  be.  When  one  has  followed  by  easy  degrees  the  various 
steps  from  simple  sentences  to  the  glory  of  continuous  prose,  he  is  naturally  anxious  that  the 
reading  should  entertain  him,  as  well  as  add  to  his  knowledge.  No  better  books  could  be 
devised  for  such  a  purpose  than  some  of  those  issued  by  Hachette  ! '— Freeman's  Journal. 


All  volumes  bound  in  Cloth  unless  otherwise  indicated. 


A.    C. 


s. 


*Benedix,    Dr    Wespe     (Rev. 

Clapin,  M.A.)    Paper  cover       .         .  o 

*Freytag,  Die  Journalisten.  (Dr.  J.  F. 
Davis,  M.A.) 2 

*Goethe,  Faust.  (A.  J.  Ulrich.)  Paper 
cover .1 

*Goethe,  Goetz  von  Berlichingen.  (A.  J. 
Ulrich  )    Paper  cover         .         .         .1 

Goethe,  Hermann  und  Dorothea.  (Rev. 
A.  C.  Clapin,  M.A.)     Paper  cover     .  o 

*Goethe,  Iphigenie  auf  Tauris.  (Dr.  A. 
Weiss,  M.A.) 2 

Goethe,  Prosa.  Extracts  from  the 
'  Iialienische  Reise,'  '  Aus  meinem 
Leben,'  '  Goetz  von  Berlichingen,' 
etc.  etc.     (Dr.  Buchheim,  F.C.P.)     •  2 

"Grimm,  Marchen.  (First  Series.)  22 
Popular  Fairy  Tales.    (E.  I-.  Nafiel.)  i 

'Grimm,  Marchen.  (Second  Series.) 
5  Popular  Fairy  Tales.  (N.iftel  and 
Bode.)     Paper  cover  .         .         .         .1 

''Gutzkow,  Zopf  und  Schwert.  (Dr.  J.  F. 
Davis,  M.A.) 2 

*Hacklander,  Dergeheime  Agent.  (Dr. 
J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)     .         .         .         .2 

*Hauff,  Das  Bild  des  Kaisers.  (Dr. 
J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)     .         .         .         .2 

*Hauff,  Marchen:  Das  Wirtshaus  im 
Spessait.     (Dr.  J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)  .  2 

*Hauff,  Marchen:  Die  Karawane.  (Dr. 
J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)     .         .         .         .2 

*Klee,  Die  deutschen  Heldensagen  : 
I.  Hagen  und  Hilde.  2.  Gucirun. 
(Dr.  J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)     .        .        .2 

Kotzebue,  Dcr  eerade  Weg  der  beste. 
(Rev.  A.  C.  'Clapin,  I\I.A.)  Paper 
cover   .         .         .         .         .         .         .0 

Kotzebue,  Die  deutschen  Kleinstadter. 
(E.  L.  Naftel.)      Paper  cover     .         .  o 

*Lessing-,  Fables  in  Prose  and  Verse. 
(E.  L.  J.  Naftel.)        .         .         .         .   i 


d. 

9 


s.d. 


^  Lessing,  Minna  von  Barnhelm.  (Dr. 
J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)     ...         .2 

*Lessing  und  Gellert,  Fabeln  und 
Erziihlungen.     (E.  L.  Naftel.)  .         .  i 

*Niebuhr,  Heroen  -  Geschichten.  (A. 
Voegelin,  M.A.)  .        .        .        .2 

*Riehl,  Kulturgeschichtliche  Novellen. 
(Dr.  J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)     .         .         .2 

*Riehl,  Die  Ganerben  ;  Die  Gerechtig- 
keitGottes.    (Dr.  J.  F.  Davis,  M.A.)  2 

Schiller,  Der  Geisterseher.  (Rev.  C. 
Merk,  M.A.,  Ph.D.)  ....  2 

*Schiller,  Gustav  Adolf  in  Deutschland, 
1630-1632.  (From  '  History  of  the 
Thirty  Vears  War.')  (Dr.  Bernhardt.)  2 

*Schiller,  Jungfrau  von  Orleans.  (A.  J. 
Ulrich.)     Paper  cover         .         .         .  o 

Schiller,  Maria  Stuart.  (E.  L.  Naftel.) 
Paper  cover o 

^Schiller,  Der  Neffe  als  Onkel.  (Dr.  L. 
Hirsch.)       .         .         .         .         .         .1 

-Schiller,  Der  Neffe  als  Onkel.  (A.  J. 
Ulrich.)    Paper  cover         .         .         .0 

Schiller,  Der  Parasit.  (Rev.  A.  C. 
Clapin,  M.A.)     Paper  cover        .         .  o 

Schiller,  Prosa.  Extracts  from  '  Der 
Geisterseher,' '  Der  Abfall  der  Nieder- 
lande,'  '  Der  dreissigjahrige  Krieg,' 
'  Scenen  aus  Fiesco,'  etc.  (Dr.  Buch- 
heim, F.C.P.) 2 

*Schiller,  Wallenstein's  Tod.  (A,  J. 
Ulrich.)    Paper  cover         .         .         .0 


(A.J.  Ulrich.) 


*Schi!ler,  Wilhelm  Tell. 
Paper  cover 

Schiller,  Wilhelm  Tell.    (E.  L.  Naftel.) 
Paper  cover o 

Wichert,  Das  eiserne  Kreuz.    (Delfs.) 

Paper  cover         .         ,         .         .         .0 

(G. 
.  2 


Zschokke,  Das  Goldmacheidorf. 
Hein.) 


^   T/ie  Volidiies  indicated  by  Asterisks  (*)  have  German-English  I  ocabuhuies  in  addition 
to  the  Notes. 


Hachette's  New  Series  of  Popular  French  Authors. 

Printed  in  clear  type,  and  edited  for  Elementary  and  Intermediate  Classes, 
with  Vocabularies,  including  Notes  and  Renderings  of  Idiomatic  Expressions 
and  Phrases.  . 

General  Editor:  A.  BARRERE, 

Chevalier  de  la  Legion  d'Honneur ;  Officier  de  I'/nstniction  Publique ;  Professor  of  French 
Language  and  Literature,  Royal  Military  Academy,  Woolwich,  etc.,  etc. 

Price  per  Volume,  Small  8vo,  bound  in  cloth  limp,  4d. 

FiPSt  Series  [for  Junior  Forms). 

Beissier,  Les  Memoires  d'un  Moineau.  With  Introduction,  Notes,  and 
Vocabulary  by  H.  Lallemand,  B.  es  L. ,  B.  es  Sc,  Officier  d^ Academic, 
late  Professor  of  French  Language  and  Literature  at  University  College  and 
Queen^s  College,  London. 

Segur,  Mme.  la  Ctsse.  de,  Histoire  de  la  Princesse  Rosette  (from  the 
Author's  well-known  Nouveaux  Conies  de  lu'es).  With  Notes  and  Vocabu- 
lary by  J.  Maurice  Rey,  B.  es  L. ,  late  French  Lecturer  at  Keading  College. 

Witt,  Mme.  de,  Histoire  d'un  Chien.  Edited  with  a  full  French-English 
Vocabulary  by  F.  MiNOGGlO. 

Second  Series  {for  Middle  Forms), 

About,  Le  Grain  de  Plomb.     {In preparation.) 

Balzac,  Le  Colonel  Chabert.  With  Vocabulary  and  Re-translation  Sentenceft, 
by  Francis  J.  Payne,  First  Class  Instrzictor  ir,  French  to  the  L.  C.  C. 

Gorsse,  H.  de,  et  Jacquin,  J.,  La  Jeunesse  de  Cyrano  de  Bergerac ;  La 
Bataille  de  Beaugency  ;  et  le  Cabaret  des  Poetes.  With  a  Vocabulary, 
and  English  Sentences  based  on  the  Text  for  re-translation,  etc.,  by  the 
General  Editor. 

Gozlan,  Polydore  Marasquin,  Prisonnier  des  Singes.  With  Vocabulary 
and  Re-translation  Sentences,  by  the  General  Editor. 

Hugo,  La  Esmeralda  and  Gringoire.  With  Vocabulary  and  Re-translation 
Sentences,  by  the  Gexkral  Editor. 

Hugo,  Waterloo.  With  Vocabulary,  Re-translaliun  Sentences,  etc.,  by  the 
G'^neral  Editor. 

Le  Sage,  Gil  Bias  chez  -es  Brigands.  With  Vocabulary,  and  English 
Sentences  based  on  the  Text  for  re-translation,  etc.,  by  the  General  Editor. 

Merimee,  Mateo  Falcone  ;  L' Enlevement  de  la  Redoute.    {In preparation.) 

Michelet,  Selections  from  *  L'Oiseau  ' :  (Les  Rapaces,  La  Nuit,  Migrations, 
Le  Chant).  With  Vocabulary,  Re-translation  Sentences,  etc. ,  by  A.  Tallon, 
B.  es  L.,  French  Instructor  at  the  Royal  ]\Iilitary  Acadetny,  Woolwich. 

Mouton,  Voyages  et  Aventures  du  Capitaine  Marius  Cougourdan  :  Le 
Supplice  du  Ballon.  With  Vocabulary,  Re-translation  Sentences,  etc., 
by  the  General  Editor. 

The  Text  in  the  First  Series  consists  mainly  of  short  stories  by  favourite  authors 
judiciously  selected  for  the  use  of  young  pupils  and  junior  forms.  The  matter  is  interesting 
and  not  too  difficult,  whilst  the  numerous  colloquialisms  comprised  therein  furnish  abundant 
materia]  to  exercise  the  pupils  in  practical  conversation  and  elementary  translation.  The  full 
vocabularies  appended  include  simple  renderings  of  useful  and  idiomatic  expressions. 

In  the  Second  Series  will  be  found  a  choice  collection  of  masterpieces  by  some  of  the 
best  modern  French  writers.  The  brevity,  interest,  and  variety  of  the  tales  will  conuncnd  them 
as  ideal  text-books  admirably  suited  for  securing  a  wide  range  of  current  vocabulary  and 
colloquial  phraseology. 

The  re-translaiion  sentences  at  tlie  end  (Second  Series  only),  if  studied  in  conjunction  with 
the  text,  will,  it  n  believed,  supply  a  ready  means  of  mastering  many  of  the  subtleties  of  the 
language,  and  of  acquiring  some  taste  for  those  literary  finances  and  dcticatesses  of  diction 
which  it  generally  requires  a  long  stay  in  France  to  appreciate  thoroughly. 


French  Lessons  on  the  Direct  Method — Beginners'  Course. 

Containing  300  Nouns  in  Common  Use,  160  Verbal  Forms,  100  of  the  most 
usual  Adjectives,  Adverbs,  etc,  and  over  300  Practical  Exercises  for  Oral 
and  Written  Work. 

By  Marc  Ceppi,  Senior  French  Master  at  King's  College  School.  122 
pages.  Crown  8vo.  Cloth.  With  small  reproductions  of  Holzel's  Con- 
versational Wall  Pictures  of  the  Four  Seasons  for  Class  Use  and  Home 
Preparation.     Is.  Qd. 

This  work,  by  a  practical  teacher  of  many  years'  experience,  is  the  result  of  an  exhaus- 
tive study  of  various  applications  of  the  Direct  Method  in  the  teaching  of  French — dis- 
carding what  is  impracticable  in  similar  Courses,  and  utilising  only  the  best  and  most 
essential  materials  for  securing  a  sound  rudimentary  knowledge  of  written  as  well  as 
of  spoken  French. 

The  vocabulary  and  phrases  used  are  based  upon  Holzel's  well-known  Pictures  of  the 
Four  Seasons.  Every  word  introduced  is  worth  learning  and  remembering. 
The  grammatical  constructions  are  of  the  simplest  kind,  and  c;in  be  spontaneously  repro- 
duced by  the  pupil.  Numerous  exercises  are  set  on  these  constructions  in  addition  to  the 
ordinary  conversational  questions  on  the  Pictures.  The  French  Verbs  are  taught  in  the 
form  of  an  attractive  drill.  A  few  simple  idiomatic  phrases  in  French  on  age,  the 
weather,  time,  etc.,  occur,  but  these  are  well  diluted  with  a  large  amount  of  straight- 
forward matter  calculated  to  give  pupils  confidence  in  their  power  to  reproduce 
what  they  have  leamt.     The  usual  class  orders  are  also  given  in  French. 

Tlie  first  five  lessuns  are  devoted  to  the  study  of  tlie  Phonetic  Al7)liabet  of  the  Associa- 
tion Fhonetiqne  hitematianaie—Bi  Study  Of  the  sounds  being  deemed  by  leading 
authorities  to  be  the  best  way  of  acquiring  correct  pronunciation.  The  next 
thirteen  Lessons,  although  likewise  in  the  Phonetic  Script,  are  repeated  later  in  ordinary 
alphabet,  and  in  the  remaining  lessons  (Nos.  20  to  69)  the  Phonetic  Transcript  accom- 
panies only  the  fresh  words  occurring  in  the  text.  The  book  can,  therefore,  be  used 
equally  well  by  those  who,  whilst  teaching  on  direct  lines,  do  not  know  or  do  not  care  to 
use  this  system  of  mastering  the  pronunciation. 


French  Lessons  on  the  Direct  Method — Junior  Course. 

Containing  360  Nouns,  88  Verbal  Forms,  124  Adjectives,  Adverbs,  etc., 
forming,  with  the  Resume  of  the  Vocabulary  used  in  the  '  Beginners' 
Course,'  a  total  of  1100  essential  Words. 

By  Marc  Ceppi,  Senior  French  Master  at  King's  College  School.  136 
pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth,  Is.  6d. 

This  work  may  be  used  either  as  a  continuation  of  tlie  author's  '  Beginners'  Course,'  or 
as  a  much-needed  sequel  to  any  of  the  numerous  text-books  based  on  Holzel's  Pictures  of 
the  Four  Seasons.  For  the  convenience,  however,  of  teachers  and  pupils  who  are  un- 
acquainted with  the  more  elementary  course,  a  resume  of  the  Beginners'  Vocabulary  is 
included  in  this  volume,  thus  making  the  'Junior  Course'  practically  an  independent 
class-book.  Tlie  reading  matter  is  easy  and  can  be  readily  reproduced  by  the  dullest 
pupils  ;  no  diflicult  constructions  occur,  and  in  the  vocabulary  only  words  of  frequent 
use  are  given.  The  stories,  dialogues,  etc.,  have  been  made  attractive  without  being  too 
childish,  and  although  the  subjects  show  great  variety,  new  words  are,  as  far  as  possible, 
explained  by  means  of  those  previously  learnt.  The  verb-drill  as  developed  in  the 
'Beginners'  Course'  is  continued  and  amplified,  the  tenses  taught  being  the  Present, 
Past  Indefinite,  and  Future.  The  Imperfect  and  Preterite  are  purposely  left  out,  boys 
having,  as  a  rule,  f.ir  too  great  an  affection  for  the  use  of  the  former  as  a  stock  past  tense 
to  be  used  on  the  slightest  provocation.  The  Guide  accompanying  the  text-matter,  page 
by  page,  is  a  novel  feature.  Pupils  preparing  home  lessons  will  find  in  it  practically  all 
the  aid  and  information  they  need.  Running  ])arallel  with  the  text  it  can  be  consulted 
more  readily  and  efl'ectively  than  can  notes  at  the  end  of  a  volume.  The  exercises  include 
numerous  questions  on  the  text,  together  with  grammar  practice  written  entirely  in 
French.  Revision  occurs  frequently,  and  constant  recapitulation  of  past  lessons  forms 
another  feature  of  the  work. 

RI 


French  Readers  in  Prose  and  Verse  (New  Volumes). 

Premieres  Lectures  en  Prose  et  en  Vers,  short,  interesting  Narra-  s.   d. 
tives  in  easy  French^  with  Conversational  Questions  based  on  the  Text, 
and  Vocabulary,  by  J.  Lazare,  B.  fes  L.      130  pages.     Cr.  8vo.    CI.     i     o 

'We  have  here  one  hundred  and  three  pages  of  easy,  well-printed,  interesting 
extracts  suitable  for  elementary  and  intermediate  classes.  A  few  questions  in 
French  are  added  at  the  foot  of  each  passage,  and  there  is  a  vocabulary.  We  have 
culled  at  random  the  following  names  from  the  list  of  writers :  A.  Karr,  Gaston 
Paris,  Diderot,  Lesage,  Stendhal,  Richepin,  Voltaire,  Florian,  Victor  Hugo,  and 
Th^ophile  Gautier.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  this  little  volume  furnishes  reading 
matter  gathered  from  both  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  century  authors,  including 
some  who  are  yet  living.  This  is  probably  the  best  kind  of  reader,  for  both  the 
classics  and  the  nineteenth  century  writers  have  their  advantages.  We  recommend 
this  book  for  pupil-teachers  and  scholarship  candidates.'— /"rac/zVa/  Teacher, 

Petits  Chefs-d'CEuvre  contemporains.  Six  short  and  attractive  Tales 
in  Prose,  by  E.  Arene,  J.  Claretie,  F.  Coppee,  G.  de  Maupassant, 
J.  Richepin,  and  A.  Theuriet.  Edited,  virith  Notes,  Vocabulary, 
etc.,  by  Jules  Lazare,  B.  es  L.     116  pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth  .     i     6 

*  These  six  short,  lively,  simple  masterpieces  of  story-telling,  by  some  of  the  most 
popular  contemporary  French  writers,  have  the  charm,  lightness  of  touch,  vivid- 
ness of  phrase,  and  colloquial  fascination  which  characterise  the  works  of  Jules 
Claretie,  Emmanuel  Arene,  Guy  de  Maupassant,  Andr6  Theuriet,  Jean  Richepin, 
and  Francois  Coppee.  Their  selection  for  scholastic  purposes  by  the  thoroughly 
capable  Bachelier  es  Lettres — Jules  Lazare,  and  their  appearance  in  an  authorised 
edition,  enhance  their  claim  to  the  consideration  of  Teachers  of  French.  Their 
brevity,  variety,  and  modernitj',  commend  them  as  choice  and  typical  text  books, 
good  for  securing  a  wide  range  of  current  vocabulary,  phrases,  and  sentences,  com- 
posed according  to  present-day  grammatical  form,  and  every-day  colloquial  free- 
dom. ' — Educational  News. 

Half-Hours  with  Modern  French  Authors,  including  typical  Extracts 
from  Popular  Writers  of  the  Day,  Standard  Pieces  of  high  literary 
merit,  with  French-English  Vocabularies  by  Jules  Lazare,  B.  fes  L. 

First  Part  {New  and  Enlarged  Edition"),  for  Intermediate  and  Advanced 

Classes.     200  pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth  .  .  .  .  ,  ,      2      O 

Second  Part,  for  Advanced  Classes.     200  pages.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth    .  ,      2      C 

Each  extract  is  complete  in  itself,  and  of  sufficient  interest  to  rivet  the  atten- 
tion of  the  reader.  Preference  has  been  given  to  pieces  containing  an  abundance 
o^  essential  h\xt  unfamiliar  words  and  expressions  with  a  view  to  accustom  Candi- 
dates, Pupils,  and  others,  to  various  kinds  of  style,  and  to  increase  the  range  of 
their  vocabulary.  The  selection  includes  copyright  pieces  from  E.  About,  C.  Bau- 
delaire, P.  Bourget,  V.  Cherbuliez,  F.  Coppee,  A.  Daudet,  Erckmann-Chatrian, 
O.  Feuillet,  Victor  Hugo,  Lamartine,  Leconte  de  Lisle,  P.  Loti,  H.  Malot,  Guy 
de  Maupassant,  A.  de  Musset,  G.  Sand,  E.  Renan,  J.  Simon,  Sully-Prudhomme, 
H.  Taine,  A.  Theuriet,  A.  de  Vigny,  E.  Zola,  and  other  eminent  authors.^ 

The  extracts  contained  in  this  Second  Part  will  be  found  a  little  more  difficult  in 
point  of  vocabulary  and  idiom  than  those  in  the  first  volume,  as  they  are  intended 
to  meet  the  exigencies  of  higher  examinations. 

Unseen  Passages  from  Modern  French  Authors.  Standard  Pieces 
providing  varied  material  in  every  kind  of  style,  for  practice  in  French 
Reading  and  Translation  at  sight.  Edited  by  Jules  Lazare,  B.  is  L. 
In  Two  Parts.     Each  Part.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth.      .         .         .         ,     I     6 

Contains  the  same  pieces  as  in  Half-Hours  with  Modern  French  A  uthors  (see 
above),  but  without  vocabulary  or  any  other  '  Aid.' 


Brachet's  Public  School  Elementary 
French  Grammar. 

WITH  EXERCISES 

By  A.  BRACHET,  Laureat  de  rAcademie  franraise. 

And  adapted  for  English  Schools  by  the  late 

Rev.  P.  H.  E.  BRETTE,  B.D.,  &  GUSTAVE  MASSON,  B.A.. 

Oj/iciers  d'Acad^mie,  etc. 

New  and  Revised  Edition.     Complete  in  1  vol.     Cloth. 

Price  2s.  6d. ,  or 

Part  I. — ACCIDENCE.  With  Examination  Questions  and 
Exercises.  Clotli.  214  pages,  snuiU  8vo.  With  a  complete 
Erench-English  and  English-French  Vocabulary.     Price  Is.  6d. 

Part  II.— SYNTAX.  With  Examination  Questions  and 
Exercises,  and  a  complete  French-English  and  English-French 
Vocabulary.     Price  Is.  6d, 

KEY  TO  THE  EXERCISES.     For  Teachers  only.     Price  Is.   6d. 

A  SUPPLEMENTARY  SERIES  OF  EXERCISES. 

Vol.  I. — ACCIDENCE.  With  a  Supplement  to  Grammar 
and  a  Vocabulary  to  the  Exercises.     Cloth.     Price  Is. 

Vol.  II.— SYNTAX.     Cloth.     Price  Is. 

KEY  TO  THE  ACCIDENCE.     Price  2s.     KEY  TO  THE  SYNTAX.     Price  2s. 


OPINIONS   OF  THE    PRESS. 

"A  good  school-book.  The  tyj^e  is  as  clear  as  the  &rTa.\isemejit.''—Athena^im. 
Jan.  6,  1877. 

"  We  are  not  astonished  to  hear  that  it  has  met  with  the  most  flattering  reception." 
'^School  Board  Chronicle,  March  10, 1877. 

*'  We  have  no  hesitation  in  stating  our  opinion  that  no  more  usefnl  or  practical  In- 
troduction to  tlie  French  langauge  lias  been  published  than  this." — Publio  Opinion, 
March  24, 1877. 

•'England  is  fortunate  in  the  services  of  a  small  knot  of  French  Masters  like 
MM.  Masson  and  Brette,  who  have,  alike  by  their  teaching  and  their  school-books, 
done  much  for  the  scientific  study  of  the  language  and  literature  of  France.  After 
fiuccessfiilly  introducing  into  English  form  the  Public  School  French  Grammar,  in 
which  M.  Littre's  researches  are  ha]>pily  applied  byM.  Brachet  so  as  to  show  the 
relation  of  modern  French  to  Latin,  MM.  Brette  and  Masson  here  translate  and  adai>t 
the  Petite  or  Elementary  French  Grammar.  Tliathasat  once  proved  as  popular  as 
the  more  elaborate  treatise." — Edinburgh  Daily  Review,  March  20, 1S77. 

"Of  this  excellent  school  series  we  have  before  ns the  Puhlle  School  Elementarif 
French  Grammar — (1)  Accidence  and  (2)  Syntax.  Brachet's  Avork  is  simply  beyond 
comparison  with  any  other  of  its  class;  and  its  scientific  character  is  not  sacrificed 
in  the  very  judicious  adaptation  which  has  made  it  available  for  English  students. — 
There  is  no  better  elementary  French  Grammar,  whether  for  hoys  or  for  girls." — Ilerejoni 
Times,  April  11,  1SS7. 


THE  PUbUO  SOHCOIi 

FRENCH    GRAMMAR 

Giving"  the  latest  Results  of  Modern  Philology, 
and  based  upon  the  "Nouvelle  Grammaire  Frangaise"  of 

AUGUSTE    BRACHET, 

Laureat  de  I'Academie  franQaise  et  de  I'Academie  des  Inscriptions. 


s.  d. 
Part  I.,  Accidence.  New  Edition,  revised,  enlarged  and  adapted 
for  English  Schools  and  Students  by  the  Rev.  P.  H.  E. 
Brette,  B.D.,  G.  Masson,  B.A.  {Officiers  d'Academie), 
H.  C.  Levandee.,  M.A.,  and  E.  Janau,  with  Author's 
Preface  (in  English),  Preliminary  Remarks  on  the  History 
and  Geography  of  the  French  Language,  a  Summary  of  the 
changes  made  in  the  last  edition  of  the  "Dictionnaire  de 
I'Academie,"  Lists  of  French  Words  of  Latin  Origin  but 
deviating  in  certain  Respects  from  the  usual  Mode  of 
Derivation,  a  Biographical  and  Geographical  List  of  all 
Persons  and  Places  mentioned  in  the  Book,  and  a  very 
copious  Index,  450  pages,  Crown  8vo.     Cloth,     .         .         .36 

Exercises  to  Part  L,  illustrating  every  Rule  in  the  "Accidence" 
with  numerous  Questions  for  Examination  Purposes.  Com- 
piled and  Edited  by  Rev.  P.  H.  E.  Brette  and  G  Masson. 
160  pages.  Crown  8vo.     Cloth,     .         .         .         .         .         .16 

Key  to  the  Exercises  of  Part  L,  by  E.  Janau,  Late  Assistant 
French  Master,  Christ^s  Hospital,  London,  etc.  Cloth.  {Fo7' 
Teachers  only),      .........     1     6 

Part  IL,  Syntax.  New  Edition,  revised,  enlarged  and  adapted 
for  English  Students  by  Elphege  Janau,  Examiner  in  the 
University  of  London,  LoAe  Assistant  Master  at  Christ's 
Hospital,  London,  and  A.  Ludwig,  Officier  d'Acad4mie, 
Professor  of  Modern  Languages  and  Literature  at  the 
Huddersfield  Technical  College,  Examiner  in  French  in 
Queeii's  College,  London,  etc.  620  pages.  Crown  8vo. 
Cloth, .        .         .        .        .46 


PRESS    OPINIONS. 

"  Part  I.  of  this  valuable  ^York  has  now  an  acknowledged  place  in  the  teaching 
world,  and  all  that  was  good  in  the  eaxiier  work  has  been  well  maintained  in  Part  II. 
The  historical  connectioiis  are  of  real  practical  use.  We  have  many  grammars,  but 
to  the  earnest  student  of  the  French  language  we  would  recommend  this  as  being 
useful  and  scholarly." — Education,  May  12,  1905. 

"  An  exhaustive  manual  on  a  complicated  and  difficult  subject,  yet  not  so  overladen 
with  detail  as  to  make  it  useless  for  the  purposes  of  the  ordinary  student  of  French. 
Pi-ominence  is  given  to  the  fundamentals,  and  subsidiary  points  are  carefully  grouped 
round  these,  so  as  not  to  obscure  the  necessary  prominence  of  the  general  rules. 
Illusti'ative  samples  are  taken  from  the  best  French  literature  of  the  last  three 
centuries,  and  are  made  to  serve  as  a  fairly  complete  compendium  of  French  idioms. 
It  is  indeed  impossible  to  give  in  detail  the  numerous  merits  of  this  text-l)00k,  which 
deserves  and  receives  our  heartiest  commendation."— T/ie  Ed%i,cational  News,  May  6, 
1905. 


17? 


( 


<3-  l'  • 


I 


P 


.& 


^ 


I 


^ 


•^^ 
*% 


^.. 


.#* 


r 


^ 


"if 


\ 


\ 


^ 


* 


'<( 


>^ 


«S5 


& 


>^ 


I   i 


-0 


\ 


\ 


Y 


V 


U.  C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CDSfi3mbM 


^ 


% 


^"4 


-•^r: 


) 
/ 


'"■^ 


A. 


» 


V